CA2552094A1 - Amidine derivatives for treating amyloidosis - Google Patents
Amidine derivatives for treating amyloidosis Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- CA2552094A1 CA2552094A1 CA002552094A CA2552094A CA2552094A1 CA 2552094 A1 CA2552094 A1 CA 2552094A1 CA 002552094 A CA002552094 A CA 002552094A CA 2552094 A CA2552094 A CA 2552094A CA 2552094 A1 CA2552094 A1 CA 2552094A1
- Authority
- CA
- Canada
- Prior art keywords
- amyloid
- compound
- group
- pharmaceutically acceptable
- disease
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Abandoned
Links
- 206010002022 amyloidosis Diseases 0.000 title description 33
- 150000001409 amidines Chemical class 0.000 title description 3
- 150000001875 compounds Chemical class 0.000 claims abstract description 209
- 208000037265 diseases, disorders, signs and symptoms Diseases 0.000 claims abstract description 72
- 201000010099 disease Diseases 0.000 claims abstract description 63
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 claims abstract description 52
- 238000011282 treatment Methods 0.000 claims abstract description 32
- 208000024827 Alzheimer disease Diseases 0.000 claims description 76
- 239000000203 mixture Substances 0.000 claims description 72
- 150000003839 salts Chemical class 0.000 claims description 57
- 241000282414 Homo sapiens Species 0.000 claims description 34
- 208000005145 Cerebral amyloid angiopathy Diseases 0.000 claims description 26
- 102000036770 Islet Amyloid Polypeptide Human genes 0.000 claims description 20
- 108010041872 Islet Amyloid Polypeptide Proteins 0.000 claims description 20
- 208000010877 cognitive disease Diseases 0.000 claims description 17
- 239000008194 pharmaceutical composition Substances 0.000 claims description 16
- 208000001072 type 2 diabetes mellitus Diseases 0.000 claims description 14
- 206010064930 age-related macular degeneration Diseases 0.000 claims description 13
- 201000010374 Down Syndrome Diseases 0.000 claims description 12
- 206010044688 Trisomy 21 Diseases 0.000 claims description 12
- 208000027061 mild cognitive impairment Diseases 0.000 claims description 10
- 230000002265 prevention Effects 0.000 claims description 10
- 208000002780 macular degeneration Diseases 0.000 claims description 7
- PXXJHWLDUBFPOL-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzamidine Chemical compound NC(=N)C1=CC=CC=C1 PXXJHWLDUBFPOL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 6
- RDOXTESZEPMUJZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N anisole Chemical compound COC1=CC=CC=C1 RDOXTESZEPMUJZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 4
- QARVLSVVCXYDNA-UHFFFAOYSA-N bromobenzene Chemical compound BrC1=CC=CC=C1 QARVLSVVCXYDNA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 4
- MCHUOOSWQLKVHX-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethyl 4-[7-[(4-carbamimidoylbenzoyl)amino]heptylcarbamoyl]benzoate Chemical compound C1=CC(C(=O)OCC)=CC=C1C(=O)NCCCCCCCNC(=O)C1=CC=C(C(N)=N)C=C1 MCHUOOSWQLKVHX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- BFOCAERIUGYLNY-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethyl 4-[9-[(4-carbamimidoylbenzoyl)amino]nonylcarbamoyl]benzoate Chemical compound C1=CC(C(=O)OCC)=CC=C1C(=O)NCCCCCCCCCNC(=O)C1=CC=C(C(N)=N)C=C1 BFOCAERIUGYLNY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- KKPMRWZGTGODPQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N n'-(6-aminoheptyl)-4-bromobenzenecarboximidamide Chemical compound CC(N)CCCCCNC(=N)C1=CC=C(Br)C=C1 KKPMRWZGTGODPQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- LEKUAGHSQHRWBY-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-[7-[[amino-(4-bromophenyl)methylidene]amino]heptyl]-4-bromobenzamide Chemical compound C1=CC(Br)=CC=C1C(=N)NCCCCCCCNC(=O)C1=CC=C(Br)C=C1 LEKUAGHSQHRWBY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- PWMTYRRPKXWWGH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-methoxy-n'-[2-[2-(4-methoxyphenyl)-4,5-dihydroimidazol-1-yl]ethyl]benzenecarboximidamide Chemical compound C1=CC(OC)=CC=C1C(=N)NCCN1C(C=2C=CC(OC)=CC=2)=NCC1 PWMTYRRPKXWWGH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims 1
- PLOPBXQQPZYQFA-AXPWDRQUSA-N amlintide Chemical compound C([C@@H](C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H](C)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)CC)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](C(C)C)C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C=CC(O)=CC=1)C(N)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(N)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(N)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CO)NC(=O)[C@H](CO)NC(=O)[C@H](CC=1NC=NC=1)NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)[C@H](CC=1C=CC=CC=1)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(N)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](C)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)[C@H](CCCNC(N)=N)NC(=O)[C@H](CCC(N)=O)NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)[C@H](C)NC(=O)[C@H]1NC(=O)[C@H]([C@@H](C)O)NC(=O)[C@H](C)NC(=O)[C@H]([C@@H](C)O)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(N)=O)NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)[C@@H](N)CCCCN)CSSC1)[C@@H](C)O)C(C)C)C1=CC=CC=C1 PLOPBXQQPZYQFA-AXPWDRQUSA-N 0.000 claims 1
- JKQYKFZXKGIWFO-UHFFFAOYSA-N n'-hydroxy-4-[9-(hydroxyamino)nonoxy]benzenecarboximidamide Chemical compound ONCCCCCCCCCOC1=CC=C(C(=N)NO)C=C1 JKQYKFZXKGIWFO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims 1
- NGGWUGBMYMOQSJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-[4-[5-(4-aminophenoxy)pentoxy]phenyl]-4,5-dihydro-1h-imidazol-2-amine Chemical compound C1=CC(N)=CC=C1OCCCCCOC(C=C1)=CC=C1NC1=NCCN1 NGGWUGBMYMOQSJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims 1
- -1 amidine compounds Chemical class 0.000 abstract description 76
- 230000001225 therapeutic effect Effects 0.000 abstract description 35
- 230000003941 amyloidogenesis Effects 0.000 abstract description 32
- 230000002829 reductive effect Effects 0.000 abstract description 24
- 230000007541 cellular toxicity Effects 0.000 abstract description 14
- 230000004770 neurodegeneration Effects 0.000 abstract description 10
- LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethanol Chemical compound CCO LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 109
- 125000000217 alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 77
- 125000003118 aryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 75
- 239000007787 solid Substances 0.000 description 52
- 210000004556 brain Anatomy 0.000 description 49
- 229910052739 hydrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 49
- 108090000765 processed proteins & peptides Proteins 0.000 description 48
- 230000008021 deposition Effects 0.000 description 40
- 125000003342 alkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 39
- 239000001257 hydrogen Substances 0.000 description 36
- 125000000304 alkynyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 35
- 108090000623 proteins and genes Proteins 0.000 description 34
- ZMANZCXQSJIPKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Triethylamine Chemical compound CCN(CC)CC ZMANZCXQSJIPKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 33
- 125000003545 alkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 33
- 102000004169 proteins and genes Human genes 0.000 description 30
- 125000000753 cycloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 29
- 229910052736 halogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 29
- DTQVDTLACAAQTR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Trifluoroacetic acid Chemical class OC(=O)C(F)(F)F DTQVDTLACAAQTR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 28
- 150000002367 halogens Chemical class 0.000 description 28
- 230000015572 biosynthetic process Effects 0.000 description 26
- 125000001424 substituent group Chemical group 0.000 description 26
- 210000004027 cell Anatomy 0.000 description 25
- 125000000623 heterocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 25
- OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methanol Chemical compound OC OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 24
- 125000002877 alkyl aryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 23
- 125000004432 carbon atom Chemical group C* 0.000 description 23
- 239000000243 solution Substances 0.000 description 23
- 208000037259 Amyloid Plaque Diseases 0.000 description 22
- 206010012289 Dementia Diseases 0.000 description 22
- 150000002431 hydrogen Chemical class 0.000 description 22
- 230000035772 mutation Effects 0.000 description 22
- 125000002947 alkylene group Chemical group 0.000 description 21
- 238000004007 reversed phase HPLC Methods 0.000 description 21
- 125000002887 hydroxy group Chemical group [H]O* 0.000 description 20
- 229910052760 oxygen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 20
- 125000001072 heteroaryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 18
- 102000004196 processed proteins & peptides Human genes 0.000 description 18
- 150000001413 amino acids Chemical group 0.000 description 17
- 125000004103 aminoalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 17
- 102000009091 Amyloidogenic Proteins Human genes 0.000 description 16
- 108010048112 Amyloidogenic Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 16
- 230000008499 blood brain barrier function Effects 0.000 description 16
- 210000001218 blood-brain barrier Anatomy 0.000 description 16
- HVYWMOMLDIMFJA-DPAQBDIFSA-N cholesterol Chemical compound C1C=C2C[C@@H](O)CC[C@]2(C)[C@@H]2[C@@H]1[C@@H]1CC[C@H]([C@H](C)CCCC(C)C)[C@@]1(C)CC2 HVYWMOMLDIMFJA-DPAQBDIFSA-N 0.000 description 16
- 125000002768 hydroxyalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 16
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N water Substances O XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 16
- 125000004183 alkoxy alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 15
- 125000000278 alkyl amino alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 15
- DZHSAHHDTRWUTF-SIQRNXPUSA-N amyloid-beta polypeptide 42 Chemical compound C([C@@H](C(=O)N[C@@H](C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@H](C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCCN)C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H](C)C(=O)N[C@H](C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)CC)C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCSC)C(=O)N[C@@H](C(C)C)C(=O)NCC(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H](C(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](C(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)CC)C(=O)N[C@@H](C)C(O)=O)[C@@H](C)CC)C(C)C)NC(=O)[C@H](CC=1C=CC=CC=1)NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)[C@H](CCCCN)NC(=O)[C@H](CCC(N)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CC=1N=CNC=1)NC(=O)[C@H](CC=1N=CNC=1)NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)[C@H](CCC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CC=1C=CC(O)=CC=1)NC(=O)CNC(=O)[C@H](CO)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CC=1N=CNC=1)NC(=O)[C@H](CCCNC(N)=N)NC(=O)[C@H](CC=1C=CC=CC=1)NC(=O)[C@H](CCC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](C)NC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC(O)=O)C(C)C)C(C)C)C1=CC=CC=C1 DZHSAHHDTRWUTF-SIQRNXPUSA-N 0.000 description 15
- 239000012634 fragment Substances 0.000 description 15
- WEVYAHXRMPXWCK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetonitrile Chemical compound CC#N WEVYAHXRMPXWCK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 14
- 101710137189 Amyloid-beta A4 protein Proteins 0.000 description 14
- 101710151993 Amyloid-beta precursor protein Proteins 0.000 description 14
- 102100022704 Amyloid-beta precursor protein Human genes 0.000 description 14
- 125000003917 carbamoyl group Chemical group [H]N([H])C(*)=O 0.000 description 14
- 239000012043 crude product Substances 0.000 description 14
- 230000007423 decrease Effects 0.000 description 14
- 229910052757 nitrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 14
- 238000003786 synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 14
- 230000032258 transport Effects 0.000 description 14
- 239000013598 vector Substances 0.000 description 14
- UFHFLCQGNIYNRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrogen Chemical compound [H][H] UFHFLCQGNIYNRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 13
- 239000000706 filtrate Substances 0.000 description 13
- 238000001914 filtration Methods 0.000 description 13
- 239000000725 suspension Substances 0.000 description 13
- IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Atomic nitrogen Chemical compound N#N IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 12
- 125000004448 alkyl carbonyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 12
- 238000003556 assay Methods 0.000 description 12
- 125000001997 phenyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(*)C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 12
- 239000002904 solvent Substances 0.000 description 12
- 208000024891 symptom Diseases 0.000 description 12
- 125000003282 alkyl amino group Chemical group 0.000 description 11
- 125000004104 aryloxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 11
- 230000003920 cognitive function Effects 0.000 description 11
- 125000004093 cyano group Chemical group *C#N 0.000 description 11
- 201000008319 inclusion body myositis Diseases 0.000 description 11
- 230000002401 inhibitory effect Effects 0.000 description 11
- 125000000956 methoxy group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])O* 0.000 description 11
- 238000006467 substitution reaction Methods 0.000 description 11
- 229910052717 sulfur Inorganic materials 0.000 description 11
- 125000002023 trifluoromethyl group Chemical group FC(F)(F)* 0.000 description 11
- RYHBNJHYFVUHQT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,4-Dioxane Chemical compound C1COCCO1 RYHBNJHYFVUHQT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- 102000029797 Prion Human genes 0.000 description 10
- 108091000054 Prion Proteins 0.000 description 10
- CDBYLPFSWZWCQE-UHFFFAOYSA-L Sodium Carbonate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[O-]C([O-])=O CDBYLPFSWZWCQE-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 10
- 238000009825 accumulation Methods 0.000 description 10
- 210000004369 blood Anatomy 0.000 description 10
- 239000008280 blood Substances 0.000 description 10
- NOESYZHRGYRDHS-UHFFFAOYSA-N insulin Chemical compound N1C(=O)C(NC(=O)C(CCC(N)=O)NC(=O)C(CCC(O)=O)NC(=O)C(C(C)C)NC(=O)C(NC(=O)CN)C(C)CC)CSSCC(C(NC(CO)C(=O)NC(CC(C)C)C(=O)NC(CC=2C=CC(O)=CC=2)C(=O)NC(CCC(N)=O)C(=O)NC(CC(C)C)C(=O)NC(CCC(O)=O)C(=O)NC(CC(N)=O)C(=O)NC(CC=2C=CC(O)=CC=2)C(=O)NC(CSSCC(NC(=O)C(C(C)C)NC(=O)C(CC(C)C)NC(=O)C(CC=2C=CC(O)=CC=2)NC(=O)C(CC(C)C)NC(=O)C(C)NC(=O)C(CCC(O)=O)NC(=O)C(C(C)C)NC(=O)C(CC(C)C)NC(=O)C(CC=2NC=NC=2)NC(=O)C(CO)NC(=O)CNC2=O)C(=O)NCC(=O)NC(CCC(O)=O)C(=O)NC(CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)NCC(=O)NC(CC=3C=CC=CC=3)C(=O)NC(CC=3C=CC=CC=3)C(=O)NC(CC=3C=CC(O)=CC=3)C(=O)NC(C(C)O)C(=O)N3C(CCC3)C(=O)NC(CCCCN)C(=O)NC(C)C(O)=O)C(=O)NC(CC(N)=O)C(O)=O)=O)NC(=O)C(C(C)CC)NC(=O)C(CO)NC(=O)C(C(C)O)NC(=O)C1CSSCC2NC(=O)C(CC(C)C)NC(=O)C(NC(=O)C(CCC(N)=O)NC(=O)C(CC(N)=O)NC(=O)C(NC(=O)C(N)CC=1C=CC=CC=1)C(C)C)CC1=CN=CN1 NOESYZHRGYRDHS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- 210000002966 serum Anatomy 0.000 description 10
- 229910000029 sodium carbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 10
- 108010071690 Prealbumin Proteins 0.000 description 9
- 102000054727 Serum Amyloid A Human genes 0.000 description 9
- 125000004442 acylamino group Chemical group 0.000 description 9
- 125000004453 alkoxycarbonyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 9
- 125000005129 aryl carbonyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 9
- 208000035475 disorder Diseases 0.000 description 9
- 125000004435 hydrogen atom Chemical group [H]* 0.000 description 9
- 210000000056 organ Anatomy 0.000 description 9
- 229920006395 saturated elastomer Polymers 0.000 description 9
- XEKOWRVHYACXOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethyl acetate Chemical compound CCOC(C)=O XEKOWRVHYACXOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrochloric acid Chemical compound Cl VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 229910019142 PO4 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 8
- 108700028909 Serum Amyloid A Proteins 0.000 description 8
- 230000035508 accumulation Effects 0.000 description 8
- 125000002252 acyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 8
- 125000005194 alkoxycarbonyloxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 8
- 125000005196 alkyl carbonyloxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 8
- 125000004414 alkyl thio group Chemical group 0.000 description 8
- 150000001408 amides Chemical class 0.000 description 8
- 125000003710 aryl alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 8
- 125000005199 aryl carbonyloxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 8
- 125000005110 aryl thio group Chemical group 0.000 description 8
- 125000005200 aryloxy carbonyloxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 8
- QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N atomic oxygen Chemical compound [O] QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 239000002585 base Substances 0.000 description 8
- 229910052799 carbon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 8
- 230000006735 deficit Effects 0.000 description 8
- 125000005647 linker group Chemical group 0.000 description 8
- 239000002502 liposome Substances 0.000 description 8
- 238000004519 manufacturing process Methods 0.000 description 8
- 125000004433 nitrogen atom Chemical group N* 0.000 description 8
- 239000001301 oxygen Substances 0.000 description 8
- 239000002245 particle Substances 0.000 description 8
- NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-K phosphate Chemical compound [O-]P([O-])([O-])=O NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 8
- 239000010452 phosphate Substances 0.000 description 8
- 239000002243 precursor Substances 0.000 description 8
- 238000002360 preparation method Methods 0.000 description 8
- 206010035226 Plasma cell myeloma Diseases 0.000 description 7
- 102000009190 Transthyretin Human genes 0.000 description 7
- 239000002253 acid Substances 0.000 description 7
- 125000001931 aliphatic group Chemical group 0.000 description 7
- 125000004947 alkyl aryl amino group Chemical group 0.000 description 7
- 125000003806 alkyl carbonyl amino group Chemical group 0.000 description 7
- 125000001769 aryl amino group Chemical group 0.000 description 7
- 125000004658 aryl carbonyl amino group Chemical group 0.000 description 7
- 125000001951 carbamoylamino group Chemical group C(N)(=O)N* 0.000 description 7
- 239000003795 chemical substances by application Substances 0.000 description 7
- 206010012601 diabetes mellitus Diseases 0.000 description 7
- 125000004663 dialkyl amino group Chemical group 0.000 description 7
- 125000004986 diarylamino group Chemical group 0.000 description 7
- 150000002148 esters Chemical class 0.000 description 7
- 150000002430 hydrocarbons Chemical group 0.000 description 7
- 230000005764 inhibitory process Effects 0.000 description 7
- 125000000449 nitro group Chemical group [O-][N+](*)=O 0.000 description 7
- 238000002953 preparative HPLC Methods 0.000 description 7
- 125000002924 primary amino group Chemical group [H]N([H])* 0.000 description 7
- 229940002612 prodrug Drugs 0.000 description 7
- 239000000651 prodrug Substances 0.000 description 7
- 210000001519 tissue Anatomy 0.000 description 7
- CSCPPACGZOOCGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetone Chemical compound CC(C)=O CSCPPACGZOOCGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ammonia Chemical compound N QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 108010025628 Apolipoproteins E Proteins 0.000 description 6
- 102000013918 Apolipoproteins E Human genes 0.000 description 6
- 206010008111 Cerebral haemorrhage Diseases 0.000 description 6
- YMWUJEATGCHHMB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dichloromethane Chemical compound ClCCl YMWUJEATGCHHMB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Diethyl ether Chemical compound CCOCC RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycerine Chemical compound OCC(O)CO PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 125000005907 alkyl ester group Chemical group 0.000 description 6
- 125000004644 alkyl sulfinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 6
- 125000004691 alkyl thio carbonyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 6
- 230000006933 amyloid-beta aggregation Effects 0.000 description 6
- 125000000732 arylene group Chemical group 0.000 description 6
- 125000004429 atom Chemical group 0.000 description 6
- 125000000852 azido group Chemical group *N=[N+]=[N-] 0.000 description 6
- VHRGRCVQAFMJIZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N cadaverine Chemical compound NCCCCCN VHRGRCVQAFMJIZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 125000002837 carbocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 6
- 150000007942 carboxylates Chemical class 0.000 description 6
- 239000000460 chlorine Substances 0.000 description 6
- 229940079593 drug Drugs 0.000 description 6
- 239000003814 drug Substances 0.000 description 6
- 230000002708 enhancing effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- 125000005843 halogen group Chemical group 0.000 description 6
- 125000005842 heteroatom Chemical group 0.000 description 6
- 238000000338 in vitro Methods 0.000 description 6
- 230000001965 increasing effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- 230000007246 mechanism Effects 0.000 description 6
- 125000002496 methyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 6
- 150000002894 organic compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 6
- 230000007170 pathology Effects 0.000 description 6
- 239000000126 substance Substances 0.000 description 6
- 150000003467 sulfuric acid derivatives Chemical group 0.000 description 6
- 238000012360 testing method Methods 0.000 description 6
- 231100000419 toxicity Toxicity 0.000 description 6
- ATRRKUHOCOJYRX-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ammonium bicarbonate Chemical compound [NH4+].OC([O-])=O ATRRKUHOCOJYRX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Carbon Chemical compound [C] OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 108020004705 Codon Proteins 0.000 description 5
- 208000020406 Creutzfeldt Jacob disease Diseases 0.000 description 5
- 208000003407 Creutzfeldt-Jakob Syndrome Diseases 0.000 description 5
- 208000010859 Creutzfeldt-Jakob disease Diseases 0.000 description 5
- 208000003736 Gerstmann-Straussler-Scheinker Disease Diseases 0.000 description 5
- 206010072075 Gerstmann-Straussler-Scheinker syndrome Diseases 0.000 description 5
- 108090001061 Insulin Proteins 0.000 description 5
- 102000004877 Insulin Human genes 0.000 description 5
- 206010028980 Neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 5
- 102100029290 Transthyretin Human genes 0.000 description 5
- 230000002159 abnormal effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 125000004457 alkyl amino carbonyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 5
- 150000001412 amines Chemical class 0.000 description 5
- 239000001099 ammonium carbonate Substances 0.000 description 5
- 235000012501 ammonium carbonate Nutrition 0.000 description 5
- 125000001797 benzyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(C([H])=C1[H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 5
- 229910052794 bromium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 5
- 125000002915 carbonyl group Chemical group [*:2]C([*:1])=O 0.000 description 5
- 230000007278 cognition impairment Effects 0.000 description 5
- 125000000392 cycloalkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 5
- 125000004473 dialkylaminocarbonyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 5
- 239000006185 dispersion Substances 0.000 description 5
- 238000009472 formulation Methods 0.000 description 5
- 125000005549 heteroarylene group Chemical group 0.000 description 5
- 208000015181 infectious disease Diseases 0.000 description 5
- 229940125396 insulin Drugs 0.000 description 5
- 239000007788 liquid Substances 0.000 description 5
- 230000001404 mediated effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 150000007522 mineralic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 5
- 231100000252 nontoxic Toxicity 0.000 description 5
- 230000003000 nontoxic effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 208000033808 peripheral neuropathy Diseases 0.000 description 5
- 230000000750 progressive effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 125000006730 (C2-C5) alkynyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- USEDMAWWQDFMFY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-cyanobenzoyl chloride Chemical compound ClC(=O)C1=CC=C(C#N)C=C1 USEDMAWWQDFMFY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- KDCGOANMDULRCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 7H-purine Chemical compound N1=CNC2=NC=NC2=C1 KDCGOANMDULRCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 208000023769 AA amyloidosis Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 102000001049 Amyloid Human genes 0.000 description 4
- 108010094108 Amyloid Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 102000013455 Amyloid beta-Peptides Human genes 0.000 description 4
- 108010090849 Amyloid beta-Peptides Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 206010002023 Amyloidoses Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 101800001288 Atrial natriuretic factor Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 102400001282 Atrial natriuretic peptide Human genes 0.000 description 4
- 101800001890 Atrial natriuretic peptide Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 101000772194 Homo sapiens Transthyretin Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 206010061218 Inflammation Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 238000008214 LDL Cholesterol Methods 0.000 description 4
- SJRJJKPEHAURKC-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-Methylmorpholine Chemical compound CN1CCOCC1 SJRJJKPEHAURKC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 206010039966 Senile dementia Diseases 0.000 description 4
- NINIDFKCEFEMDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sulfur Chemical compound [S] NINIDFKCEFEMDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- WYURNTSHIVDZCO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tetrahydrofuran Chemical compound C1CCOC1 WYURNTSHIVDZCO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 230000002776 aggregation Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000004220 aggregation Methods 0.000 description 4
- 125000002723 alicyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 125000004450 alkenylene group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 125000004419 alkynylene group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 238000010171 animal model Methods 0.000 description 4
- 150000001735 carboxylic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 208000026106 cerebrovascular disease Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 238000006243 chemical reaction Methods 0.000 description 4
- 229910052801 chlorine Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 238000003776 cleavage reaction Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000001149 cognitive effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000034994 death Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000003745 diagnosis Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 description 4
- 210000000981 epithelium Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- SWJFEVFZCZJOOE-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethyl 4-bromobenzenecarboximidate;hydrochloride Chemical compound Cl.CCOC(=N)C1=CC=C(Br)C=C1 SWJFEVFZCZJOOE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- VPJFORIZDKSQBF-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethyl 4-methoxybenzenecarboximidate;hydrochloride Chemical compound Cl.CCOC(=N)C1=CC=C(OC)C=C1 VPJFORIZDKSQBF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 230000035557 fibrillogenesis Effects 0.000 description 4
- 229910052731 fluorine Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 230000002068 genetic effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000001727 in vivo Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000004054 inflammatory process Effects 0.000 description 4
- 239000004615 ingredient Substances 0.000 description 4
- 210000004153 islets of langerhan Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- 238000002955 isolation Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000000670 limiting effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 description 4
- 210000001087 myotubule Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- 239000003921 oil Substances 0.000 description 4
- 235000019198 oils Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 150000007524 organic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 125000004430 oxygen atom Chemical group O* 0.000 description 4
- 210000000496 pancreas Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- 230000002093 peripheral effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 229920001223 polyethylene glycol Polymers 0.000 description 4
- 208000022256 primary systemic amyloidosis Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 238000012545 processing Methods 0.000 description 4
- 125000006239 protecting group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 238000000746 purification Methods 0.000 description 4
- 125000004076 pyridyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 108020003175 receptors Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 102000005962 receptors Human genes 0.000 description 4
- 230000002207 retinal effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000007017 scission Effects 0.000 description 4
- 125000005420 sulfonamido group Chemical group S(=O)(=O)(N*)* 0.000 description 4
- 239000011593 sulfur Substances 0.000 description 4
- 208000011580 syndromic disease Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 230000009885 systemic effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000008685 targeting Effects 0.000 description 4
- 125000001544 thienyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 230000001988 toxicity Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000009466 transformation Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000002054 transplantation Methods 0.000 description 4
- YBJHBAHKTGYVGT-ZKWXMUAHSA-N (+)-Biotin Chemical compound N1C(=O)N[C@@H]2[C@H](CCCCC(=O)O)SC[C@@H]21 YBJHBAHKTGYVGT-ZKWXMUAHSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 208000006888 Agnosia Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 102000009027 Albumins Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108010088751 Albumins Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 102000005666 Apolipoprotein A-I Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108010059886 Apolipoprotein A-I Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 206010003062 Apraxia Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 206010003694 Atrophy Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 108090001008 Avidin Proteins 0.000 description 3
- UHOVQNZJYSORNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Benzene Chemical compound C1=CC=CC=C1 UHOVQNZJYSORNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 208000024172 Cardiovascular disease Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 208000019736 Cranial nerve disease Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 102000012192 Cystatin C Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108010061642 Cystatin C Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 238000002965 ELISA Methods 0.000 description 3
- 208000034846 Familial Amyloid Neuropathies Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 208000007487 Familial Cerebral Amyloid Angiopathy Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 206010016207 Familial Mediterranean fever Diseases 0.000 description 3
- YLQBMQCUIZJEEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Furan Chemical compound C=1C=COC=1 YLQBMQCUIZJEEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 102000004878 Gelsolin Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108090001064 Gelsolin Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 229920002683 Glycosaminoglycan Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 102000015779 HDL Lipoproteins Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108010010234 HDL Lipoproteins Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 206010019889 Hereditary neuropathic amyloidosis Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 102000016943 Muramidase Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108010014251 Muramidase Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 108010062010 N-Acetylmuramoyl-L-alanine Amidase Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 108091005804 Peptidases Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 239000002202 Polyethylene glycol Substances 0.000 description 3
- 108010050254 Presenilins Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 208000024777 Prion disease Diseases 0.000 description 3
- DNIAPMSPPWPWGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Propylene glycol Chemical compound CC(O)CO DNIAPMSPPWPWGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000004365 Protease Substances 0.000 description 3
- 102100037486 Reverse transcriptase/ribonuclease H Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 206010039811 Secondary amyloidosis Diseases 0.000 description 3
- FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium chloride Chemical compound [Na+].[Cl-] FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 3
- HEMHJVSKTPXQMS-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium hydroxide Chemical compound [OH-].[Na+] HEMHJVSKTPXQMS-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 3
- 208000006011 Stroke Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 230000002378 acidificating effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000009471 action Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000000443 aerosol Substances 0.000 description 3
- 125000005001 aminoaryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 101150031224 app gene Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 125000005160 aryl oxy alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 230000037444 atrophy Effects 0.000 description 3
- 210000004204 blood vessel Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 201000011510 cancer Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 125000003178 carboxy group Chemical group [H]OC(*)=O 0.000 description 3
- 230000015556 catabolic process Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000002490 cerebral effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 206010011005 corneal dystrophy Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 208000014826 cranial nerve neuropathy Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 230000007850 degeneration Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000006866 deterioration Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000011161 development Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000018109 developmental process Effects 0.000 description 3
- 208000025688 early-onset autosomal dominant Alzheimer disease Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 235000019439 ethyl acetate Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 238000011156 evaluation Methods 0.000 description 3
- 208000015756 familial Alzheimer disease Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 201000006061 fatal familial insomnia Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 239000012458 free base Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000006870 function Effects 0.000 description 3
- 125000002541 furyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- PWSKHLMYTZNYKO-UHFFFAOYSA-N heptane-1,7-diamine Chemical compound NCCCCCCCN PWSKHLMYTZNYKO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 125000004475 heteroaralkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 125000005223 heteroarylcarbonyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 229940088597 hormone Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 239000005556 hormone Substances 0.000 description 3
- RAXXELZNTBOGNW-UHFFFAOYSA-N imidazole Natural products C1=CNC=N1 RAXXELZNTBOGNW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 238000011065 in-situ storage Methods 0.000 description 3
- 125000001041 indolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 238000002595 magnetic resonance imaging Methods 0.000 description 3
- 206010027175 memory impairment Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 125000001570 methylene group Chemical group [H]C([H])([*:1])[*:2] 0.000 description 3
- 125000002816 methylsulfanyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])S[*] 0.000 description 3
- 244000005700 microbiome Species 0.000 description 3
- 210000005036 nerve Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 208000015122 neurodegenerative disease Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 210000002682 neurofibrillary tangle Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 238000002610 neuroimaging Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000000926 neurological effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000002981 neuropathic effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 125000000160 oxazolidinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 230000001575 pathological effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 125000000951 phenoxy group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(O*)C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 3
- 125000004437 phosphorous atom Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 239000000843 powder Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000012552 review Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000007858 starting material Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229940124530 sulfonamide Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 150000003456 sulfonamides Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- CXWXQJXEFPUFDZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N tetralin Chemical compound C1=CC=C2CCCCC2=C1 CXWXQJXEFPUFDZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 238000002560 therapeutic procedure Methods 0.000 description 3
- 125000004001 thioalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 231100000331 toxic Toxicity 0.000 description 3
- 230000002588 toxic effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000031998 transcytosis Effects 0.000 description 3
- 201000007905 transthyretin amyloidosis Diseases 0.000 description 3
- CUKWUWBLQQDQAC-VEQWQPCFSA-N (3s)-3-amino-4-[[(2s)-1-[[(2s)-1-[[(2s)-1-[[(2s,3s)-1-[[(2s)-1-[(2s)-2-[[(1s)-1-carboxyethyl]carbamoyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl]-3-(1h-imidazol-5-yl)-1-oxopropan-2-yl]amino]-3-methyl-1-oxopentan-2-yl]amino]-3-(4-hydroxyphenyl)-1-oxopropan-2-yl]amino]-3-methyl-1-ox Chemical compound C([C@@H](C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)CC)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1NC=NC=1)C(=O)N1[C@@H](CCC1)C(=O)N[C@@H](C)C(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)[C@H](CCCN=C(N)N)NC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC(O)=O)C(C)C)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 CUKWUWBLQQDQAC-VEQWQPCFSA-N 0.000 description 2
- FCEHBMOGCRZNNI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-benzothiophene Chemical compound C1=CC=C2SC=CC2=C1 FCEHBMOGCRZNNI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000005955 1H-indazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- HZAXFHJVJLSVMW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-Aminoethan-1-ol Chemical compound NCCO HZAXFHJVJLSVMW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 208000023761 AL amyloidosis Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 241001047040 Agnosia Species 0.000 description 2
- 108700028369 Alleles Proteins 0.000 description 2
- NLXLAEXVIDQMFP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ammonia chloride Chemical compound [NH4+].[Cl-] NLXLAEXVIDQMFP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 208000000044 Amnesia Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 108010043324 Amyloid Precursor Protein Secretases Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000002659 Amyloid Precursor Protein Secretases Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 102400000345 Angiotensin-2 Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 101800000733 Angiotensin-2 Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000007592 Apolipoproteins Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010071619 Apolipoproteins Proteins 0.000 description 2
- CIWBSHSKHKDKBQ-JLAZNSOCSA-N Ascorbic acid Chemical compound OC[C@H](O)[C@H]1OC(=O)C(O)=C1O CIWBSHSKHKDKBQ-JLAZNSOCSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 201000001320 Atherosclerosis Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 230000007082 Aβ accumulation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 201000004569 Blindness Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 102400000667 Brain natriuretic peptide 32 Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 101800000407 Brain natriuretic peptide 32 Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 101800002247 Brain natriuretic peptide 45 Proteins 0.000 description 2
- WKBOTKDWSSQWDR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Bromine atom Chemical compound [Br] WKBOTKDWSSQWDR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 241000282693 Cercopithecidae Species 0.000 description 2
- RPNUMPOLZDHAAY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Diethylenetriamine Chemical compound NCCNCCN RPNUMPOLZDHAAY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 206010061818 Disease progression Diseases 0.000 description 2
- QUSNBJAOOMFDIB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethylamine Chemical compound CCN QUSNBJAOOMFDIB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 241000282326 Felis catus Species 0.000 description 2
- 238000005033 Fourier transform infrared spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 2
- 208000003923 Hereditary Corneal Dystrophies Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 208000032849 Hereditary cerebral hemorrhage with amyloidosis Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 241000282412 Homo Species 0.000 description 2
- WTDHULULXKLSOZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydroxylamine hydrochloride Chemical compound Cl.ON WTDHULULXKLSOZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 208000035150 Hypercholesterolemia Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 206010020772 Hypertension Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 208000005531 Immunoglobulin Light-chain Amyloidosis Diseases 0.000 description 2
- SIKJAQJRHWYJAI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Indole Chemical compound C1=CC=C2NC=CC2=C1 SIKJAQJRHWYJAI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 108090000723 Insulin-Like Growth Factor I Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 108010002352 Interleukin-1 Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000000589 Interleukin-1 Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 102000007330 LDL Lipoproteins Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010007622 LDL Lipoproteins Proteins 0.000 description 2
- ROHFNLRQFUQHCH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Leucine Natural products CC(C)CC(N)C(O)=O ROHFNLRQFUQHCH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- CSNNHWWHGAXBCP-UHFFFAOYSA-L Magnesium sulfate Chemical compound [Mg+2].[O-][S+2]([O-])([O-])[O-] CSNNHWWHGAXBCP-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- 102100025818 Major prion protein Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 101710138751 Major prion protein Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 241001465754 Metazoa Species 0.000 description 2
- 208000034578 Multiple myelomas Diseases 0.000 description 2
- UFWIBTONFRDIAS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Naphthalene Chemical compound C1=CC=CC2=CC=CC=C21 UFWIBTONFRDIAS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 206010029350 Neurotoxicity Diseases 0.000 description 2
- IOVCWXUNBOPUCH-UHFFFAOYSA-M Nitrite anion Chemical compound [O-]N=O IOVCWXUNBOPUCH-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- MUBZPKHOEPUJKR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Oxalic acid Natural products OC(=O)C(O)=O MUBZPKHOEPUJKR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ISWSIDIOOBJBQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phenol Chemical compound OC1=CC=CC=C1 ISWSIDIOOBJBQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- GLUUGHFHXGJENI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Piperazine Chemical compound C1CNCCN1 GLUUGHFHXGJENI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 108010036933 Presenilin-1 Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000012412 Presenilin-1 Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010036908 Presenilin-2 Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000012419 Presenilin-2 Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 102000015499 Presenilins Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 206010036673 Primary amyloidosis Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 108010029485 Protein Isoforms Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000001708 Protein Isoforms Human genes 0.000 description 2
- KYQCOXFCLRTKLS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyrazine Chemical compound C1=CN=CC=N1 KYQCOXFCLRTKLS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- JUJWROOIHBZHMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyridine Chemical compound C1=CC=NC=C1 JUJWROOIHBZHMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- KAESVJOAVNADME-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyrrole Chemical compound C=1C=CNC=1 KAESVJOAVNADME-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- SMWDFEZZVXVKRB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Quinoline Chemical compound N1=CC=CC2=CC=CC=C21 SMWDFEZZVXVKRB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 206010062237 Renal impairment Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 229930182558 Sterol Natural products 0.000 description 2
- YTPLMLYBLZKORZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Thiophene Chemical compound C=1C=CSC=1 YTPLMLYBLZKORZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 206010044221 Toxic encephalopathy Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 201000004810 Vascular dementia Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 208000027418 Wounds and injury Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 238000010521 absorption reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 150000007513 acids Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 125000002015 acyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000004423 acyloxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- OIRDTQYFTABQOQ-KQYNXXCUSA-N adenosine Chemical compound C1=NC=2C(N)=NC=NC=2N1[C@@H]1O[C@H](CO)[C@@H](O)[C@H]1O OIRDTQYFTABQOQ-KQYNXXCUSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000003513 alkali Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000003277 amino group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 230000003942 amyloidogenic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229950006323 angiotensin ii Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 125000000129 anionic group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 201000007201 aphasia Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 239000007864 aqueous solution Substances 0.000 description 2
- 210000001367 artery Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 125000005161 aryl oxy carbonyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 230000001746 atrial effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000001580 bacterial effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- RFRXIWQYSOIBDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzarone Chemical compound CCC=1OC2=CC=CC=C2C=1C(=O)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 RFRXIWQYSOIBDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000003785 benzimidazolyl group Chemical group N1=C(NC2=C1C=CC=C2)* 0.000 description 2
- 125000004603 benzisoxazolyl group Chemical group O1N=C(C2=C1C=CC=C2)* 0.000 description 2
- WPYMKLBDIGXBTP-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzoic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 WPYMKLBDIGXBTP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- IOJUPLGTWVMSFF-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzothiazole Chemical compound C1=CC=C2SC=NC2=C1 IOJUPLGTWVMSFF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000000649 benzylidene group Chemical group [H]C(=[*])C1=C([H])C([H])=C([H])C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 2
- 230000008436 biogenesis Effects 0.000 description 2
- 235000020958 biotin Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000011616 biotin Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229960002685 biotin Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 230000007177 brain activity Effects 0.000 description 2
- GDTBXPJZTBHREO-UHFFFAOYSA-N bromine Substances BrBr GDTBXPJZTBHREO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000000872 buffer Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000000484 butyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 2
- 239000011575 calcium Substances 0.000 description 2
- 150000001721 carbon Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- NSQLIUXCMFBZME-MPVJKSABSA-N carperitide Chemical compound C([C@H]1C(=O)NCC(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCSC)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)N[C@H](C(NCC(=O)N[C@@H](C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H](CSSC[C@@H](C(=O)N1)NC(=O)[C@H](CO)NC(=O)[C@H](CO)NC(=O)[C@H](CCCNC(N)=N)NC(=O)[C@H](CCCNC(N)=N)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)[C@@H](N)CO)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C=CC=CC=1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C=CC(O)=CC=1)C(O)=O)=O)[C@@H](C)CC)C1=CC=CC=C1 NSQLIUXCMFBZME-MPVJKSABSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000005779 cell damage Effects 0.000 description 2
- 208000037887 cell injury Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 230000008859 change Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000003153 chemical reaction reagent Substances 0.000 description 2
- OSASVXMJTNOKOY-UHFFFAOYSA-N chlorobutanol Chemical compound CC(C)(O)C(Cl)(Cl)Cl OSASVXMJTNOKOY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000001684 chronic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 208000037976 chronic inflammation Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 235000019504 cigarettes Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 230000019771 cognition Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000006999 cognitive decline Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000000470 constituent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000001276 controlling effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000001054 cortical effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000013078 crystal Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000004122 cyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000001511 cyclopentyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 2
- 230000006378 damage Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000006731 degradation reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000001419 dependent effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 235000005911 diet Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 230000037213 diet Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000003085 diluting agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- ZUOUZKKEUPVFJK-UHFFFAOYSA-N diphenyl Chemical group C1=CC=CC=C1C1=CC=CC=C1 ZUOUZKKEUPVFJK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000008034 disappearance Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000005750 disease progression Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000002612 dispersion medium Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000003937 drug carrier Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000012377 drug delivery Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000004064 dysfunction Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000008030 elimination Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000003379 elimination reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000000839 emulsion Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000002124 endocrine Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000007613 environmental effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 125000001495 ethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 2
- 230000010326 executive functioning Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000003619 fibrillary effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 125000000524 functional group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 210000001035 gastrointestinal tract Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 229940093915 gynecological organic acid Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 238000001631 haemodialysis Methods 0.000 description 2
- 210000005003 heart tissue Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 230000000322 hemodialysis Effects 0.000 description 2
- 125000004051 hexyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 2
- 125000005350 hydroxycycloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000002883 imidazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 230000001771 impaired effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000002757 inflammatory effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 208000014674 injury Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 239000000543 intermediate Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000003834 intracellular effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000002427 irreversible effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- SUMDYPCJJOFFON-UHFFFAOYSA-N isethionic acid Chemical compound OCCS(O)(=O)=O SUMDYPCJJOFFON-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000001449 isopropyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 2
- AWJUIBRHMBBTKR-UHFFFAOYSA-N isoquinoline Chemical compound C1=NC=CC2=CC=CC=C21 AWJUIBRHMBBTKR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 210000003734 kidney Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 208000017169 kidney disease Diseases 0.000 description 2
- JVTAAEKCZFNVCJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N lactic acid Chemical compound CC(O)C(O)=O JVTAAEKCZFNVCJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000001909 leucine group Chemical group [H]N(*)C(C(*)=O)C([H])([H])C(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 2
- 230000007774 longterm Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000004949 mass spectrometry Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000004060 metabolic process Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229910052751 metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000002184 metal Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000000813 microbial effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000007388 microgliosis Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000004048 modification Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000012986 modification Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000002808 molecular sieve Substances 0.000 description 2
- 210000004898 n-terminal fragment Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 238000002663 nebulization Methods 0.000 description 2
- 210000002569 neuron Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 201000001119 neuropathy Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 230000007823 neuropathy Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000007135 neurotoxicity Effects 0.000 description 2
- 231100000228 neurotoxicity Toxicity 0.000 description 2
- QJGQUHMNIGDVPM-UHFFFAOYSA-N nitrogen group Chemical group [N] QJGQUHMNIGDVPM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- BKIMMITUMNQMOS-UHFFFAOYSA-N nonane Chemical compound CCCCCCCCC BKIMMITUMNQMOS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- SXJVFQLYZSNZBT-UHFFFAOYSA-N nonane-1,9-diamine Chemical compound NCCCCCCCCCN SXJVFQLYZSNZBT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 235000015097 nutrients Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 230000004768 organ dysfunction Effects 0.000 description 2
- 235000005985 organic acids Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 238000007911 parenteral administration Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000008506 pathogenesis Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000037361 pathway Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000035515 penetration Effects 0.000 description 2
- 125000001147 pentyl group Chemical group C(CCCC)* 0.000 description 2
- 231100000857 poor renal function Toxicity 0.000 description 2
- FGIUAXJPYTZDNR-UHFFFAOYSA-N potassium nitrate Chemical group [K+].[O-][N+]([O-])=O FGIUAXJPYTZDNR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000003755 preservative agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000000047 product Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000001436 propyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 2
- KIDHWZJUCRJVML-UHFFFAOYSA-N putrescine Chemical compound NCCCCN KIDHWZJUCRJVML-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000003226 pyrazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000000714 pyrimidinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000000719 pyrrolidinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000000168 pyrrolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 230000008707 rearrangement Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000011160 research Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000004044 response Effects 0.000 description 2
- 206010039073 rheumatoid arthritis Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 238000007363 ring formation reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229910052701 rubidium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 208000008864 scrapie Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 230000003248 secreting effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000000391 smoking effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- URGAHOPLAPQHLN-UHFFFAOYSA-N sodium aluminosilicate Chemical compound [Na+].[Al+3].[O-][Si]([O-])=O.[O-][Si]([O-])=O URGAHOPLAPQHLN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000011780 sodium chloride Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000001228 spectrum Methods 0.000 description 2
- 150000003432 sterols Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 235000003702 sterols Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 238000003860 storage Methods 0.000 description 2
- 125000005017 substituted alkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000005415 substituted alkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000000547 substituted alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000004426 substituted alkynyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000004434 sulfur atom Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 239000004094 surface-active agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000003826 tablet Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000004809 thin layer chromatography Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229940036555 thyroid hormone Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000005495 thyroid hormone Substances 0.000 description 2
- VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-UHFFFAOYSA-N trans-butenedioic acid Natural products OC(=O)C=CC(O)=O VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000000844 transformation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000009261 transgenic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 201000008827 tuberculosis Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 239000003981 vehicle Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000003612 virological effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000009278 visceral effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000004393 visual impairment Effects 0.000 description 2
- JENWDDCMEATQSR-ONSKYXJOSA-N (2r)-2-[[(2s)-5-(diaminomethylideneamino)-2-[[(2s)-5-(diaminomethylideneamino)-2-[[(2s)-2-[[(2s)-2-[[2-[[2-[[(2s)-3-(4-hydroxyphenyl)-2-(methylamino)propanoyl]amino]acetyl]amino]acetyl]amino]-3-phenylpropanoyl]amino]-4-methylpentanoyl]amino]pentanoyl]-met Chemical compound C([C@@H](C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCN=C(N)N)C(=O)N(C)[C@@H](CCCN=C(N)N)C(=O)N[C@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)NCC)NC(=O)CNC(=O)CNC(=O)[C@H](CC=1C=CC(O)=CC=1)NC)C1=CC=CC=C1 JENWDDCMEATQSR-ONSKYXJOSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CLFHFIGNDKHDPG-MPJXNKHJSA-N (4s)-5-[[(2s)-1-[[(2s)-1-[[(2r)-6-amino-1-[[(2s)-1-(8-aminooctylamino)-1-oxo-3-phenylpropan-2-yl]amino]-1-oxohexan-2-yl]amino]-1-oxo-3-phenylpropan-2-yl]amino]-3-(1h-imidazol-5-yl)-1-oxopropan-2-yl]amino]-4-[[(2s)-2-amino-4-methylsulfonylbutanoyl]amino]-5 Chemical compound C([C@H](NC(=O)[C@H](CCC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@@H](N)CCS(=O)(=O)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C=CC=CC=1)C(=O)N[C@H](CCCCN)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C=CC=CC=1)C(=O)NCCCCCCCCN)C1=CN=CN1 CLFHFIGNDKHDPG-MPJXNKHJSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000006729 (C2-C5) alkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- UWYVPFMHMJIBHE-OWOJBTEDSA-N (e)-2-hydroxybut-2-enedioic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)\C=C(\O)C(O)=O UWYVPFMHMJIBHE-OWOJBTEDSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004502 1,2,3-oxadiazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004511 1,2,3-thiadiazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000001399 1,2,3-triazolyl group Chemical group N1N=NC(=C1)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000004504 1,2,4-oxadiazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004514 1,2,4-thiadiazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000001376 1,2,4-triazolyl group Chemical group N1N=C(N=C1)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000004506 1,2,5-oxadiazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004517 1,2,5-thiadiazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000001781 1,3,4-oxadiazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004520 1,3,4-thiadiazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- BCMCBBGGLRIHSE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,3-benzoxazole Chemical compound C1=CC=C2OC=NC2=C1 BCMCBBGGLRIHSE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HDUOMQKYHVVNSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-(4,5-dihydro-1h-imidazol-2-yl)-3,5-dimethylpyrazole;hydrobromide Chemical compound Br.N1=C(C)C=C(C)N1C1=NCCN1 HDUOMQKYHVVNSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IANQTJSKSUMEQM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-benzofuran Chemical group C1=CC=C2OC=CC2=C1 IANQTJSKSUMEQM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LSXKDWGTSHCFPP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-bromoheptane Chemical compound CCCCCCCBr LSXKDWGTSHCFPP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QXQAPNSHUJORMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-chloro-4-propylbenzene Chemical compound CCCC1=CC=C(Cl)C=C1 QXQAPNSHUJORMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LDMOEFOXLIZJOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-dodecanesulfonic acid Chemical class CCCCCCCCCCCCS(O)(=O)=O LDMOEFOXLIZJOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PALCOFOSTAKMDG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-nitro-4-[5-(4-nitrophenoxy)pentoxy]benzene Chemical compound C1=CC([N+](=O)[O-])=CC=C1OCCCCCOC1=CC=C([N+]([O-])=O)C=C1 PALCOFOSTAKMDG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IIZPXYDJLKNOIY-JXPKJXOSSA-N 1-palmitoyl-2-arachidonoyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphocholine Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OC[C@H](COP([O-])(=O)OCC[N+](C)(C)C)OC(=O)CCC\C=C/C\C=C/C\C=C/C\C=C/CCCCC IIZPXYDJLKNOIY-JXPKJXOSSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FPIPGXGPPPQFEQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 13-cis retinol Natural products OCC=C(C)C=CC=C(C)C=CC1=C(C)CCCC1(C)C FPIPGXGPPPQFEQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HYZJCKYKOHLVJF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1H-benzimidazole Chemical compound C1=CC=C2NC=NC2=C1 HYZJCKYKOHLVJF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LBLYYCQCTBFVLH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-Methylbenzenesulfonic acid Chemical compound CC1=CC=CC=C1S(O)(=O)=O LBLYYCQCTBFVLH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OZDAOHVKBFBBMZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-aminopentanedioic acid;hydrate Chemical compound O.OC(=O)C(N)CCC(O)=O OZDAOHVKBFBBMZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IVHKZCSZELZKSJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-hydroxyethyl sulfonate Chemical compound OCCOS(=O)=O IVHKZCSZELZKSJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BMYNFMYTOJXKLE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-azaniumyl-2-hydroxypropanoate Chemical compound NCC(O)C(O)=O BMYNFMYTOJXKLE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BHPZESQUJQJJQG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-cyano-n-[5-[(3-cyanobenzoyl)amino]pentyl]benzamide Chemical compound C=1C=CC(C#N)=CC=1C(=O)NCCCCCNC(=O)C1=CC=CC(C#N)=C1 BHPZESQUJQJJQG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RPESZQVUWMFBEO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-cyanobenzoyl chloride Chemical compound ClC(=O)C1=CC=CC(C#N)=C1 RPESZQVUWMFBEO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PEPBFCOIJRULGJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3h-1,2,3-benzodioxazole Chemical compound C1=CC=C2NOOC2=C1 PEPBFCOIJRULGJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QCQCHGYLTSGIGX-GHXANHINSA-N 4-[[(3ar,5ar,5br,7ar,9s,11ar,11br,13as)-5a,5b,8,8,11a-pentamethyl-3a-[(5-methylpyridine-3-carbonyl)amino]-2-oxo-1-propan-2-yl-4,5,6,7,7a,9,10,11,11b,12,13,13a-dodecahydro-3h-cyclopenta[a]chrysen-9-yl]oxy]-2,2-dimethyl-4-oxobutanoic acid Chemical compound N([C@@]12CC[C@@]3(C)[C@]4(C)CC[C@H]5C(C)(C)[C@@H](OC(=O)CC(C)(C)C(O)=O)CC[C@]5(C)[C@H]4CC[C@@H]3C1=C(C(C2)=O)C(C)C)C(=O)C1=CN=CC(C)=C1 QCQCHGYLTSGIGX-GHXANHINSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HVBSAKJJOYLTQU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-aminobenzenesulfonic acid Chemical compound NC1=CC=C(S(O)(=O)=O)C=C1 HVBSAKJJOYLTQU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GAMYYCRTACQSBR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-azabenzimidazole Chemical compound C1=CC=C2NC=NC2=N1 GAMYYCRTACQSBR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QISOBCMNUJQOJU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-bromo-1h-pyrazole-5-carboxylic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C=1NN=CC=1Br QISOBCMNUJQOJU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HQSCPPCMBMFJJN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-bromobenzonitrile Chemical compound BrC1=CC=C(C#N)C=C1 HQSCPPCMBMFJJN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ARMSSPABIGYORY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-carbamimidoyl-n,n-diethylbenzamide Chemical compound CCN(CC)C(=O)C1=CC=C(C(N)=N)C=C1 ARMSSPABIGYORY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- COMNOFASKQYJPU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-cyano-n-[4-[(4-cyanobenzoyl)amino]butyl]benzamide Chemical compound C=1C=C(C#N)C=CC=1C(=O)NCCCCNC(=O)C1=CC=C(C#N)C=C1 COMNOFASKQYJPU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WLXJIOQPJAKRMD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-cyano-n-[7-[(4-cyanobenzoyl)amino]heptyl]benzamide Chemical compound C=1C=C(C#N)C=CC=1C(=O)NCCCCCCCNC(=O)C1=CC=C(C#N)C=C1 WLXJIOQPJAKRMD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KONMQFHYXDSHCP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-cyano-n-[9-[(4-cyanobenzoyl)amino]nonyl]benzamide Chemical compound C=1C=C(C#N)C=CC=1C(=O)NCCCCCCCCCNC(=O)C1=CC=C(C#N)C=C1 KONMQFHYXDSHCP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DBMFYTQPPBBKHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-cyanobenzenesulfonyl chloride Chemical compound ClS(=O)(=O)C1=CC=C(C#N)C=C1 DBMFYTQPPBBKHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XDJAAZYHCCRJOK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-methoxybenzonitrile Chemical compound COC1=CC=C(C#N)C=C1 XDJAAZYHCCRJOK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000590 4-methylphenyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C(=C([H])C([H])=C1*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000005986 4-piperidonyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000002471 4H-quinolizinyl group Chemical group C=1(C=CCN2C=CC=CC12)* 0.000 description 1
- LLKFNPUXQZHIAE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5-(3-aminopropyl)-8-bromo-3-methyl-2h-pyrazolo[4,3-c]quinolin-4-one Chemical compound O=C1N(CCCN)C2=CC=C(Br)C=C2C2=C1C(C)=NN2 LLKFNPUXQZHIAE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HBAQYPYDRFILMT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 8-[3-(1-cyclopropylpyrazol-4-yl)-1H-pyrazolo[4,3-d]pyrimidin-5-yl]-3-methyl-3,8-diazabicyclo[3.2.1]octan-2-one Chemical class C1(CC1)N1N=CC(=C1)C1=NNC2=C1N=C(N=C2)N1C2C(N(CC1CC2)C)=O HBAQYPYDRFILMT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000024667 ABeta amyloidosis, Dutch type Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000023697 ABri amyloidosis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000018282 ACys amyloidosis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000017227 ADan amyloidosis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 101150037123 APOE gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-M Acetate Chemical compound CC([O-])=O QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 206010048998 Acute phase reaction Diseases 0.000 description 1
- GFFGJBXGBJISGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Adenine Chemical compound NC1=NC=NC2=C1N=CN2 GFFGJBXGBJISGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229930024421 Adenine Natural products 0.000 description 1
- USFZMSVCRYTOJT-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ammonium acetate Chemical compound N.CC(O)=O USFZMSVCRYTOJT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000005695 Ammonium acetate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 206010002383 Angina Pectoris Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010002556 Ankylosing Spondylitis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102100029470 Apolipoprotein E Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 101710095339 Apolipoprotein E Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010060159 Apolipoprotein E4 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000004475 Arginine Substances 0.000 description 1
- 208000036487 Arthropathies Diseases 0.000 description 1
- BSYNRYMUTXBXSQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Aspirin Chemical compound CC(=O)OC1=CC=CC=C1C(O)=O BSYNRYMUTXBXSQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 206010061666 Autonomic neuropathy Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000894006 Bacteria Species 0.000 description 1
- 206010004146 Basal cell carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000027496 Behcet disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000009137 Behcet syndrome Diseases 0.000 description 1
- BVKZGUZCCUSVTD-UHFFFAOYSA-M Bicarbonate Chemical compound OC([O-])=O BVKZGUZCCUSVTD-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 241000283690 Bos taurus Species 0.000 description 1
- 208000003174 Brain Neoplasms Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000024806 Brain atrophy Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000014644 Brain disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- COVZYZSDYWQREU-UHFFFAOYSA-N Busulfan Chemical compound CS(=O)(=O)OCCCCOS(C)(=O)=O COVZYZSDYWQREU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000002126 C01EB10 - Adenosine Substances 0.000 description 1
- 201000000166 CST3-related cerebral amyloid angiopathy Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 101100016363 Caenorhabditis elegans his-67 gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000055006 Calcitonin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108060001064 Calcitonin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- OYPRJOBELJOOCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N Calcium Chemical compound [Ca] OYPRJOBELJOOCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000005701 Calcium-Binding Proteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010045403 Calcium-Binding Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000282472 Canis lupus familiaris Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000283707 Capra Species 0.000 description 1
- BVKZGUZCCUSVTD-UHFFFAOYSA-L Carbonate Chemical compound [O-]C([O-])=O BVKZGUZCCUSVTD-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 201000009030 Carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000031229 Cardiomyopathies Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108010078791 Carrier Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241001647372 Chlamydia pneumoniae Species 0.000 description 1
- ZAMOUSCENKQFHK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Chlorine atom Chemical compound [Cl] ZAMOUSCENKQFHK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KRKNYBCHXYNGOX-UHFFFAOYSA-K Citrate Chemical compound [O-]C(=O)CC(O)(CC([O-])=O)C([O-])=O KRKNYBCHXYNGOX-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- 208000028698 Cognitive impairment Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102000008186 Collagen Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010035532 Collagen Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 208000011231 Crohn disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108090000695 Cytokines Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000004127 Cytokines Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102100035861 Cytosolic 5'-nucleotidase 1A Human genes 0.000 description 1
- FBPFZTCFMRRESA-FSIIMWSLSA-N D-Glucitol Natural products OC[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)CO FBPFZTCFMRRESA-FSIIMWSLSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 206010011878 Deafness Diseases 0.000 description 1
- FEWJPZIEWOKRBE-JCYAYHJZSA-N Dextrotartaric acid Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C(O)=O FEWJPZIEWOKRBE-JCYAYHJZSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108010065372 Dynorphins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 206010013976 Dyspraxia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108010068583 E 2078 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108090000371 Esterases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- VGGSQFUCUMXWEO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethene Chemical compound C=C VGGSQFUCUMXWEO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000005977 Ethylene Substances 0.000 description 1
- PIICEJLVQHRZGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethylenediamine Chemical compound NCCN PIICEJLVQHRZGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910052693 Europium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 206010053487 Exposure to toxic agent Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108050001049 Extracellular proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 206010016202 Familial Amyloidosis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 101710163305 Fibril protein Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000008946 Fibrinogen Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010049003 Fibrinogen Proteins 0.000 description 1
- PXGOKWXKJXAPGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Fluorine Chemical compound FF PXGOKWXKJXAPGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 206010016880 Folate deficiency Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000010188 Folic Acid Deficiency Diseases 0.000 description 1
- VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-OWOJBTEDSA-N Fumaric acid Chemical compound OC(=O)\C=C\C(O)=O VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-OWOJBTEDSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000233866 Fungi Species 0.000 description 1
- 108010010803 Gelatin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-GASJEMHNSA-N Glucose Natural products OC[C@H]1OC(O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-GASJEMHNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000031886 HIV Infections Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000037357 HIV infectious disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010019196 Head injury Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010019280 Heart failures Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000016988 Hemorrhagic Stroke Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000028782 Hereditary disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102000008949 Histocompatibility Antigens Class I Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010088652 Histocompatibility Antigens Class I Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 208000017604 Hodgkin disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000021519 Hodgkin lymphoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000010747 Hodgkins lymphoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 101000823051 Homo sapiens Amyloid-beta precursor protein Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000802744 Homo sapiens Cytosolic 5'-nucleotidase 1A Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010001336 Horseradish Peroxidase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- CPELXLSAUQHCOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrogen bromide Chemical compound Br CPELXLSAUQHCOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AVXURJPOCDRRFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydroxylamine Chemical class ON AVXURJPOCDRRFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000037147 Hypercalcaemia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 201000000162 ITM2B-related cerebral amyloid angiopathy 1 Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 201000000194 ITM2B-related cerebral amyloid angiopathy 2 Diseases 0.000 description 1
- DGAQECJNVWCQMB-PUAWFVPOSA-M Ilexoside XXIX Chemical compound C[C@@H]1CC[C@@]2(CC[C@@]3(C(=CC[C@H]4[C@]3(CC[C@@H]5[C@@]4(CC[C@@H](C5(C)C)OS(=O)(=O)[O-])C)C)[C@@H]2[C@]1(C)O)C)C(=O)O[C@H]6[C@@H]([C@H]([C@@H]([C@H](O6)CO)O)O)O.[Na+] DGAQECJNVWCQMB-PUAWFVPOSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 108060003951 Immunoglobulin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010021625 Immunoglobulin Fragments Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000008394 Immunoglobulin Fragments Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102000013463 Immunoglobulin Light Chains Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010065825 Immunoglobulin Light Chains Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000004218 Insulin-Like Growth Factor I Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090001117 Insulin-Like Growth Factor II Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000048143 Insulin-Like Growth Factor II Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090001005 Interleukin-6 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 208000012659 Joint disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000003456 Juvenile Arthritis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010059176 Juvenile idiopathic arthritis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- ODKSFYDXXFIFQN-BYPYZUCNSA-P L-argininium(2+) Chemical compound NC(=[NH2+])NCCC[C@H]([NH3+])C(O)=O ODKSFYDXXFIFQN-BYPYZUCNSA-P 0.000 description 1
- COLNVLDHVKWLRT-QMMMGPOBSA-N L-phenylalanine Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC1=CC=CC=C1 COLNVLDHVKWLRT-QMMMGPOBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JVTAAEKCZFNVCJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M Lactate Chemical compound CC(O)C([O-])=O JVTAAEKCZFNVCJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 206010024229 Leprosy Diseases 0.000 description 1
- WHXSMMKQMYFTQS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Lithium Chemical compound [Li] WHXSMMKQMYFTQS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 206010025391 Macroglossia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- FYYHWMGAXLPEAU-UHFFFAOYSA-N Magnesium Chemical compound [Mg] FYYHWMGAXLPEAU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000026139 Memory disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000027382 Mental deterioration Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010027374 Mental impairment Diseases 0.000 description 1
- AFVFQIVMOAPDHO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methanesulfonic acid Chemical compound CS(O)(=O)=O AFVFQIVMOAPDHO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000010190 Monoclonal Gammopathy of Undetermined Significance Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 201000002795 Muckle-Wells syndrome Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000699666 Mus <mouse, genus> Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000699670 Mus sp. Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000238367 Mya arenaria Species 0.000 description 1
- 229910002651 NO3 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- NHNBFGGVMKEFGY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Nitrate Chemical compound [O-][N+]([O-])=O NHNBFGGVMKEFGY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GRYLNZFGIOXLOG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Nitric acid Chemical compound O[N+]([O-])=O GRYLNZFGIOXLOG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000015636 Oligopeptides Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010038807 Oligopeptides Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 206010031256 Osteomyelitis chronic Diseases 0.000 description 1
- ZCQWOFVYLHDMMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Oxazole Chemical compound C1=COC=N1 ZCQWOFVYLHDMMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000002193 Pain Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000002774 Paraproteinemias Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241001494479 Pecora Species 0.000 description 1
- 208000002141 Pellagra Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102000015731 Peptide Hormones Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010038988 Peptide Hormones Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 208000037581 Persistent Infection Diseases 0.000 description 1
- PCNDJXKNXGMECE-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phenazine Natural products C1=CC=CC2=NC3=CC=CC=C3N=C21 PCNDJXKNXGMECE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phosphoric acid Chemical compound OP(O)(O)=O NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OAICVXFJPJFONN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phosphorus Chemical compound [P] OAICVXFJPJFONN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108010039918 Polylysine Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 206010036105 Polyneuropathy Diseases 0.000 description 1
- ZLMJMSJWJFRBEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Potassium Chemical compound [K] ZLMJMSJWJFRBEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000004210 Pressure Ulcer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102100024622 Proenkephalin-B Human genes 0.000 description 1
- ONIBWKKTOPOVIA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Proline Natural products OC(=O)C1CCCN1 ONIBWKKTOPOVIA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102100021923 Prolow-density lipoprotein receptor-related protein 1 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 101710202113 Prolow-density lipoprotein receptor-related protein 1 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 201000004681 Psoriasis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000036824 Psoriatic arthropathy Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000028017 Psychotic disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000005700 Putrescine Substances 0.000 description 1
- 206010037601 Pyelonephritis chronic Diseases 0.000 description 1
- WTKZEGDFNFYCGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyrazole Chemical compound C=1C=NNC=1 WTKZEGDFNFYCGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CZPWVGJYEJSRLH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyrimidine Chemical compound C1=CN=CN=C1 CZPWVGJYEJSRLH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000700159 Rattus Species 0.000 description 1
- 208000033464 Reiter syndrome Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000001647 Renal Insufficiency Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010038389 Renal cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000006265 Renal cell carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010038748 Restrictive cardiomyopathy Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 101100379247 Salmo trutta apoa1 gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000002262 Schiff base Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000004753 Schiff bases Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 101710190759 Serum amyloid A protein Proteins 0.000 description 1
- VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silicium dioxide Chemical compound O=[Si]=O VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000700584 Simplexvirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 102000013275 Somatomedins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-L Sulfate Chemical compound [O-]S([O-])(=O)=O QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sulfuric acid Chemical compound OS(O)(=O)=O QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FZWLAAWBMGSTSO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Thiazole Chemical compound C1=CSC=N1 FZWLAAWBMGSTSO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AUYYCJSJGJYCDS-LBPRGKRZSA-N Thyrolar Chemical class IC1=CC(C[C@H](N)C(O)=O)=CC(I)=C1OC1=CC=C(O)C(I)=C1 AUYYCJSJGJYCDS-LBPRGKRZSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000004338 Transferrin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000901 Transferrin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 208000032109 Transient ischaemic attack Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010067584 Type 1 diabetes mellitus Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000024780 Urticaria Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000030451 Vascular dementia disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- FPIPGXGPPPQFEQ-BOOMUCAASA-N Vitamin A Natural products OC/C=C(/C)\C=C\C=C(\C)/C=C/C1=C(C)CCCC1(C)C FPIPGXGPPPQFEQ-BOOMUCAASA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229930003270 Vitamin B Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 208000007642 Vitamin B Deficiency Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000027207 Whipple disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000002441 X-ray diffraction Methods 0.000 description 1
- BBAWTPDTGRXPDG-UHFFFAOYSA-N [1,3]thiazolo[4,5-b]pyridine Chemical compound C1=CC=C2SC=NC2=N1 BBAWTPDTGRXPDG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000005856 abnormality Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940022663 acetate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000002777 acetyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C(*)=O 0.000 description 1
- 125000000641 acridinyl group Chemical group C1(=CC=CC2=NC3=CC=CC=C3C=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 238000001994 activation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000004480 active ingredient Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000004658 acute-phase response Effects 0.000 description 1
- YKIOKAURTKXMSB-UHFFFAOYSA-N adams's catalyst Chemical compound O=[Pt]=O YKIOKAURTKXMSB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960000643 adenine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960005305 adenosine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000002411 adverse Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000007000 age related cognitive decline Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000016571 aggressive behavior Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000032683 aging Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000013019 agitation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000001299 aldehydes Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000001336 alkenes Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000005089 alkenylaminocarbonyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005090 alkenylcarbonyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- FPIPGXGPPPQFEQ-OVSJKPMPSA-N all-trans-retinol Chemical compound OC\C=C(/C)\C=C\C=C(/C)\C=C\C1=C(C)CCCC1(C)C FPIPGXGPPPQFEQ-OVSJKPMPSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000026935 allergic disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- HSFWRNGVRCDJHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N alpha-acetylene Natural products C#C HSFWRNGVRCDJHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AZDRQVAHHNSJOQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N alumane Chemical class [AlH3] AZDRQVAHHNSJOQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910052782 aluminium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- XAGFODPZIPBFFR-UHFFFAOYSA-N aluminium Chemical compound [Al] XAGFODPZIPBFFR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910000147 aluminium phosphate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229940059260 amidate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000004397 aminosulfonyl group Chemical group NS(=O)(=O)* 0.000 description 1
- 229910021529 ammonia Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000019257 ammonium acetate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229940043376 ammonium acetate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000019270 ammonium chloride Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000004458 analytical method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000008064 anhydrides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000003242 anti bacterial agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000000844 anti-bacterial effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003429 antifungal agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940121375 antifungal agent Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000000427 antigen Substances 0.000 description 1
- 108091007433 antigens Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000036639 antigens Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 239000003963 antioxidant agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000006708 antioxidants Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000013459 approach Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000012062 aqueous buffer Substances 0.000 description 1
- ODKSFYDXXFIFQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N arginine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CCCNC(N)=N ODKSFYDXXFIFQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000005333 aroyloxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 210000002565 arteriole Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 125000005125 aryl alkyl amino carbonyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005099 aryl alkyl carbonyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000002102 aryl alkyloxo group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005100 aryl amino carbonyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000007860 aryl ester derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 235000010323 ascorbic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229960005070 ascorbic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000011668 ascorbic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000011914 asymmetric synthesis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 208000006521 atrial standstill Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000011888 autopsy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000004931 azocinyl group Chemical group N1=C(C=CC=CC=C1)* 0.000 description 1
- 210000003719 b-lymphocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000002469 basement membrane Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000006399 behavior Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003542 behavioural effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000009286 beneficial effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000008901 benefit Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000003937 benzamidines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000004604 benzisothiazolyl group Chemical group S1N=C(C2=C1C=CC=C2)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000000499 benzofuranyl group Chemical group O1C(=CC2=C1C=CC=C2)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000001164 benzothiazolyl group Chemical group S1C(=NC2=C1C=CC=C2)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000004196 benzothienyl group Chemical group S1C(=CC2=C1C=CC=C2)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000003354 benzotriazolyl group Chemical group N1N=NC2=C1C=CC=C2* 0.000 description 1
- 125000004935 benzoxazolinyl group Chemical group O1C(=NC2=C1C=CC=C2)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000004541 benzoxazolyl group Chemical group O1C(=NC2=C1C=CC=C2)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000003236 benzoyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(C([H])=C1[H])C(*)=O 0.000 description 1
- 125000005512 benztetrazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-VFUOTHLCSA-N beta-D-glucose Chemical compound OC[C@H]1O[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-VFUOTHLCSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000002619 bicyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229960000074 biopharmaceutical Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000010290 biphenyl Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000004305 biphenyl Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000002529 biphenylenyl group Chemical group C1(=CC=CC=2C3=CC=CC=C3C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000006367 bivalent amino carbonyl group Chemical group [H]N([*:1])C([*:2])=O 0.000 description 1
- 208000005881 bovine spongiform encephalopathy Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000025698 brain inflammatory disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000012267 brine Substances 0.000 description 1
- 201000009267 bronchiectasis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000006189 buccal tablet Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000006172 buffering agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000004369 butenyl group Chemical group C(=CCC)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000000480 butynyl group Chemical group [*]C#CC([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- BBBFJLBPOGFECG-VJVYQDLKSA-N calcitonin Chemical compound N([C@H](C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H](CCCCN)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1NC=NC=1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCCN)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C=CC(O)=CC=1)C(=O)N1[C@@H](CCC1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)O)C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)O)C(=O)N1[C@@H](CCC1)C(N)=O)C(C)C)C(=O)[C@@H]1CSSC[C@H](N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)O)C(=O)N1 BBBFJLBPOGFECG-VJVYQDLKSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960004015 calcitonin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229910052791 calcium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- FATUQANACHZLRT-KMRXSBRUSA-L calcium glucoheptonate Chemical compound [Ca+2].OC[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C(O)C([O-])=O.OC[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C(O)C([O-])=O FATUQANACHZLRT-KMRXSBRUSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 239000002775 capsule Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000000609 carbazolyl group Chemical group C1(=CC=CC=2C3=CC=CC=C3NC12)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000004623 carbolinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000006297 carbonyl amino group Chemical group [H]N([*:2])C([*:1])=O 0.000 description 1
- 150000001732 carboxylic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000002843 carboxylic acid group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000000747 cardiac effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000003295 carpal tunnel syndrome Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000003054 catalyst Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000002091 cationic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000001768 cations Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000000423 cell based assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000000170 cell membrane Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000001413 cellular effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000003169 central nervous system Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000003710 cerebral cortex Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000002738 chelating agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960004926 chlorobutanol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960001231 choline Drugs 0.000 description 1
- OEYIOHPDSNJKLS-UHFFFAOYSA-N choline Chemical compound C[N+](C)(C)CCO OEYIOHPDSNJKLS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 210000002987 choroid plexus Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 125000003016 chromanyl group Chemical group O1C(CCC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000004230 chromenyl group Chemical group O1C(C=CC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 230000006020 chronic inflammation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000037893 chronic inflammatory disorder Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 201000006368 chronic pyelonephritis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 125000000259 cinnolinyl group Chemical group N1=NC(=CC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 239000011248 coating agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000000576 coating method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229920001436 collagen Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 208000030251 communication disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000000295 complement effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000013329 compounding Methods 0.000 description 1
- IQFVPQOLBLOTPF-HKXUKFGYSA-L congo red Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].C1=CC=CC2=C(N)C(/N=N/C3=CC=C(C=C3)C3=CC=C(C=C3)/N=N/C3=C(C4=CC=CC=C4C(=C3)S([O-])(=O)=O)N)=CC(S([O-])(=O)=O)=C21 IQFVPQOLBLOTPF-HKXUKFGYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 238000010276 construction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000010411 cooking Methods 0.000 description 1
- 208000029078 coronary artery disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 210000004351 coronary vessel Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- IDLFZVILOHSSID-OVLDLUHVSA-N corticotropin Chemical class C([C@@H](C(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCSC)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1NC=NC=1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C=CC=CC=1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C2=CC=CC=C2NC=1)C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H](CCCCN)C(=O)N1[C@@H](CCC1)C(=O)N[C@@H](C(C)C)C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H](CCCCN)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCCN)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)N1[C@@H](CCC1)C(=O)N[C@@H](C(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCCN)C(=O)N[C@@H](C(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C=CC(O)=CC=1)C(=O)N1[C@@H](CCC1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(N)=O)C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H](C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)N[C@@H](C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C=CC=CC=1)C(=O)N1[C@@H](CCC1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C=CC=CC=1)C(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@@H](N)CO)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 IDLFZVILOHSSID-OVLDLUHVSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000003997 corticotropin derivative Substances 0.000 description 1
- 208000022993 cryopyrin-associated periodic syndrome Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 125000002993 cycloalkylene group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000001047 cyclobutenyl group Chemical group C1(=CCC1)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000001162 cycloheptenyl group Chemical group C1(=CCCCCC1)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000000582 cycloheptyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000000596 cyclohexenyl group Chemical group C1(=CCCCC1)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000000113 cyclohexyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000000522 cyclooctenyl group Chemical group C1(=CCCCCCC1)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000000640 cyclooctyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000002433 cyclopentenyl group Chemical group C1(=CCCC1)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000001559 cyclopropyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C1([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 231100000895 deafness Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 125000004856 decahydroquinolinyl group Chemical group N1(CCCC2CCCCC12)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000003493 decenyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])=C([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000002704 decyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 125000005070 decynyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C#C* 0.000 description 1
- 230000003412 degenerative effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001934 delay Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003599 detergent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000002405 diagnostic procedure Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000000502 dialysis Methods 0.000 description 1
- ZBCBWPMODOFKDW-UHFFFAOYSA-N diethanolamine Chemical compound OCCNCCO ZBCBWPMODOFKDW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HPNMFZURTQLUMO-UHFFFAOYSA-N diethylamine Chemical compound CCNCC HPNMFZURTQLUMO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IJKVHSBPTUYDLN-UHFFFAOYSA-N dihydroxy(oxo)silane Chemical compound O[Si](O)=O IJKVHSBPTUYDLN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UGMCXQCYOVCMTB-UHFFFAOYSA-K dihydroxy(stearato)aluminium Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)O[Al](O)O UGMCXQCYOVCMTB-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- 230000003467 diminishing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- KHEKLZVNKFOJEG-UHFFFAOYSA-L disodium propan-2-one carbonate Chemical compound C([O-])([O-])=O.[Na+].CC(=O)C.[Na+] KHEKLZVNKFOJEG-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 238000009826 distribution Methods 0.000 description 1
- POULHZVOKOAJMA-UHFFFAOYSA-M dodecanoate Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O POULHZVOKOAJMA-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 239000002552 dosage form Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000009510 drug design Methods 0.000 description 1
- 208000036536 dutch type ABeta amyloidosis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000000975 dye Substances 0.000 description 1
- 108010018544 ebiratide Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229950003546 ebiratide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000002526 effect on cardiovascular system Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000000537 electroencephalography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000002330 electrospray ionisation mass spectrometry Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002996 emotional effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 206010014599 encephalitis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 210000002472 endoplasmic reticulum Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229940011871 estrogen Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000000262 estrogen Substances 0.000 description 1
- AFAXGSQYZLGZPG-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethanedisulfonic acid Chemical compound OS(=O)(=O)CCS(O)(=O)=O AFAXGSQYZLGZPG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004494 ethyl ester group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005469 ethylenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000002534 ethynyl group Chemical group [H]C#C* 0.000 description 1
- NPUKDXXFDDZOKR-LLVKDONJSA-N etomidate Chemical compound CCOC(=O)C1=CN=CN1[C@H](C)C1=CC=CC=C1 NPUKDXXFDDZOKR-LLVKDONJSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OGPBJKLSAFTDLK-UHFFFAOYSA-N europium atom Chemical compound [Eu] OGPBJKLSAFTDLK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000007717 exclusion Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000000605 extraction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229940012952 fibrinogen Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 102000034240 fibrous proteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108091005899 fibrous proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000012530 fluid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000011737 fluorine Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000004785 fluoromethoxy group Chemical group [H]C([H])(F)O* 0.000 description 1
- 229940014144 folate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- OVBPIULPVIDEAO-LBPRGKRZSA-N folic acid Chemical compound C=1N=C2NC(N)=NC(=O)C2=NC=1CNC1=CC=C(C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(O)=O)C=C1 OVBPIULPVIDEAO-LBPRGKRZSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000019152 folic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000011724 folic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000013305 food Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 125000002485 formyl group Chemical group [H]C(*)=O 0.000 description 1
- 125000003838 furazanyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000000499 gel Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000008273 gelatin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920000159 gelatin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000007903 gelatin capsule Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000019322 gelatine Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000011852 gelatine desserts Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000008826 genomic mutation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000008103 glucose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000002288 golgi apparatus Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000036433 growing body Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000012010 growth Effects 0.000 description 1
- 201000009277 hairy cell leukemia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000035876 healing Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000016354 hearing loss disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 210000003494 hepatocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 125000003187 heptyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 150000002390 heteroarenes Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000008241 heterogeneous mixture Substances 0.000 description 1
- IPCSVZSSVZVIGE-UHFFFAOYSA-M hexadecanoate Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O IPCSVZSSVZVIGE-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 125000006038 hexenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000002402 hexoses Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005980 hexynyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 102000046783 human APP Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 208000033519 human immunodeficiency virus infectious disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-M hydrogensulfate Chemical compound OS([O-])(=O)=O QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 150000002433 hydrophilic molecules Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-M hydroxide Chemical compound [OH-] XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 230000000148 hypercalcaemia Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000030915 hypercalcemia disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000000260 hypercholesteremic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 201000001421 hyperglycemia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000003532 hypothyroidism Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000002989 hypothyroidism Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000003037 imidazol-2-yl group Chemical group [H]N1C([*])=NC([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000002632 imidazolidinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000002636 imidazolinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 238000003018 immunoassay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000003119 immunoblot Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000005847 immunogenicity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 102000018358 immunoglobulin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 229940072221 immunoglobulins Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000006872 improvement Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000012535 impurity Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000000099 in vitro assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002779 inactivation Effects 0.000 description 1
- PZOUSPYUWWUPPK-UHFFFAOYSA-N indole Natural products CC1=CC=CC2=C1C=CN2 PZOUSPYUWWUPPK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RKJUIXBNRJVNHR-UHFFFAOYSA-N indolenine Natural products C1=CC=C2CC=NC2=C1 RKJUIXBNRJVNHR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004926 indolenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000003387 indolinyl group Chemical group N1(CCC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- HOBCFUWDNJPFHB-UHFFFAOYSA-N indolizine Chemical compound C1=CC=CN2C=CC=C21 HOBCFUWDNJPFHB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000003406 indolizinyl group Chemical group C=1(C=CN2C=CC=CC12)* 0.000 description 1
- 239000003701 inert diluent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002458 infectious effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000027866 inflammatory disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000002329 infrared spectrum Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000001802 infusion Methods 0.000 description 1
- 208000021005 inheritance pattern Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000007972 injectable composition Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000007529 inorganic bases Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229910052500 inorganic mineral Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229940030980 inova Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 208000020658 intracerebral hemorrhage Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000007917 intracranial administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000010255 intramuscular injection Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000007927 intramuscular injection Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000010253 intravenous injection Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000011835 investigation Methods 0.000 description 1
- PNDPGZBMCMUPRI-UHFFFAOYSA-N iodine Chemical compound II PNDPGZBMCMUPRI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000002500 ions Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000007794 irritation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000004936 isatinoyl group Chemical group N1(C(=O)C(=O)C2=CC=CC=C12)C(=O)* 0.000 description 1
- 229940045996 isethionic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000001977 isobenzofuranyl group Chemical group C=1(OC=C2C=CC=CC12)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000000959 isobutyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 125000003384 isochromanyl group Chemical group C1(OCCC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000005438 isoindazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004594 isoindolinyl group Chemical group C1(NCC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000000904 isoindolyl group Chemical group C=1(NC=C2C=CC=CC12)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000002183 isoquinolinyl group Chemical group C1(=NC=CC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000001786 isothiazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000007951 isotonicity adjuster Substances 0.000 description 1
- CTAPFRYPJLPFDF-UHFFFAOYSA-N isoxazole Chemical compound C=1C=NOC=1 CTAPFRYPJLPFDF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000842 isoxazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 238000005304 joining Methods 0.000 description 1
- 201000002215 juvenile rheumatoid arthritis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 150000002576 ketones Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 201000006370 kidney failure Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000004310 lactic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000014655 lactic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229940099584 lactobionate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- JYTUSYBCFIZPBE-AMTLMPIISA-N lactobionic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]([C@H](O)CO)O[C@@H]1O[C@H](CO)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H]1O JYTUSYBCFIZPBE-AMTLMPIISA-N 0.000 description 1
- 201000003775 lattice corneal dystrophy Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229940070765 laurate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000010410 layer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000787 lecithin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940067606 lecithin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000010445 lecithin Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 150000002632 lipids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229910052744 lithium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 210000004185 liver Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 231100000863 loss of memory Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 210000004072 lung Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000003712 lysosome Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000001868 lysosomic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000004325 lysozyme Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010335 lysozyme Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229960000274 lysozyme Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 210000002540 macrophage Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000011777 magnesium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052749 magnesium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910052943 magnesium sulfate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000019341 magnesium sulphate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000012423 maintenance Methods 0.000 description 1
- VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-UPHRSURJSA-N maleic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)\C=C/C(O)=O VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-UPHRSURJSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000036210 malignancy Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000008146 mannosides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000003550 marker Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000002483 medication Methods 0.000 description 1
- 208000023356 medullary thyroid gland carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000006984 memory degeneration Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000023060 memory loss Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000003340 mental effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002503 metabolic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229930182817 methionine Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 150000002741 methionine derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 210000003632 microfilament Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000000274 microglia Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000006724 microglial activation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000010755 mineral Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000011707 mineral Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000009456 molecular mechanism Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000002763 monocarboxylic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 201000005328 monoclonal gammopathy of uncertain significance Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 125000002950 monocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000002757 morpholinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000000877 morphologic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000037023 motor activity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000007659 motor function Effects 0.000 description 1
- 201000000050 myeloid neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000010125 myocardial infarction Diseases 0.000 description 1
- LNOPIUAQISRISI-UHFFFAOYSA-N n'-hydroxy-2-propan-2-ylsulfonylethanimidamide Chemical compound CC(C)S(=O)(=O)CC(N)=NO LNOPIUAQISRISI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 210000004897 n-terminal region Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 125000001624 naphthyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004593 naphthyridinyl group Chemical group N1=C(C=CC2=CC=CN=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- HPNRHPKXQZSDFX-OAQDCNSJSA-N nesiritide Chemical compound C([C@H]1C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCCN)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCSC)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)N[C@H](C(N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H](CSSC[C@@H](C(=O)N1)NC(=O)CNC(=O)[C@H](CO)NC(=O)CNC(=O)[C@H](CCC(N)=O)NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)[C@H](CCSC)NC(=O)[C@H](CCCCN)NC(=O)[C@H]1N(CCC1)C(=O)[C@@H](N)CO)C(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCCN)C(=O)N[C@@H](C(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1N=CNC=1)C(O)=O)=O)[C@@H](C)CC)C1=CC=CC=C1 HPNRHPKXQZSDFX-OAQDCNSJSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 210000002241 neurite Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000010984 neurological examination Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000016273 neuron death Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010855 neuropsychological testing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 208000002040 neurosyphilis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000007935 neutral effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229910017604 nitric acid Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 125000006574 non-aromatic ring group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005187 nonenyl group Chemical group C(=CCCCCCCC)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000001400 nonyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000005071 nonynyl group Chemical group C(#CCCCCCCC)* 0.000 description 1
- 239000002777 nucleoside Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000003835 nucleoside group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- QIQXTHQIDYTFRH-UHFFFAOYSA-N octadecanoic acid Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(O)=O QIQXTHQIDYTFRH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004930 octahydroisoquinolinyl group Chemical group C1(NCCC2CCCC=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000004365 octenyl group Chemical group C(=CCCCCCC)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000002347 octyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000005069 octynyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C#C* 0.000 description 1
- 229940049964 oleate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- ZQPPMHVWECSIRJ-KTKRTIGZSA-N oleic acid Chemical compound CCCCCCCC\C=C/CCCCCCCC(O)=O ZQPPMHVWECSIRJ-KTKRTIGZSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 210000004789 organ system Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 150000007530 organic bases Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000012044 organic layer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003960 organic solvent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000001715 oxadiazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- QNNHQVPFZIFNFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N oxazolo[4,5-b]pyridine Chemical compound C1=CC=C2OC=NC2=N1 QNNHQVPFZIFNFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000002971 oxazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004095 oxindolyl group Chemical group N1(C(CC2=CC=CC=C12)=O)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000001037 p-tolyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C(=C([H])C([H])=C1*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 230000004203 pancreatic function Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000004738 parenchymal cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 125000002255 pentenyl group Chemical group C(=CCCC)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000004115 pentoxy group Chemical group [*]OC([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C(C([H])([H])[H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000005981 pentynyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000000813 peptide hormone Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000010647 peptide synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000035699 permeability Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002688 persistence Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002085 persistent effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000546 pharmaceutical excipient Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000004934 phenanthridinyl group Chemical group C1(=CC=CC2=NC=C3C=CC=CC3=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000004625 phenanthrolinyl group Chemical group N1=C(C=CC2=CC=C3C=CC=NC3=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000001791 phenazinyl group Chemical group C1(=CC=CC2=NC3=CC=CC=C3N=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 229960003742 phenol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000001484 phenothiazinyl group Chemical group C1(=CC=CC=2SC3=CC=CC=C3NC12)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000005954 phenoxathiinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000001644 phenoxazinyl group Chemical group C1(=CC=CC=2OC3=CC=CC=C3NC12)* 0.000 description 1
- WLJVXDMOQOGPHL-UHFFFAOYSA-N phenylacetic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CC1=CC=CC=C1 WLJVXDMOQOGPHL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- COLNVLDHVKWLRT-UHFFFAOYSA-N phenylalanine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CC1=CC=CC=C1 COLNVLDHVKWLRT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000843 phenylene group Chemical group C1(=C(C=CC=C1)*)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000000394 phosphonato group Chemical group [O-]P([O-])(*)=O 0.000 description 1
- 229910052698 phosphorus Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000011574 phosphorus Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000004592 phthalazinyl group Chemical group C1(=NN=CC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000004193 piperazinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000003386 piperidinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004928 piperidonyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229960005235 piperonyl butoxide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000004591 piperonyl group Chemical group C(C1=CC=2OCOC2C=C1)* 0.000 description 1
- 230000007505 plaque formation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000010626 plasma cell neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 210000004180 plasmocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229920000656 polylysine Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 230000007824 polyneuropathy Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229920005862 polyol Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 150000003077 polyols Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229920001184 polypeptide Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 238000002600 positron emission tomography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000001323 posttranslational effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000011591 potassium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052700 potassium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 230000002335 preservative effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000003141 primary amines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000004393 prognosis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000003147 proline derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000002035 prolonged effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000004368 propenyl group Chemical group C(=CC)* 0.000 description 1
- 230000000069 prophylactic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000011321 prophylaxis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000002568 propynyl group Chemical group [*]C#CC([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 210000002307 prostate Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000012846 protein folding Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000017854 proteolysis Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002797 proteolythic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000006337 proteolytic cleavage Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000020016 psychiatric disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 125000001042 pteridinyl group Chemical group N1=C(N=CC2=NC=CN=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000000561 purinyl group Chemical group N1=C(N=C2N=CNC2=C1)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000004309 pyranyl group Chemical group O1C(C=CC=C1)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000003373 pyrazinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000003072 pyrazolidinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000002755 pyrazolinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- PBMFSQRYOILNGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyridazine Chemical compound C1=CC=NN=C1 PBMFSQRYOILNGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000002098 pyridazinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- UMJSCPRVCHMLSP-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyridine Natural products COC1=CC=CN=C1 UMJSCPRVCHMLSP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001422 pyrrolinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000003242 quaternary ammonium salts Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000002294 quinazolinyl group Chemical group N1=C(N=CC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000002943 quinolinyl group Chemical group N1=C(C=CC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000001567 quinoxalinyl group Chemical group N1=C(C=NC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000004621 quinuclidinyl group Chemical group N12C(CC(CC1)CC2)* 0.000 description 1
- 208000002574 reactive arthritis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000010992 reflux Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000001105 regulatory effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 201000010174 renal carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000012263 renal involvement Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000009256 replacement therapy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002441 reversible effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229910052702 rhenium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 238000005070 sampling Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000007423 screening assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000003335 secondary amines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000000580 secretagogue effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000001625 seminal vesicle Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000037152 sensory function Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000000926 separation method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000012163 sequencing technique Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000002603 single-photon emission computed tomography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000011734 sodium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052708 sodium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- HPALAKNZSZLMCH-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium;chloride;hydrate Chemical compound O.[Na+].[Cl-] HPALAKNZSZLMCH-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 239000000600 sorbitol Substances 0.000 description 1
- 241000894007 species Species 0.000 description 1
- 150000003413 spiro compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 210000000952 spleen Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000006641 stabilisation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000011105 stabilization Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000010186 staining Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000001954 sterilising effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000004659 sterilization and disinfection Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000010254 subcutaneous injection Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000007929 subcutaneous injection Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000003107 substituted aryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005346 substituted cycloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- KDYFGRWQOYBRFD-UHFFFAOYSA-L succinate(2-) Chemical compound [O-]C(=O)CCC([O-])=O KDYFGRWQOYBRFD-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 235000000346 sugar Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 150000005846 sugar alcohols Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 150000008163 sugars Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000000565 sulfonamide group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000001273 sulfonato group Chemical group [O-]S(*)(=O)=O 0.000 description 1
- 239000006228 supernatant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 108010033090 surfactant protein A receptor Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 230000002459 sustained effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000002636 symptomatic treatment Methods 0.000 description 1
- 206010042772 syncope Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000006188 syrup Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000020357 syrup Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229940095064 tartrate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000000999 tert-butyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C(*)(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 150000003512 tertiary amines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000010998 test method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000003718 tetrahydrofuranyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000003039 tetrahydroisoquinolinyl group Chemical group C1(NCCC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000000147 tetrahydroquinolinyl group Chemical group N1(CCCC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 150000003536 tetrazoles Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000003831 tetrazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229940126585 therapeutic drug Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000004797 therapeutic response Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000004627 thianthrenyl group Chemical group C1(=CC=CC=2SC3=CC=CC=C3SC12)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000000335 thiazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- RTKIYNMVFMVABJ-UHFFFAOYSA-L thimerosal Chemical compound [Na+].CC[Hg]SC1=CC=CC=C1C([O-])=O RTKIYNMVFMVABJ-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 229940033663 thimerosal Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000002813 thiocarbonyl group Chemical group *C(*)=S 0.000 description 1
- 150000003568 thioethers Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229930192474 thiophene Natural products 0.000 description 1
- JOXIMZWYDAKGHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N toluene-4-sulfonic acid Chemical compound CC1=CC=C(S(O)(=O)=O)C=C1 JOXIMZWYDAKGHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000003944 tolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000012581 transferrin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000011830 transgenic mouse model Methods 0.000 description 1
- 201000010875 transient cerebral ischemia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000001650 transport into the brain Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000004306 triazinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000003852 triazoles Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000004784 trichloromethoxy group Chemical group ClC(O*)(Cl)Cl 0.000 description 1
- 238000001291 vacuum drying Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000009777 vacuum freeze-drying Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229940070710 valerate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- NQPDZGIKBAWPEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N valeric acid Chemical compound CCCCC(O)=O NQPDZGIKBAWPEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000002792 vascular Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000015112 vegetable and seed oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000008158 vegetable oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000003462 vein Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 201000010653 vesiculitis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 210000001835 viscera Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 235000019155 vitamin A Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000011719 vitamin A Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000019156 vitamin B Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000011720 vitamin B Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940045997 vitamin a Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000012431 wafers Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000003643 water by type Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000036642 wellbeing Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000001834 xanthenyl group Chemical group C1=CC=CC=2OC3=CC=CC=C3C(C12)* 0.000 description 1
Classifications
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
- A61K31/13—Amines
- A61K31/155—Amidines (), e.g. guanidine (H2N—C(=NH)—NH2), isourea (N=C(OH)—NH2), isothiourea (—N=C(SH)—NH2)
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
- A61K31/16—Amides, e.g. hydroxamic acids
- A61K31/165—Amides, e.g. hydroxamic acids having aromatic rings, e.g. colchicine, atenolol, progabide
- A61K31/167—Amides, e.g. hydroxamic acids having aromatic rings, e.g. colchicine, atenolol, progabide having the nitrogen of a carboxamide group directly attached to the aromatic ring, e.g. lidocaine, paracetamol
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
- A61K31/16—Amides, e.g. hydroxamic acids
- A61K31/18—Sulfonamides
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
- A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
- A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
- A61K31/41—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having five-membered rings with two or more ring hetero atoms, at least one of which being nitrogen, e.g. tetrazole
- A61K31/4164—1,3-Diazoles
- A61K31/4168—1,3-Diazoles having a nitrogen attached in position 2, e.g. clonidine
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
- A61P25/28—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system for treating neurodegenerative disorders of the central nervous system, e.g. nootropic agents, cognition enhancers, drugs for treating Alzheimer's disease or other forms of dementia
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P27/00—Drugs for disorders of the senses
- A61P27/02—Ophthalmic agents
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P3/00—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism
- A61P3/08—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism for glucose homeostasis
- A61P3/10—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism for glucose homeostasis for hyperglycaemia, e.g. antidiabetics
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P43/00—Drugs for specific purposes, not provided for in groups A61P1/00-A61P41/00
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P5/00—Drugs for disorders of the endocrine system
- A61P5/48—Drugs for disorders of the endocrine system of the pancreatic hormones
- A61P5/50—Drugs for disorders of the endocrine system of the pancreatic hormones for increasing or potentiating the activity of insulin
Landscapes
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
- Public Health (AREA)
- Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
- General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
- Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
- Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
- General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
- Diabetes (AREA)
- Organic Chemistry (AREA)
- Epidemiology (AREA)
- Endocrinology (AREA)
- Biomedical Technology (AREA)
- Neurosurgery (AREA)
- Neurology (AREA)
- Pain & Pain Management (AREA)
- Hematology (AREA)
- Hospice & Palliative Care (AREA)
- Emergency Medicine (AREA)
- Obesity (AREA)
- Psychiatry (AREA)
- Ophthalmology & Optometry (AREA)
- Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)
- Acyclic And Carbocyclic Compounds In Medicinal Compositions (AREA)
- Organic Low-Molecular-Weight Compounds And Preparation Thereof (AREA)
Abstract
The present invention relates to the use of amidine compounds in the treatment of amyloid-related diseases. In particular, the invention relates to a method of treating or preventing an amyloid-related disease in a subject comprising administering to the subject a therapeutic amount of an amidine compound.
Among the compounds for use according to the invention are those according to the following Formula (I), such that, when administered, amyloid fibril formation, neurodegeneration, or cellular toxicity is reduced or inhibited:
Formula (I).
Among the compounds for use according to the invention are those according to the following Formula (I), such that, when administered, amyloid fibril formation, neurodegeneration, or cellular toxicity is reduced or inhibited:
Formula (I).
Description
AMIDINE DERIVATIVES FOR TREATING AMYLOIDOSIS
Related Apulications This application is related to PCT patent application publication no. WO
2003/017,994.
Background of the Invention Amyloidosis refers to a pathological condition characterized by the presence of amyloid fibrils. Amyloid is a generic term referring to a group of diverse but specific protein deposits (intracellular or extracellular) which are seen in a number of different diseases. Though diverse in their occurrence, all amyloid deposits have common morphologic properties, stain with specific dyes (e.g., Congo red), and have a characteristic red-green birefringent~appearaiic~'in~ ~. ~~
polarized light after staining. They also share common ultrastructural features and common X-ray diffraction and infrared spectra.
Amyloid-related diseases can either be restricted to one organ or spread to several organs.
The first instance is referred to as "localized amyloidosis" while the second is referred to as "systemic amyloidosis."
Some amyloidotic diseases can be idiopathic, but most of these diseases appear as a complication of a previously existing disorder. For example,primary amyloidosis can appear without any other pathology or can follow plasma cell dyscrasia or multiple myeloma.
Secondary amyloidosis is usually seen associated with chronic infection (such as tuberculosis) or chronic inflammation (such as rheumatoid arthritis). A
familial form of secondary amyloidosis is also seen in Familial Mediterranean Fever (FMF). This familial type of amyloidosis, as one of the other types of familial amyloidosis, is genetically inherited and is found in specific population groups. In both primary and secondary amyloidosis, deposits are found in several organs and are thus considered systemic amyloid diseases.
Another type of systemic amyloidosis is found in 'long-term hemodialysis patients. In each of these cases, a different amyloidogenic protein is involved in amyloid deposition.
"Localized amyloidoses" are those that tend to involve a single organ system.
Different amyloids are also characterized by the type of protein present in the deposit.
For example, neurodegenerative diseases such as scrapie, bovine spongiform encephalitis, Creutzfeldt-Jakob disease, and the like are characterized by the appearance and accumulation of a protease-resistant form of a prion protein (referred to as AScr or PrP-27) in the central nervous system. Similarly, Alzheimer's disease, another neurodegenerative disorder, is characterized by neuritic plaques and neurofibrillary tangles. In this case, the plaque and blood vessel amyloid is formed by the deposition of fibrillary A(3 amyloid protein. Other diseases such as adult-onset diabetes (type II
diabetes) are characterized by the localized accumulation of amyloid in the pancreas.
Once these amyloids have formed, there is no known, widely accepted therapy or treatment which significantly dissolves amyloid deposits in situ or that prevents further amyloid deposition. There is also no widely known or accepted therapy or treatment which prevents amyloid deposition from occuring.
Each amyloidogenic protein has the ability to organize into (3-sheets and to form insoluble fibrils which may be deposited extracellularly or intracellularly.
Each amyloidogenic protein, although different in amino acid sequence, has the same property of forming fibrils and binding to other elements such as proteoglycan, amyloid P and complement component.
Moreover, each amyloidogenic protein has amino acid sequences which, although different, will show similarities, such as regions with the ability to bind to the glycosaminoglycan (GAG) portion of proteoglycan (referred to as the GAG binding site) as well as other regions which will promote (3-sheet formation.
In specific cases, amyloidotic fibrils, once deposited, can become toxic to the surrounding cells. For example, the A(3 fibrils organized as senile plaques have been shown to be associated with:dead neuronal cells and microgliosis in patients with Alzheimer's disease.
When tested in vitf-o, oligomeric as well as fibrillar A(3 peptide was shown to be capable of triggering an activation process of microglia (brain macrophages), which would explain the presence of microgliosis and brain inflammation found in the brain of patients with Alzheimer's disease. '.Both oligomeric and fibrillar A(3 peptide can also induce neuronal cell death in vitro.
In another type of amyloidosis seen in patients with type II diabetes, the amyloidogenic protein IAPP, when in its oligomeric form or when organized in fibrils, has been shown to induce (3-islet cell toxicity in vitro. Hence, appearance of IAPP fibrils in the pancreas of type II
diabetic patients contributes to the loss of the (3 islet cells (Langerhans) and organ dysfunction.
Recent findings indicate that oligomeric IAPP can also be toxic.
Related Apulications This application is related to PCT patent application publication no. WO
2003/017,994.
Background of the Invention Amyloidosis refers to a pathological condition characterized by the presence of amyloid fibrils. Amyloid is a generic term referring to a group of diverse but specific protein deposits (intracellular or extracellular) which are seen in a number of different diseases. Though diverse in their occurrence, all amyloid deposits have common morphologic properties, stain with specific dyes (e.g., Congo red), and have a characteristic red-green birefringent~appearaiic~'in~ ~. ~~
polarized light after staining. They also share common ultrastructural features and common X-ray diffraction and infrared spectra.
Amyloid-related diseases can either be restricted to one organ or spread to several organs.
The first instance is referred to as "localized amyloidosis" while the second is referred to as "systemic amyloidosis."
Some amyloidotic diseases can be idiopathic, but most of these diseases appear as a complication of a previously existing disorder. For example,primary amyloidosis can appear without any other pathology or can follow plasma cell dyscrasia or multiple myeloma.
Secondary amyloidosis is usually seen associated with chronic infection (such as tuberculosis) or chronic inflammation (such as rheumatoid arthritis). A
familial form of secondary amyloidosis is also seen in Familial Mediterranean Fever (FMF). This familial type of amyloidosis, as one of the other types of familial amyloidosis, is genetically inherited and is found in specific population groups. In both primary and secondary amyloidosis, deposits are found in several organs and are thus considered systemic amyloid diseases.
Another type of systemic amyloidosis is found in 'long-term hemodialysis patients. In each of these cases, a different amyloidogenic protein is involved in amyloid deposition.
"Localized amyloidoses" are those that tend to involve a single organ system.
Different amyloids are also characterized by the type of protein present in the deposit.
For example, neurodegenerative diseases such as scrapie, bovine spongiform encephalitis, Creutzfeldt-Jakob disease, and the like are characterized by the appearance and accumulation of a protease-resistant form of a prion protein (referred to as AScr or PrP-27) in the central nervous system. Similarly, Alzheimer's disease, another neurodegenerative disorder, is characterized by neuritic plaques and neurofibrillary tangles. In this case, the plaque and blood vessel amyloid is formed by the deposition of fibrillary A(3 amyloid protein. Other diseases such as adult-onset diabetes (type II
diabetes) are characterized by the localized accumulation of amyloid in the pancreas.
Once these amyloids have formed, there is no known, widely accepted therapy or treatment which significantly dissolves amyloid deposits in situ or that prevents further amyloid deposition. There is also no widely known or accepted therapy or treatment which prevents amyloid deposition from occuring.
Each amyloidogenic protein has the ability to organize into (3-sheets and to form insoluble fibrils which may be deposited extracellularly or intracellularly.
Each amyloidogenic protein, although different in amino acid sequence, has the same property of forming fibrils and binding to other elements such as proteoglycan, amyloid P and complement component.
Moreover, each amyloidogenic protein has amino acid sequences which, although different, will show similarities, such as regions with the ability to bind to the glycosaminoglycan (GAG) portion of proteoglycan (referred to as the GAG binding site) as well as other regions which will promote (3-sheet formation.
In specific cases, amyloidotic fibrils, once deposited, can become toxic to the surrounding cells. For example, the A(3 fibrils organized as senile plaques have been shown to be associated with:dead neuronal cells and microgliosis in patients with Alzheimer's disease.
When tested in vitf-o, oligomeric as well as fibrillar A(3 peptide was shown to be capable of triggering an activation process of microglia (brain macrophages), which would explain the presence of microgliosis and brain inflammation found in the brain of patients with Alzheimer's disease. '.Both oligomeric and fibrillar A(3 peptide can also induce neuronal cell death in vitro.
In another type of amyloidosis seen in patients with type II diabetes, the amyloidogenic protein IAPP, when in its oligomeric form or when organized in fibrils, has been shown to induce (3-islet cell toxicity in vitro. Hence, appearance of IAPP fibrils in the pancreas of type II
diabetic patients contributes to the loss of the (3 islet cells (Langerhans) and organ dysfunction.
Recent findings indicate that oligomeric IAPP can also be toxic.
People suffering from Alzheimer's disease develop a progressive dementia in adulthood, accompanied by three main structural changes in the brain: diffuse loss of neurons in multiple parts of the brain; accumulation of intracellular protein deposits termed neurofibrillary tangles;
and accumulation of extracellular protein deposits termed amyloid or senile plaques, surrounded by misshapen nerve terminals (dystrophic neurites). A main constituent of these amyloid plaques is the amyloid-~i peptide (A(3), a 39-43 amino-acid protein that is produced through cleavage of the (3-amyloid precursor protein (APP).
Extensive research has been conducted on the relevance of A[3 deposits in AD
(D.J.Selkoe, Trends in Cell Biology 8, 447-53 (1998)). A(3 naturally arises from the metabolic processing of the amyloid precursor protein ("APP") in the endoplasmic reticulum ("ER"), the Golgi apparatus, or the endosomal-lysosomal pathway, and most is normally secreted as a 40 ("A(3i~o") or 42 ("Aj31~2") amino acid peptide (D.J.Selkoe, Azznu. Rev. Cell Biol. 10, 373-403 (1994)). A role for A[3 as a primary cause for AD is supported by the presence of extracellular amyloid [3 peptide ("A[3") deposits in senile plaques of Alzheimer's disease ("AD"), the increased production of A(3 in cells harboring mutant AD associated genes, e.g., amyloid precursor protein, presenilin I and presenilin II; the toxicity of extracellular fibrillar A(3 to cells in culture (reviewed by D.J.Selkoe, Trends izz Cell Biology 8, 447-453 (1998)); and the toxicity of oligomeric non-fibrillar A(3. See, e.g., F.Gervais, Europeafz Biopharmaceutical Review, 40-42, Autumn 2001;
May, P.C., DDT, 6:459-462, 2001). Although symptomatic treatments exist for Alzheimer's disease, this disease cannot be prevented or cured at this time.
Summary of the Invention The present invention relates to the use of amidine compounds in the treatment of amyloid-related diseases. In particular, the invention relates to a method of treating or preventing an amyloid-related disease in a subject comprising administering to the subject a therapeutic amount of an amidine compound. Among the compounds for use in the invention are those according to the following Formula, such that, when administered, amyloid fibril formation, neurodegeneration, or cellular toxicity is reduced or inhibited:
Rai-N N-Ra2 ~~-Y1 A Y2~~
Rb1-N N-Rb2 ~R~i R~2 m q (Formula X) In one embodiment, the amidine compounds disclosed herein prevent or inhibit amyloid protein assembly into insoluble fibrils which, in vivo, are deposited in various organs, or they reverse or slow deposition in subjects already having deposits. In another embodiment, the amidine compound may also prevent the amyloid protein from binding or adhering to a cell surface and causing cell damage or toxicity. In yet another embodiment, the compound may block amyloid-induced cellular toxicity or microglial activation. In another embodiment, the amidine compound may block amyloid-induced neurotoxicity.
The amidine compounds of the invention may be administered therapeutically or prophylactically to treat diseases associated with amyloid-(3 fibril formation, aggregation or deposition. The compounds of the invention may act to ameliorate the course of an amyloid-~3 related disease using any of the following mechanisms (this list is meant to be illustrative and not limiting): slowing the rate of amyloid-(3 fibril formation or deposition;
lessening the degree of ~amyloid-(3 deposition; inhibiting, reducing, or preventing amyloid-(3 fibril formation; inhibiting neurodegeneration or cellular toxicity induced by amyloid-(3; inhibiting amyloid-(3 induced inflammation; or enhancing the clearance of amyloid-(3 from the brain. The "amyloid-(3 disease"
(or "amyloid-(3 related disease," which terms as used herein are synonymous) may be Mild Cognitive Impairment; vascular dementia; Alzheimer's disease, including sporadic (non-hereditary) Alzheimer',s disease and familial (hereditary) Alzheimer's disease; cerebral amyloid angiopathy or hereditary cerebral hemorrhage; senile dementia; Down's syndrome;
inclusion body myositis; or age-related macular degeneration.
Therapeutic compounds of the invention may be effective in controlling amyloid-(3 deposition either following their entry into the brain (following penetration of the blood brain barrier) or from the periphery. When acting from the periphery, a compound may alter the equilibrium of A(3 between the brain and the plasma so as to favor the exit of A(3 from the brain.
An increase in the exit of A(3 from the brain would result in a decrease in A~3 brain concentration and therefore favor a decrease in A(3 deposition. Alternatively, compounds that penetrate the brain could control deposition by acting directly on brain A(3, e.g., by maintaining it in a non-fibrillar form or favoring its clearance from the brain. These compounds could also prevent A(3 in the brain from interacting with a cell surface and therefore prevent neurotoxicity or inflammation.
In another embodiment, the method is used to treat Alzheimer's disease (e.g., sporadic or familial Alzheimer's disease).
Additionally, abnormal accumulation of APP and of amyloid-(3 protein in muscle fibers has been implicated in the pathology of sporadic inclusion body myositis (IBM) (Askanas, et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 93, 1314-1319 (1996); Askanas, et al., Current Opinion i~a Rheurncztology 7, 486-496 (1995)). Accordingly, the compounds of the invention can be used prophylactically or therapeutically in the treatment of disorders in which amyloid-beta protein is abnormally deposited at non-neurological locations, such as treatment of IBM
by delivery of the compounds to muscle fibers.
Additionally, it has been shown that A(3 is associated with abnormal extracellular deposits, known as drusen, that accumulate along the basal surface of the retinal pigmented epithelium in individuals with age-related macular degeneration ("AMD"). AMD
is a cause of irreversible vision loss in older individuals. It is believed that A(3 deposition could be an important component of the local inflammatory events that contribute to atrophy of the retinal pigmented epithelium, drusen biogenesis, and the pathogenesis of AMD (Johnson, et al., Proc.
Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 99(18), 11830-5 (2002)).
The invention also pertains to new compounds and to pharmaceutical compositions comprising those compounds. The invention also pertains to pharmaceutical compositions for the treatment of amyloid-related diseases. In some embodiments, the pharmaceutical compositions comprise a compound as described herein that prevents or inhibits amyloid-(3 fibril formation, neurodegeneration, or cellular toxicity.
The present invention therefore relates to the use of amidine compounds in the prevention or treatment of amyloid-related diseases, including, inter alia, Alzheimer's disease, Mild Cognitive Impairment, cerebral amyloid angiopathy, inclusion body myositis, Down's syndrome, macular degeneration, and type II diabetes.
Detailed Description of the Invention The present invention relates to the use of amidine compounds in the treatment of amyloid-related diseases. For example, the invention relates to a method of treating or preventing an amyloid-related disease in a subject (for example, a human) comprising administering to the subject a therapeutic amount of a compound as described herein, such that amyloid fibril formation or deposition, neurodegeneration, or cellular toxicity is reduced or inhibited. In another embodiment, the invention relates to a method of treating or preventing an amyloid-related disease in a subject (for example, a human) comprising administering to the subject a therapeutic amount of a compound as described herein, such that cognitive function is improved or stabilized or further deterioration in cognitive function is prevented, slowed, or stopped in patients with brain amyloidosis, e.g., Alzheimer's disease or cerebral amyloid angiopathy. For convenience, some definitions of terms referred to herein are set forth below.
and accumulation of extracellular protein deposits termed amyloid or senile plaques, surrounded by misshapen nerve terminals (dystrophic neurites). A main constituent of these amyloid plaques is the amyloid-~i peptide (A(3), a 39-43 amino-acid protein that is produced through cleavage of the (3-amyloid precursor protein (APP).
Extensive research has been conducted on the relevance of A[3 deposits in AD
(D.J.Selkoe, Trends in Cell Biology 8, 447-53 (1998)). A(3 naturally arises from the metabolic processing of the amyloid precursor protein ("APP") in the endoplasmic reticulum ("ER"), the Golgi apparatus, or the endosomal-lysosomal pathway, and most is normally secreted as a 40 ("A(3i~o") or 42 ("Aj31~2") amino acid peptide (D.J.Selkoe, Azznu. Rev. Cell Biol. 10, 373-403 (1994)). A role for A[3 as a primary cause for AD is supported by the presence of extracellular amyloid [3 peptide ("A[3") deposits in senile plaques of Alzheimer's disease ("AD"), the increased production of A(3 in cells harboring mutant AD associated genes, e.g., amyloid precursor protein, presenilin I and presenilin II; the toxicity of extracellular fibrillar A(3 to cells in culture (reviewed by D.J.Selkoe, Trends izz Cell Biology 8, 447-453 (1998)); and the toxicity of oligomeric non-fibrillar A(3. See, e.g., F.Gervais, Europeafz Biopharmaceutical Review, 40-42, Autumn 2001;
May, P.C., DDT, 6:459-462, 2001). Although symptomatic treatments exist for Alzheimer's disease, this disease cannot be prevented or cured at this time.
Summary of the Invention The present invention relates to the use of amidine compounds in the treatment of amyloid-related diseases. In particular, the invention relates to a method of treating or preventing an amyloid-related disease in a subject comprising administering to the subject a therapeutic amount of an amidine compound. Among the compounds for use in the invention are those according to the following Formula, such that, when administered, amyloid fibril formation, neurodegeneration, or cellular toxicity is reduced or inhibited:
Rai-N N-Ra2 ~~-Y1 A Y2~~
Rb1-N N-Rb2 ~R~i R~2 m q (Formula X) In one embodiment, the amidine compounds disclosed herein prevent or inhibit amyloid protein assembly into insoluble fibrils which, in vivo, are deposited in various organs, or they reverse or slow deposition in subjects already having deposits. In another embodiment, the amidine compound may also prevent the amyloid protein from binding or adhering to a cell surface and causing cell damage or toxicity. In yet another embodiment, the compound may block amyloid-induced cellular toxicity or microglial activation. In another embodiment, the amidine compound may block amyloid-induced neurotoxicity.
The amidine compounds of the invention may be administered therapeutically or prophylactically to treat diseases associated with amyloid-(3 fibril formation, aggregation or deposition. The compounds of the invention may act to ameliorate the course of an amyloid-~3 related disease using any of the following mechanisms (this list is meant to be illustrative and not limiting): slowing the rate of amyloid-(3 fibril formation or deposition;
lessening the degree of ~amyloid-(3 deposition; inhibiting, reducing, or preventing amyloid-(3 fibril formation; inhibiting neurodegeneration or cellular toxicity induced by amyloid-(3; inhibiting amyloid-(3 induced inflammation; or enhancing the clearance of amyloid-(3 from the brain. The "amyloid-(3 disease"
(or "amyloid-(3 related disease," which terms as used herein are synonymous) may be Mild Cognitive Impairment; vascular dementia; Alzheimer's disease, including sporadic (non-hereditary) Alzheimer',s disease and familial (hereditary) Alzheimer's disease; cerebral amyloid angiopathy or hereditary cerebral hemorrhage; senile dementia; Down's syndrome;
inclusion body myositis; or age-related macular degeneration.
Therapeutic compounds of the invention may be effective in controlling amyloid-(3 deposition either following their entry into the brain (following penetration of the blood brain barrier) or from the periphery. When acting from the periphery, a compound may alter the equilibrium of A(3 between the brain and the plasma so as to favor the exit of A(3 from the brain.
An increase in the exit of A(3 from the brain would result in a decrease in A~3 brain concentration and therefore favor a decrease in A(3 deposition. Alternatively, compounds that penetrate the brain could control deposition by acting directly on brain A(3, e.g., by maintaining it in a non-fibrillar form or favoring its clearance from the brain. These compounds could also prevent A(3 in the brain from interacting with a cell surface and therefore prevent neurotoxicity or inflammation.
In another embodiment, the method is used to treat Alzheimer's disease (e.g., sporadic or familial Alzheimer's disease).
Additionally, abnormal accumulation of APP and of amyloid-(3 protein in muscle fibers has been implicated in the pathology of sporadic inclusion body myositis (IBM) (Askanas, et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 93, 1314-1319 (1996); Askanas, et al., Current Opinion i~a Rheurncztology 7, 486-496 (1995)). Accordingly, the compounds of the invention can be used prophylactically or therapeutically in the treatment of disorders in which amyloid-beta protein is abnormally deposited at non-neurological locations, such as treatment of IBM
by delivery of the compounds to muscle fibers.
Additionally, it has been shown that A(3 is associated with abnormal extracellular deposits, known as drusen, that accumulate along the basal surface of the retinal pigmented epithelium in individuals with age-related macular degeneration ("AMD"). AMD
is a cause of irreversible vision loss in older individuals. It is believed that A(3 deposition could be an important component of the local inflammatory events that contribute to atrophy of the retinal pigmented epithelium, drusen biogenesis, and the pathogenesis of AMD (Johnson, et al., Proc.
Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 99(18), 11830-5 (2002)).
The invention also pertains to new compounds and to pharmaceutical compositions comprising those compounds. The invention also pertains to pharmaceutical compositions for the treatment of amyloid-related diseases. In some embodiments, the pharmaceutical compositions comprise a compound as described herein that prevents or inhibits amyloid-(3 fibril formation, neurodegeneration, or cellular toxicity.
The present invention therefore relates to the use of amidine compounds in the prevention or treatment of amyloid-related diseases, including, inter alia, Alzheimer's disease, Mild Cognitive Impairment, cerebral amyloid angiopathy, inclusion body myositis, Down's syndrome, macular degeneration, and type II diabetes.
Detailed Description of the Invention The present invention relates to the use of amidine compounds in the treatment of amyloid-related diseases. For example, the invention relates to a method of treating or preventing an amyloid-related disease in a subject (for example, a human) comprising administering to the subject a therapeutic amount of a compound as described herein, such that amyloid fibril formation or deposition, neurodegeneration, or cellular toxicity is reduced or inhibited. In another embodiment, the invention relates to a method of treating or preventing an amyloid-related disease in a subject (for example, a human) comprising administering to the subject a therapeutic amount of a compound as described herein, such that cognitive function is improved or stabilized or further deterioration in cognitive function is prevented, slowed, or stopped in patients with brain amyloidosis, e.g., Alzheimer's disease or cerebral amyloid angiopathy. For convenience, some definitions of terms referred to herein are set forth below.
Arrzyloid-Related Diseases AA (Reactive) Arnyloidosis Generally, AA amyloidosis is a manifestation of a number of diseases that provoke a sustained acute phase response. Such diseases include chronic inflammatory disorders, chronic local or systemic microbial infections, and malignant neoplasms.
AA fibrils are generally composed of 8,000 Dalton fragments (AA peptide or protein) formed by proteolytic cleavage of serum amyloid A protein (ApoSAA), a circulating apolipoprotein which once secreted is complexed with HDL and which is synthesized in hepatocytes in response to such cytokines as II,-1, IL-6 and TNF. Deposition can be widespread in the body, with a preference for parenchymal organs. The spleen is usually a deposition site, and the kidneys may also be affected. Deposition is also common in the heart and gastrointestinal tract.
AA amyloid diseases include, but are not limited to inflammatory diseases, such as rheumatoid arthritis, juvenile chronic arthritis, ankylosing spondylitis, psoriasis, psoriatic arthropathy, Reiter's syndrome, Adult Still's disease, Behcet's syndrome, and Crohn's disease.
AA deposits are also produced as a result of chronic microbial infections, such as leprosy, tuberculosis, bronchiectasis, decubitus ulcers, chronic pyelonephritis, osteomyelitis, and Whipple's disease. Certain malignant neoplasms can also result in AA fibril amyloid deposits.
These include such conditions as Hodgkin's lymphoma, renal carcinoma, carcinomas of gut, lung and urogenital tract, basal cell carcinoma, and hairy cell leukemia.
AL Arnyloidoses AL amyloid deposition is generally associated with almost any dyscrasia of the B
lymphocyte lineage, ranging from malignancy of plasma cells (multiple myeloma) to benign monoclonal gammopathy. At times, the presence of amyloid deposits may be a primary indicator of the underlying dyscrasia.
Fibrils of AL amyloid deposits are composed of monoclonal immunoglobulin light chains or fragments thereof. More specifically, the fragments are derived from the N-terminal region of the light chain (kappa or lambda) and contain all or part of the variable (VL) domain thereof.
Deposits generally occur in the mesenchymal tissues, causing peripheral and autonomic neuropathy, carpal tunnel syndrome, macroglossia, restrictive cardiomyopathy, arthropathy of large joints, immune dyscrasias, myelomas, as well as occult dyscrasias.
However, it should be noted that almost any tissue, particularly visceral organs such as the heart, may be involved.
AA fibrils are generally composed of 8,000 Dalton fragments (AA peptide or protein) formed by proteolytic cleavage of serum amyloid A protein (ApoSAA), a circulating apolipoprotein which once secreted is complexed with HDL and which is synthesized in hepatocytes in response to such cytokines as II,-1, IL-6 and TNF. Deposition can be widespread in the body, with a preference for parenchymal organs. The spleen is usually a deposition site, and the kidneys may also be affected. Deposition is also common in the heart and gastrointestinal tract.
AA amyloid diseases include, but are not limited to inflammatory diseases, such as rheumatoid arthritis, juvenile chronic arthritis, ankylosing spondylitis, psoriasis, psoriatic arthropathy, Reiter's syndrome, Adult Still's disease, Behcet's syndrome, and Crohn's disease.
AA deposits are also produced as a result of chronic microbial infections, such as leprosy, tuberculosis, bronchiectasis, decubitus ulcers, chronic pyelonephritis, osteomyelitis, and Whipple's disease. Certain malignant neoplasms can also result in AA fibril amyloid deposits.
These include such conditions as Hodgkin's lymphoma, renal carcinoma, carcinomas of gut, lung and urogenital tract, basal cell carcinoma, and hairy cell leukemia.
AL Arnyloidoses AL amyloid deposition is generally associated with almost any dyscrasia of the B
lymphocyte lineage, ranging from malignancy of plasma cells (multiple myeloma) to benign monoclonal gammopathy. At times, the presence of amyloid deposits may be a primary indicator of the underlying dyscrasia.
Fibrils of AL amyloid deposits are composed of monoclonal immunoglobulin light chains or fragments thereof. More specifically, the fragments are derived from the N-terminal region of the light chain (kappa or lambda) and contain all or part of the variable (VL) domain thereof.
Deposits generally occur in the mesenchymal tissues, causing peripheral and autonomic neuropathy, carpal tunnel syndrome, macroglossia, restrictive cardiomyopathy, arthropathy of large joints, immune dyscrasias, myelomas, as well as occult dyscrasias.
However, it should be noted that almost any tissue, particularly visceral organs such as the heart, may be involved.
Hereditary Syste»aic Amyloidoses There are many forms of hereditary systemic amyloidoses. Although they are relatively rare conditions, adult onset of symptoms and their inheritance patterns (usually autosomal dominant) lead to persistence of such disorders in the general population.
Generally, the syndromes are attributable to point mutations in the precursor protein leading to production of variant amyloidogenic peptides or proteins. Table 1 summarizes the fibril composition of exemplary forms of these disorders.
Table 1 Fibril Composition of Exemplary Amyloid-Related Diseases Fibril Genetic ~ Clinical Peptide/Protein Variant Syndrome Transthyretin and Met30, many Familial amyloid polyneuropathy fragments others (FAP), (Mainly peripheral (ATTR) nerves) Transthyretin and Thr45, A1a60, Cardiac involvement predominant fragments Ser84, Met111, without neuropathy (ATTR) I1e122 N-terminal fragment Arg26 Familial am loid of y polyneuropathy Apolipoprotein A1 (FAP), (mainly peripheral (apoAI) nerves) N-terminal fragment Arg26, Arg50, Ostertag-type, non-neuropathic of Apoliproprotein A1 Arg 60, others (predominantly visceral (AapoAI) involvement) Lysozyme (Alys) Thr56, His67 Ostertag-type, non-neuropathic (predominantly visceral involvement) Fibrogen ~/ chain Leu554, Val Cranial neuropathy with fragment 526 lattic corneal dystrophy Gelsolin fragment Asn187, Tyr187 Cranial neuropathy with (Agel) lattice corneal dystrophy Cystatin C fragment G1u68 Hereditary cerebral hemorrhage ' (cerebral amyloid angiopathy) -Icelandic type ~3-amyloid protein G1n693 Hereditary cerebral hemorrhage (A(3) derived from Amyloid (cerebral amyloid angiopathy) -Precursor Protein Dutch type (APP) (3-amyloid protein I1e717, Phe717,Familial Alzheimer's Disease (A(3) derived from Amyloid G1y717 Precursor Protein (APP) (3-amyloid protein Asn670, Leu671 Familial Dementia - probabl (A(3) Y
derived from Amyloid Alzheimer's Disease Precursor Protein (APP) -7_ Table 1, continued Fibril Genetic Clinical Peptide/Protein Variant Syndrome Prion Protein (PrP) Leu102, Va1167,Familial Creutzfeldt-Jakob derived from Prp Asn178, Lys200 disease;
precursor protein Gerstmann-Straussler-Scheinker 51-91 insert syndrome (hereditary spongiform encephalopathies, prion diseases) AA derived from Serum Familial Mediterranean fever, amyloid A protein predominant renal involvement (ApoSAA) (autosomal recessive) AA derived from Serum Muckle-Well's syndrome, amyloid A protein nephropathy, deafness, (ApoSAA) urticaria, limb pain Unknown Cardiomyopathy with persistent atrial standstill Unknown Cutaneous deposits (bullous, papular, pustulodermal) Lava aenvea from nan ~ z , repys mus. Amyozaosis. ttzstopatzzotogy, GJ(J J, 4U3-414 (1VOV 1'J'J4).
The data provided in Table 1 are exemplary and are not intended to limit the scope of the invention. For example, more than 40 separate point mutations in the transthyretin gene have been described, all of which give rise to clinically similar forms of familial amyloid polyneuropathy.
Transthyretin (TTR) is a 14 kiloDalton protein that is also sometimes referred to as prealbumin. It is produced by the liver and choroid plexus, and it functions in transporting thyroid hormones and vitamin A. At least 50 variant forms of the protein, each characterized by a single amino acid change, are responsible for various forms of familial amyloid polyneuropathy. For example, substitution of proline for leucine at position 55 results in a particularly progressive form of neuropathy; substitution of methionine for leucine at position 111 resulted in a severe cardiopathy in Danish patients.
Amyloid deposits isolated from heart tissue of patients with systemic amyloidosis have revealed that the deposits are composed of a heterogeneous mixture of TTR and fragments thereof, collectively referred to as ATTR, the full length sequences of which have been characterized. ATTR fibril components can be extracted from such plaques and their structure and sequence determined according to the methods known in the art (e.g., Gustavsson, A., et al., Laboratory Invest. 73: 703-708, 1995; Kametani, F., et al., Biochem. Biophys.
Res. Commun.
125: G22-628, 1984; Pras, M., et al., PNAS 80: 539-42, 1983).
_g_ Persons having point mutations in the molecule apolipoprotein A1 (e.g., Gly-~Arg26;
Trp~Arg50; Leu--~Arg60) exhibit a form of amyloidosis ("Ostertag type") characterized by deposits of the protein apolipoprotein AI or fragments thereof (AApoAI). These patients have low levels of high density lipoprotein (HDL) and present with a peripheral neuropathy or renal failure.
A mutation in the alpha chain of the enzyme lysozyme (e.g., Ile-~Thr56 or Asp-~His57) is the basis of another form of Ostertag-type non-neuropathic hereditary amyloid reported in English families. Here, fibrils of the mutant lysozyme protein (Alys) are deposited, and patients generally exhibit impaired renal function. This protein, unlike most of the fibril-forming proteins described herein, is usually present in whole (unfragmented) form (Benson, M.D., et al. CIBA
Fdn. Symp. 199: 104-131, 1996).
Amyloid-(3 peptide ("A[3") is a 39-43 amino acid peptide derived by proteolysis from a large protein known as Beta Amyloid Precursor protein ("(3APP"). Mutations in (3APP result in familial forms of Alzheimer's disease, Down's syndrome or senile dementia, characterized by cerebral deposition of plaques composed of A(3 fibrils and other components, which are described in further detail below. Known mutations in APP associated with Alzheimer's disease occur proximate to the cleavage sites of ~3 or gamma-secretase, or within A(3.
For example, position 717 is proximate to the site of gamma-secretase cleavage of APP in its processing to A[3, and positions 670/671 are proximate to the site of (3-secretase cleavage.
Mutations at any of these residues may result in Alzheimer's disease, presumably by causing an increase in the amount of the 42/43 amino acid form of A(3 generated from APP. The structure and sequence of A(3 peptides of various lengths are well known in the art. Such peptides can be made according to methods known in the art, or extracted from the brain according to known methods (e.g., Glenner and Wong, Biochem Bioplays. Res. Comm. 129: 885-890, 1984; Glenner and Wong, Biochem Biophys. Res. Comm. 122: 113 1-1135, 1984). In addition, various forms of the peptides are commercially available.
As used herein, the term "(3 amyloid" or "amyloid-(3" refer to amyloid (3 proteins or peptides, amyloid (3 precursor proteins or peptides, intermediates, and modifications and fragments thereof, unless otherwise specifically indicated. In particular, "A~3" refers to any peptide produced by proteolytic processing of the APP gene product, especially peptides which are associated with amyloid pathologies, including A(31_3~, A(3mo, A(31-41, Aal-a2, and A(31_43. For convenience of nomenclature, "A(31~2" may be referred to herein as "A(3(1-42) or simply as "A(342" or "A(342" (and likewise for any other amyloid peptides discussed herein). As used herein, the terms "(3 amyloid," "amyloid-(3," and "A(3" are synonymous. Unless otherwise specified, the term "amyloid" refers to amyloidogenic proteins, peptides, or fragments thereof which can be soluble (e.g., monomeric or oligomeric) or insoluble (e.g., having fibrillary structure or in amyloid plaque). See, e.g., MP Lambert, et al., Proc. Nat'l Acad. Sci. USA 95, 6448-53 (1998).
According to certain aspects of the invention, amyloid-(3 is a peptide having amino-acids, or amyloid-(3 is an amyloidogenic peptide produced from aAPP. The amyloid-(3 diseases that are the subject of the present invention include age-related cognitive decline, early Alzheimer's disease as seen in Mild Cognitive Impairment ("MCI"), vascular dementia, or Alzheimer's disease ("AD"), which may be sporadic (non-hereditary) Alzheimer's disease or familial (hereditary) Alzheimer's disease. The amyloid-(3 disease may also be cerebral amyloid angiopathy ("CAA") or hereditary cerebral hemorrhage. The amyloid-(3 disease may be senile dementia, Down's syndrome, inclusion body myositis ("IBM"), or age-related macular degeneration ("ARMD") Gelsolin is a calcium binding protein that binds to fragments and actin filaments.
Mutations at position 187 (e.g., Asp~Asn; Asp~Tyr) of the protein result in a form of hereditary systemic amyloidosis, usually found in patients from Finland, as well as persons of Dutch or Japanese origin. In afflicted individuals, fibrils formed from gelsolin fragments (Agel), usually consist of amino acids 173-243 (68 kDa carboxyterminal fragment) and are deposited in blood vessels and basement membranes, resulting in corneal dystrophy and cranial neuropathy which progresses to peripheral neuropathy, dystrophic skin changes and deposition in other organs. (Kangas, H., et al., Human Mol. Genet. 5(9): 1237-1243, 1996).
Other mutated proteins, such as mutant alpha chain of fibrinogen (AfibA) and mutant cystatin C (Acys) also form fibrils and produce characteristic hereditary disorders. AfibA fibrils form deposits characteristic of a nonneuropathic hereditary amyloid with renal disease; Acys deposits are characteristic of a hereditary cerebral amyloid angiopathy reported in Iceland (Isselbacher, Harrison's Principles of Internal Medicine, McGraw-Hill, San Francisco, 1995;
Benson, et al.). In at least some cases, patients with cerebral amyloid angiopathy (CAA) have been shown to have amyloid fibrils containing a non-mutant form of cystatin C
in conjunction with amyloid beta protein (Nagai, A., et al., Molec. Chem. Neuropatl2ol. 33:
63-78, 1998).
Certain forms of prion disease are now considered to be heritable, accounting for up to 15% of cases, which were previously thought to be predominantly infectious in nature. (Baldwin, et al., in Research Advances in Alzheimer's Disease arid Related Disorders, John Wiley and Sons, New York, 1995). In such prion disorders, patients develop plaques composed of abnormal isoforms of the normal prion protein (PrPs°).
A predominant mutant isoform, PrPs°, also referred to as AScr, differs from the normal cellular protein in its resistance to protease degradation, insolubility after detergent extraction, deposition in secondary lysosomes, post-translational synthesis, and high (3-pleated sheet content. Genetic linkage has been established for at least five mutations resulting in Creutzfeldt-Jacob disease (CJD), Gerstmann-Straussler-Scheinker syndrome (GSS), and fatal familial insomnia (FFI). (Baldwin, supra) Methods for extracting fibril peptides from scrapie fibrils, determining sequences and making such peptides are known in the art (e.g., Beekes, M., et al., J. Gen. Virol. 76: 2567-76, 1995).
For example, one form of GSS has been linked to a PrP mutation at codon 102, while telencephalic GSS segregates with a mutation at codon 117. Mutations at codons 198 and 217 result in a form of GSS in which neuritic plaques characteristic of Alzheimer's disease contain PrP instead of A(3 peptide. Certain forms of familial CJD have been associated with mutations at codons 200 and 210; mutations at codons 129 and 178 have been found in both familial CJD and FFI. (Baldwin, supra).
Senile Syste»aic Amyloidosis Amyloid deposition, either systemic or focal, increases with age. For example, fibrils of wild type transthyretin (TTR) are commonly found in the heart tissue of elderly individuals.
These may be asymptomatic, clinically silent, or may result in heart failure.
Asymptomatic fibrillar focal deposits may also occur in the brain (A(3), corpora amylacea of the prostate (A[32 microglobulin), joints and seminal vesicles.
Cerebral Amyloidosis Local deposition of amyloid is common in the brain, particularly in elderly individuals.
The most frequent type of amyloid in the brain is composed primarily of A(3 peptide fibrils, resulting in dementia or sporadic (non-hereditary) Alzheimer's disease. In fact, the incidence of sporadic Alzheimer's disease greatly exceeds forms shown to be hereditary.
Fibril peptides forming these plaques are very similar to those described above, with reference to hereditary forms of Alzheimer's disease ("AD") Cerebral amyloid angiopathy ("CAA") refers to the specific deposition of amyloid fibrils in the walls of leptomingeal and cortical arteries, arterioles and in capillaries and veins. It is commonly associated with Alzheimer's disease, Down's syndrome and normal aging, as well as with a variety of familial conditions related to stroke or dementia (see Frangione et al., Amyloid:
J. Protein Folding Disord. 8, Suppl. 1, 36-42 (2001)). CAA can occur sporadically or be hereditary. Multiple mutation sites in either A(3 or the APP gene have been identified and are clinically associated with either dementia or cerebral hemorrhage. Exemplary CAA disorders include, but are not limited to, hereditary cerebral hemorrhage with amyloidosis of Icelandic type (HCHWA-I); the Dutch variant of HCHWA (HCHWA-D; a mutation in A(3); the Flemish mutation of A(3; the Arctic mutation of A(3; the Italian mutation of A(3; the Iowa mutation of A(3;
familial British dementia; and familial Danish dementia.
Dialysis-Related Amyloadosis Plaques composed of /32 microglobulin (A(32M) fibrils commonly develop in patients receiving long term hemodialysis or peritoneal dialysis. /32 microglobulin is a 11.8 kiloDalton polypeptide and is the light chain of Class I MHC antigens, which are present on all nucleated cells. Under normal circumstances, it is continuously shed from cell membranes and is normally filtered by the kidney. Failure of clearance, such as in the case of impaired renal function, leads to deposition in the carpal tunnel and other sites (primarily in collagen-rich tissues of the joints).
Unlike other fibril proteins, A(32M molecules are generally present in unfragmented form in the fibrils. (Benson, supra).
Islet Amyloid Polypeptide azzd Diabetes Islet hyalinosis (amyloid deposition) was first described over a century ago as the presence of fibrous protein aggregates in the pancreas of patients with severe hyperglycemia .
(Opie, EL., JExp. Med. 5: 397-428, 1990). Today, islet amyloid, composed predominantly of islet amyloid polypeptide (IAPP), or amylin, is a characteristic histopathological marker in over 90% of all cases of type II diabetes (also known as Non-Insulin Dependent Diabetes, or N117DM). These fibrillar accumulations result from the aggregation of the islet amyloid polypeptide (IAPP) or amylin, which is a 37 amino acid peptide, derived from a larger precursor peptide, called pro-IAPP.
IAPP co-localizes and is co-secreted with insulin in response to (3-cell secretagogues.
This pathological feature is not associated with insulin-dependent (type I) diabetes and is a unifying characteristic for the heterogeneous clinical phenotypes diagnosed as NIDDM (type II
diabetes).
Longitudinal studies in cats and immunocytochemical investigations in monkeys have shown that a progressive increase in islet amyloid is associated with a dramatic decrease in the population of insulin-secreting (3-cells and increased severity of the disease. More recently, transgenic studies have strengthened the relationship between IAPP plaque formation and (3-cell dysfunction, indicating that amyloid deposition is a principal factor in Type-II diabetes.
IAPP has also been shown to induce (3-islet cell toxicity in vitro, indicating that appearance of IAPP fibrils in the pancreas of type II or type I diabetic patients (post-transplantation) could contribute to the loss of the (3 islet cells (Langerhans) and organ dysfunction. In patients with Type-II diabetes, the accumulation of pancreatic IAPP leads to a buildup of IAPP-amyloid as insoluble fibrous deposits which eventually replace the insulin-producing (3 cells of the islet resulting in (3 cell depletion and failure (Westermark, P., Grimelius, L., Acta Path. Microbiol. Scand., sect. A. 81: 291-300, 1973; de Koning, EJP., et al., Diabetologia 36: 378-384, 1993; and Lorenzo, A., et al., Nature 368: 756-760, 1994).
Diseases caused by the death or malfunctioning of a particular type or types of cells can be treated by transplanting into the patient healthy cells of the relevant type of cell. This approach has been used for type I diabetes patients. Often pancreatic islet cells are cultured in vitro prior to transplantation to increase their numbers, to allow them to recover after the isolation procedure or to reduce their immunogenicity. However, in many instances islet cell transplantation is unsuccessful, due to death of the transplanted cells. One reason for this poor success rate is LAPP, which can form fibrils and become toxic to the cells in vitro. In addition, IAPP fibrils are likely to continue to grow after the cells are transplanted and cause death or dysfunction of the cells. This may occur even when the cells are from a healthy donor and the patient receiving the transplant does not have a disease that is characterized by the presence of fibrils. For example, compounds of the present invention may also~be used in preparing tissues or cells for transplantation according to the methods described in International Patent Application (PCT) number WO 01/03,680.
Hormone-Derived Amyloidoses Endocrine organs may harbor amyloid deposits, particularly in aged individuals.
Hormone-secreting tumors may also contain hormone-derived amyloid plaques, the fibrils of which are made up of polypeptide hormones such as calcitonin (medullary carcinoma of the thyroid), islet amyloid polypeptide (amylin; occurring in most patients with type II diabetes), and atrial natriuretic peptide (isolated atrial amyloidosis). Sequences and structures of these proteins are well known in the art.
Miscellaneous Anayloidoses There are a variety of other forms of amyloid disease that are normally manifest as localized deposits of amyloid. In general, these diseases are probably the result of the localized production or lack of catabolism of specific fibril precursors or a predisposition of a particular tissue (such as the joint) for fibril deposition. Examples of such idiopathic deposition include nodular AL amyloid, cutaneous amyloid, endocrine amyloid, and tumor-related amyloid.
The compounds of the invention may be administered therapeutically or prophylactically to treat diseases associated with amyloid-(3 fibril formation, aggregation or deposition. The compounds of the invention may act to ameliorate the course of an amyloid-(3 related disease using any of the following mechanisms (this list is meant to be illustrative and not limiting):
slowing the rate of amyloid-(3 fibril formation or deposition; lessening the degree of amyloid-(3 deposition; inhibiting, reducing, or preventing amyloid-(3 fibril formation;
inhibiting neurodegeneration or cellular toxicity induced by amyloid-(3; inhibiting amyloid-(3 induced inflammation; or enhancing the clearance of amyloid-(3 from the brain.
Compounds of the invention may be effective in controlling amyloid-(3 deposition either following their entry into the brain (following penetration of the blood brain barrier) or from the periphery. When acting from the periphery, a compound may alter the equilibrium of A[3 between the brain and the plasma so as to favor the exit of A(3 from the brain. An increase in the exit of A~3 from the brain would result in a decrease in A(3 brain concentration and therefore favor a decrease in A(3 deposition. Alternatively, compounds that penetrate the brain could control deposition by acting directly on brain A(3, e.g., by maintaining it in a non-fibrillar form or favoring its clearance from the brain.
In an embodiment, the method is used to treat Alzheimer's disease (e.g., sporadic or familial AD). The method can also be used prophylactically or therapeutically to treat other clinical occurrences of amyloid-(3 deposition, such as in Down's syndrome individuals, patients with Mild Cognitive Impairment, patients with cerebral amyloid angiopathy ("CAA"), or hereditary cerebral hemorrhage.
Additionally, abnormal accumulation of APP and of amyloid-[3 protein in muscle fibers has been implicated in the pathology of sporadic inclusion body myositis (IBM) (Askanas, V., et al. (199G) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 93: 1314-1319; Askanas, V. et al. (1995) Current Opifaiora in Rheumatology 7: 48G-49G). Accordingly, the compounds of the invention can be used prophylactically or therapeutically in the treatment of disorders in which amyloid-beta protein is abnormally deposited at non-neurological locations, such as treatment of IBM
by delivery of the compounds to muscle fibers.
Additionally, it has been shown that A(3 is associated with abnormal extracellular deposits, known as drusen, that accumulate along the basal surface of the retinal pigmented epithelium in individuals with age-related macular degeneration ("AMD"). AMD
is a cause of irreversible vision loss in older individuals. It is believed that A(3 deposition could be an important component of the local inflammatory events that contribute to atrophy of the retinal pigmented epithelium, drusen biogenesis, and the pathogenesis of AMD (Johnson, et al., Proc.
Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 99(18), 11830-5 (2002)).
The present invention therefore relates to the use of amidine compounds in the prevention or treatment of amyloid-related diseases, including, ifater- alia, Alzheimer's disease, Mild Cognitive Impairment, cerebral amyloid angiopathy, inclusion body myositis, Down's syndrome, and type II diabetes.
In one embodiment, compounds of the invention have at least two amidine moieties (for example, arylamidines or benzamidines).
In one particular embodiment, the present invention relates to the novel use of amidine compounds in the prevention or treatment of amyloid-related diseases, such as those disclosed in U.S. Patent Nos. 5,428,051, 4,963,589, 5,202,320, 5,935,982, 5,521,189, 5,686,456, 5,627,184, 5,622,955, 5,606,058, 5,668,167, 5,667,975, 6,025,398, 6,214,883, 5,817,687, 5,792,782, 5,939,440, 6,017,941, 5,972,969, 6,046,226, 6,294,565 (B1), 6,156,779, 6,326,395, 6,008,247, 6,127,554, 6,172,104, 4,940,723, 5,594,138, 5,602,172, 5,206,236, 5,843,980, 4,933,347, 5,668,166, 5,817,686, 5,723,495, 4,619,942, 5,792,782, 5,639,755, 5,643,935, and 5,578,631, each of which are hereby incorporated herein by reference in their entirety.
Additional synthesis protocols may be found in PCT Patent Application Publication No. WO
20031017,994. Still further additional examples and synthesis protocols may be found in U.S.
Patent Application Publication No. 2002/0161043, incorporated herein by reference.
In another embodiment, the invention relates to a method of treating or preventing an amyloid-related disease in a subject (for example, a human) comprising administering to the subject a therapeutic amount of a compound according to the following Formula, such that amyloid.fibril formation or deposition, neurodegeneration, or cellular toxicity is reduced or inhibited. In another embodiment, the invention relates to a method of treating or preventing an amyloid-related disease in a subject (for example, a human) comprising administering to the subject a therapeutic amount of a compound according to the following Formula, such that cognitive function is stabilized or further deterioration in cognitive function is prevented, slowed, or stopped in patients with brain amyloidosis, e.g., Alzheimer's disease or cerebral amyloid angiopathy:
Ra1-N N-Ra2 ~~--Y1 A Y2--~~
Rb1-N N-Rb2 ~Ro1 Rc2 m q (Formula X) wherein each of Ral, Rbl, R~i, Ra2, Rb2~ and R°2 is independently a hydrogen, a Z group, or Ral and Rbl or Ra2 and Rb2 are both taken together along with the nitrogen atoms to which they are bound to form a ring structure;
each of Yl and Y2 is independently a direct bond or a linking moiety;
m and q are each independently an integer selected from zero to five inclusive, such that 1_<m+q<_5, or in another embodiment, 2<m+q<_5, or in another embodiment 1<_m+q<_10, or in another embodiment, 2<m+q<_10; and A is a carrier moiety selected from substituted or unsubstituted aliphatic and aromatic groups, and combinations thereof; for example, such that the Yl and YZ
moieties are bonded to an aromatic group.
The A group may be a divalent group (i.e., m+q=2) such as an alkylene group (i.e., -(CHZ)k- and substituted analogs thereof (including groups in which a -CHZ-moiety is substituted by an oxygen atom), where k is 1 to 12 (for example, 6 to 9, or 7 to 9), an alkenylene group (for example, 2 to 12 carbon atoms, or 6 to 9 carbon atoms, including groups with more than one double bond), an alkynylene group (for example, ably 2 to 12 carbon atoms, or 6 to 9 carbon atoms, including groups with more than one triple bond), an alkoxyalkylene group, an alkylaminoalkylene group, a thioalkoxyalkylene group, an arylenedialkylene group, a heteroarylenedialkylene group, an arylene group, a heteroarylene group, an oligoethereal group such as an oligo(alkyleneoxide) group, or an arylene-di(oligoalkyleneoxide) group, each of which may be substituted (with a Z group as defined below, e.g., a hydroxyalkylene group) or unsubstituted.
The A group also includes the corresponding moieties of the Formulae I - IV
herein as well as those moieties exemplified in by the compounds (and amyloid-targeting moieties) herein, including the groups in Table 2.
In some exemplary aspects of the invention, the invention relates to a method of treating or preventing an amyloid-related disease in a subject (for example, a human) comprising administering to the subject a therapeutic amount of a compound according to one of the following Formulae, such that amyloid fibril formation or deposition, neurodegeneration, or cellular toxicity is reduced or inhibited. In another embodiment, the invention relates to a method of treating or preventing an amyloid-related disease in a subject (for example, a human) comprising administering to the subject a therapeutic amount of a compound according to one of the following Formulae, such that cognitive function is stabilized or further deterioration in cognitive function is prevented, slowed, or stopped in patients with brain amyloidosis, e.g., Alzheimer's disease or cerebral amyloid angiopathy:
~Rl~n Ra1-N
Rb1- ~Y ~ ~ X~,M, ~Ro1 m q (Formula 1) Ra1-N
\/ Y1 Rbi-N ~ ~ ~X1_R1~
~R~1 ~ n m (Formula II) Ra1 Rb1\ b2 f 1,M~X2 (Formula 111) Ra1 Rb1\ Rb2 N
I
R
q ~ , h.
(Formula IV) Ra, ,Rb1\r ~b2 v F
q (Formula IVb) * Rci Rc2 N~Ra1 N~Ra2 (Formula V) wherein each of Ral, Rby R~l, Raz, Rb2~ and R°2 is independently a hydrogen, a Z group, or Ral and Rbl or Ra2 and Rb2 are both taken together along with the nitrogen atoms to which they are bound to form a ring structure; , each of Yl and YZ is independently a direct bond or a joining moiety;
A is a carrier moiety selected from substituted or unsubstituted aliphatic and aromatic groups, and combinations thereof; for example, such that the Yl and YZ
moieties are bonded to an aromatic group; -each of Rl and Rz is independently a hydrogen or a Z group, or two adjacent or proximate Rl and RZ groups, along with the corresponding Xl and XZ groups, if present (e.g., in Formula II), taken together with the ring (e.g., phenyl ring) to which they are bound form a fused ring structure, e.g., an aromatic or heteroaromatic (e.g., benzofuran) structure, or a cycloalkyl or heterocylic structure;
each of R3 and R4 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted straight or branched alkyl (for example, Cl-CS), cycloalkyl (for example, C3-C8), carbocyclic, aryl (e.g., phenyl), heterocyclic, and heteroaryl;
each of Rl* and R2* is independently selected from the group consisting of substituted or unsubstituted straight or branched alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclic, aryl (including phenyl), and heteroaryl;
-1&-each of Xl and XZ is independently a direct bond, or an oxygen, a NR' group (where R' is hydrogen (i.e., NH), a C1-CS alkyl, CZ-CS alkenyl, CZ-CS alkynyl, or aryl group), a sulfonamide group (i.e., NHSOZ or SO~NH), a carbonyl, amide (i.e., NHCO or CONH), a Cl-CS alkylene group (e.g., -CHZ-), C2-CS alkenylene group (e.g., E
or Z
-CH=CH-), C2-C5 alkynylene group, or a sulfur atom, or combinations thereof (e.g., -OCH~-, -CH20-, E or Z -OCH=CH- or -CH=CHO-);
M is a divalent group such as an alkylene group, i.e., -(CHz)k- and substituted analogs thereof (including groups in which a -CH2- moiety is substituted by an oxygen atom), where k is 1 to 12 (for example, 5 to 10, or 6 to 9, or even 7 to 8), an alkenylene group (for example, 2 to 12 carbon atoms, or 6 to 9 carbon atoms, including groups with more than one double bond), an alkynylene group (for example, 2 to 12 carbon atoms, or 6 to 9 carbon atoms, including groups with more than one triple bond), an alkoxyalkylene group, an alkylaminoalkylene group, a thioalkoxyalkylene group, an arylenedialkylene group, an alkylenediarylene group, a heteroarylenedialkylene group, an aryl'ene group, a heteroarylene group, an oligoethereal group such as an oligo(alkyleneoxide) group, or an arylene-di(oligoalkyleneoxide) group, each of which may be substituted (with, for example, a Z group as defined herein, e.g., a hydroxyalkylene group such as -(CH2)o_6(CHOH)(CH2)o_6 ; or other such substituted moieties, e.g., -(CH2)o-s(CHZ)(CHZ)o_~-, including -(CH2)o_6(CHCOZalkyl)(CHZ)o_6-) or unsubstituted;
Z is a substituted or unsubstituted moiety selected from straight or branched alkyl (for example, Cl-CS), cycloalkyl (for example, C3-C$), alkoxy (for example, Cl-C6), thioalkyl (for example, Cl-C~), alkenyl (for example, CZ-C6), alkynyl (for example, Cz-C6), heterocyclic, carbocyclic, aryl (e.g., phenyl), aryloxy (e.g., phenoxy), aralkyl (e.g., benzyl), aryloxyalkyl (e.g., phenyloxyalkyl), arylacetamidoyl, alkylaryl, heteroaralkyl, alkylcarbonyl and arylcarbonyl or other such acyl group, heteroarylcarbonyl, or heteroaryl group, (CR'R")o3NR'R" (e.g., -NHZ), (CR'R")o_3CN
(e.g., -CN), NOZ, halogen (e.g., F, Cl, Br, or I), (CR'R")o_3C(halogen)3 (e.g., -CF3), (CR'R")o_3CH(halogen)Z, (CR'R")o_3CH2(halogen), (CR'R")o_3CONR'R", (CR'R")o_3(CNH)NR'R", (CR'R")o_3S(O)1-zNR'R", (CR'R")o_3CHO, (CR~R")o-s0(CR'R")o-3H~ (CR'R")o-sS(O)o-sR' (e.g., -S03H) (CR'R")o-s0(CR'R")o-sH (e~g~, -CHzOCH3 and -OCH3), (CR'R")o-sS(CR'R")o_3H
(e.g., -SH and -SCH3), (CR'R")o_30H (e.g., -OH), (CR'R")o_3COR', (CR'R")o_3(substituted or unsubstituted phenyl), (CR'R")o_3(C3-C$ cycloalkyl), (CR'R")o_3COZR' (e.g., -C02H), or (CR'R")o_30R' group, or the side chain of any naturally occurring amino acid;
m and q are each independently an integer selected from zero to five inclusive;
in Formula I, m and q are each independently an integer selected from zero to four inclusive, and n and p are each independently an integer selected from zero to four inclusive, such that m+n<5 and p+q<_5, wherein either m or q is at least one;
for example, m and q are one;
in Formula II, m is an integer selected from one to six inclusive, and n is an integer selected from zero to five inclusive, such that m+n<_6;
in Formula III, m, n, p, and q are each independently an integer selected from zero to three inclusive, m+n<-4, p+q_<4, and m+q>_1 (for example, m=q=1);
in Formula IV and IVb, m and n are each independently an integer selected from zero to three inclusive, p and q are each independently an integer selected from zero to four inclusive, m+n<_4, p+q<_5, and m+q>-1 (for example, m=q=1);
and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
In another embodiment, Z is a substituted or unsubstituted moiety selected from straight or branched alkyl (for example, Cl-C5), cycloalkyl (for example, C3-C$), alkoxy (for example, Cl-C6), thioalkyl (for example, Cl-C~), alkenyl (for example, C2-C6), alkynyl (for example, C2-C6), heterocyclic, carbocyclic, aryl (e.g., phenyl), aryloxy (e.g., phenoxy), aralkyl (e.g., benzyl), aryloxyalkyl (e.g., phenyloxyalkyl), arylacetamidoyl, alkylaryl, heteroaralkyl, alkylcarbonyl and arylcarbonyl or other such acyl group, heteroarylcarbonyl, or heteroaryl group, (CR'R")o_IONR'R" (e.g., -NHZ), (CR'R")o_IOCN (e.g., -CN), N02, halogen (e.g., F, Cl, Br, or I), (CR'R")o_loC(halogen)3 (e.g., -CF3), (CR'R")o_IOCH(halogen)Z, (CR'R")o_loCH2(halogen), (CR'R")o-ioCONR'R", (CR'R")o-io(CNH)NR'R", (CR'R")o-ioS(O)i-aNR'R", (CR'R")o-ioCHO, (CR'R")o-io0(CR'R")o-loH~ (CR'R")o-ioS(O)o-3R' (e.g., -S03H)~ (CR'R")o-ioO(CR'R")o-ioH (e.g.~
-CH20CH3 and -OCH3), (CR'R")o_loS(CR'R")o_3H (e.g., -SH and -SCH3), (CR'R")o_IOOH (e.g., -OH), (CR'R")o_IOCOR', (CR'R")o_lo(substituted or unsubstituted phenyl), (CR'R")o_lo(C3-Ca cycloalkyl), (CR'R")o_loCO2R' (e.g., -C02H), or (CR'R")o_IOOR' group, or the side chain of any naturally occurring amino acid; wherein R' and R" are each independently hydrogen, a Cl-C5 alkyl, C2-CS alkenyl, CZ-C5 alkynyl, or aryl group, or R' and R" taken together are a benzylidene group or a -(CH2)2O(CHZ)2- group.
The chemical structures herein are drawn according to the conventional standards known in the art. Thus, where an atom, such as a carbon atom, as drawn appears to have an unsatisfied valency, then that valency is assumed to be satisfied by a hydrogen atom even though that hydrogen atom is not necessarily explicitly drawn. The structures of some of the compounds of this invention include stereogenic carbon atoms. It is to be understood that isomers arising from such asymmetry (e.g., all enantiomers and diastereomers) are included within the scope of this invention unless indicated otherwise. That is, unless otherwise stipulated, any chiral carbon center may be of either (R)- or (S)-stereochemistry. Such isomers can be obtained in substantially pure form by classical separation techniques and by stereochemically-controlled synthesis. Furthermore, alkenes can include either the E- or Z geometry, where appropriate. In addition, the compounds of the present invention may exist in unsolvated as well as solvated forms with acceptable solvents such as water, THF, ethanol, and the like. In general, the solvated forms are considered equivalent to the unsolvated forms for the purposes of the present invention. The compounds are typically synthetic and and may be isolated and purified to homogeneity.
In an alternate embodiment, the invention relates to novel compounds, and novel methods of their use as described herein, which are within the scope of the Formulae disclosed herein, and which are not disclosed in the above-referenced U.S. Patents and Patent Applications.
The groups Ral, Rbl, R°l, Ra2, Rb2~ and R~2 in the above Formulae may be a hydrogen, or a substituted or unsubstituted Cl-C8 alkyl or Ci-C$ alkoxy group or a hydroxy group. Example Ral and Ra' groups are hydrogen, hydroxyl, alkyloxy groups (especially lower alkyloxy groups, e.g.
methoxy), aryloxy, acyloxy, and aroyloxy (i.e., R-(C=O)-O-, wherein R is aliphatic or aromatic).
The phrase "Ra and Rb both taken together along with the nitrogen atoms to which they are bound to form a ring structure" means that the two Ra and Rb groups are a moiety which joins the two nitrogen atoms in a heterocycle, such as the following ring structures:
~/Zr wherein r is an integer from zero to 4 inclusive, N~/~~ r /N
;~.~ ~Rc , wherein r is an integer from zero to 2 inclusive, ~Zr N
N
;~.~ ~Rc wherein r is an integer from zero to 6 inclusive, / /Zr ~N~
or ~ \R~ , wherein r is an integer from zero to 4 inclusive.
"Pharmaceutically acceptable" denotes compounds, materials, compositions, or dosage forms which are, within the scope of sound medical judgment, suitable for use in contact with the tissues of human beings and animals without excessive toxicity, irritation, allergic response, or other problem or complication, commensurate with a reasonable benefit/risk ratio.
"Pharmaceutically acceptable salts" includes, for example, derivatives of compounds modified by making acid or base salts thereof, as described further below and elsewhere in the present application. Examples of pharmaceutically acceptable salts include mineral or organic acid salts of basic residues such as amines; and alkali or organic salts of acidic residues such as carboxylic acids. Pharmaceutically acceptable salts include the conventional non-toxic salts or the quaternary ammonium salts of the parent compound formed, for example, from non-toxic inorganic or organic acids. Such conventional non-toxic salts include those derived from inorganic acids such as hydrochloric, hydrobromic, sulfuric, sulfamic, phosphoric, and nitric acid; and the salts prepared from organic acids such as acetic, propionic, succinic, glycolic, stearic, lactic, malic, tartaric, citric, ascorbic, palmoic, malefic, hydroxymaleic, phenylacetic, glutamic, benzoic, salicylic, sulfanilic, 2-acetoxybenzoic, fumaric, toluenesulfonic, methanesulfonic, ethane disulfonic, oxalic, and isethionic acid.
Pharmaceutically acceptable salts may be synthesized from the parent compound which contains a basic or acidic moiety by conventional chemical methods. Generally, such salts may be prepared by reacting the free acid or base forms of these compounds with a stoichiometric amount of the appropriate base or acid in water or in an organic solvent, or in a mixture of the two.
In another embodiment of the invention, for example, in compounds of Formula II, Ral and Rbl or Ra2 and Rb2 are both taken together along with the nitrogen atoms to which they are bound to form a ring structure which is a nonaromatic ring, or an alicyclic ring, or a monocyclic ring, or a non-fused ring.
In some embodiments of Formula II, e.g., Ral, Rby Roy Ra', Rb2, and R°2 may be a hydrogen, or a substituted or unsubstituted Cl-C8 alkyl group, wherein the alkyl substituent is any member of the group Z defined above, but not an aryl (e.g., phenyl) or alkyl group.
Likewise, in certain embodiments of Formula II, Rl is a moiety selected from the Z group defined above other than an substituted aryl (e.g., phenyl) or heteroaryl group.
The groups Rl and RZ may be a hydrogen, a substituted or unsubstituted Cl-C$
alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted CZ-C8 alkenyl group, a halogen (particularly bromine), a substituted or unsubstituted aryl or heteroaryl group, a substituted or unsubstituted amino group, a nitro group, or a substituted or unsubstituted Cl-C8 alkoxy group (particularly methoxy).
Each Y group may be a direct bond, or a "linking moiety" (or "linking group") which is a group that is covalently bound to at least two other moieties and may be, for example, a single divalent atom or an oligomethylene group. A linking moiety which is a linear chain of carbon atoms may be optionally substituted or unsaturated.
A linking moiety is relatively small compared to the rest of the molecule, and may be less than about 250 molecular weight, and even less than about 75 molecular weight.
Example linking moieties are -(CHZ)n (wherein n is 1, 2, or 3), -NR'- (where R' is hydrogen, a Cl-C~
alkyl, C2-CS alkenyl, CZ-C5 alkynyl, or aryl group), -S-, -O-,-NH-CHZ-, and -CH=CH- (both E
and Z configurations), or combinations thereof. The linking moiety may also be (CR°RW)n, CR°ORW(CR"RY)n, CR"SH(CRXRY)", CR"NRWR"(CRyRZ)n, (CR''RW)n0(CR"Ry)", wherein each n is independently either 0, 1, 2, or 3, and R°, RW, R", Ry, and RZ are each independently hydrogen, a substituted or unsubstituted Cl-C5 branched or straight chain alkyl or alkoxy, C2-C5 branched or straight chain alkenyl, aryloxycarbonyl, arylaminocarbonyl, arylalkyl, acyl, aryl, or C3-C$ ring group.
In certain embodiments, Yl and YZ are each independently selected from the groups consisting of a direct bond, substituted or unsubstituted Cl-C$ alkylene groups, and -NH-.
"Inhibition" of amyloid deposition includes preventing or stopping of amyloid formation, e.g., fibrillogenesis, inhibiting or slowing down of further amyloid deposition in a subject with amyloidosis, e.g., already having amyloid deposits, and reducing or reversing amyloid fibrillogenesis or deposits in a subject with ongoing amyloidosis. Inhibition of amyloid deposition is determined relative to an untreated subject, or relative to the treated subject prior to treatment, or, e.g., determined by clinically measurable improvement in pancreatic function in a diabetic patient, or in the case of a patient with brain amyloidosis, e.g., an Alzheimer's or cerebral amyloid angiopathy patient, stabilization of cognitive function or prevention of a further decrease in cognitive function or prevention of recurrence of hemorrhagic stroke due to CAA
(i.e., preventing, slowing, or stopping disease progression). Inhibition of amyloid deposition may also be monitored by determining in a subject the relative levels of amyloid-(3 in the brain or CSF as well as in the plasma, before and after treatment.
"Modulation" of amyloid deposition includes both inhibition, as defined above, and enhancement of amyloid deposition or fibril formation. The term "modulating"
is intended, therefore, to encompass prevention or stopping of amyloid formation or accumulation, inhibition or slowing down of further amyloid aggregation in a subject with ongoing amyloidosis, e.g., already having amyloid aggregates, and reducing or reversing of amyloid aggregates in a subject with ongoing amyloidosis; and enhancing amyloid deposition, e.g., increasing the rate or amount of amyloid deposition in vivo or in vitro. Amyloid-enhancing compounds may be useful in animal models of amyloidosis, for example, to make possible the development of amyloid deposits in animals in a shorter period of time or to increase amyloid deposits over a selected period of time. Amyloid-enhancing compounds may be useful in screening assays for compounds which inhibit amyloidosis i~a vivo, for example, in animal models, cellular assays and in vitro assays for amyloidosis. Such compounds may be used, for example, to provide faster or more sensitive assays for compounds. In some cases, amyloid enhancing compounds may also be administered for therapeutic purposes, e.g., to enhance the deposition of amyloid in the lumen rather than the wall of cerebral blood vessels to prevent CAA. Modulation of amyloid aggregation is determined relative to an untreated subject or relative to the treated subject prior to treatment.
The term "subject" includes living organisms in which amyloidosis can occur.
Examples of subjects include humans, monkeys, cows, sheep, goats, dogs, cats, mice, rats, and transgenic species thereof. Administration of the compositions of the present invention to a subject to be treated can be carried out using known procedures, at dosages and for periods of time effective to modulate amyloid aggregation in the subject as further described herein. An effective amount of the therapeutic compound necessary to achieve a therapeutic effect may vary according to factors such as the amount of amyloid already deposited at the clinical site in the subject, the age, sex, and weight of the subject, and the ability of the therapeutic compound to modulate amyloid aggregation in the subject. Dosage regimens can be adjusted to provide the optimum therapeutic response. For example, several divided doses may be administered daily or the dose may be .
proportionally reduced as indicated by the exigencies of the therapeutic situation. The term "modulating" is intended to encompass prevention or stopping of amyloid formation or accumulation, inhibition or slowing down of further amyloid aggregation in a subject with ongoing amyloidosis, e.g., already having amyloid aggregates, and reducing or reversing of amyloid aggregates in a subject with ongoing amyloidosis. Modulation of amyloid aggregation is determined relative to an untreated subject or relative to the treated subject prior to treatment.
In an exemplary aspect of the invention, the subject is a human. For example, the subject may be a human over about 40 years old, or a human over about 50 years old, or a human over about 60 years old, or even a human over about 70 years old, or in some cases a human over about ~0 years old. The subject may be a female human, including a postmenopausal female human, who may be on hormone (estrogen) replacement therapy. The subject rnay also be a male human. When the subject is a human with Down's syndrome, the age may be over about 20 years old; or in another embodiment, the age may be less than about 40 years old.
A subject may be a human at risk for Alzheimer's disease, e.g., being over the age of 40 or having a predisposition for Alzheimer's disease. Alzheimer's disease predisposing factors identified or proposed in the scientific literature include, among others, a genotype predisposing a subject to Alzheimer's disease; environmental factors predisposing a subject to Alzheimer's disease; past history of infection by viral and bacterial agents predisposing a subject to Alzheimer's disease; and vascular factors predisposing a subject to Alzheimer's disease. A
subject may also have one or more risk factors for cardiovascular disease (e.g., atherosclerosis of the coronary arteries, angina pectoris, and myocardial infarction) or cerebrovascular disease (e.g., atherosclerosis of the intracranial or extracranial arteries, stroke, syncope, and transient ischemic attacks), such as hypercholesterolemia, hypertension, diabetes, cigarette smoking, familial or previous history of coronary artery disease, cerebrovascular disease, and cardiovascular disease. Hypercholesterolemia typically is defined as a serum total cholesterol concentration of greater than about 5.2 mmol/L (about 200 mg/dL).
Several genotypes are believed to predispose a subject to Alzheimer's disease.
These include the genotypes such.as presenilin-1, presenilin-2, and amyloid precursor protein (APP) missense mutations associated with familial Alzheimer's disease, and a-2-macroglobulin and LRP-1 genotypes, which are thought to increase the risk of acquiring sporadic (late-onset) Alzheimer's disease. Evan Uden, et al., J. Neurosci. 22(21), 929-304 (2002);
J.J.Goto, et al., J. Mol. Neurosci. 19(1-2), 37-41 (2002). Another genetic risk factor for the development of Alzheimer's disease are variants of ApoE, the gene that encodes apolipoprotein E (particularly the apoE4 genotype), a constituent of the low-density lipoprotein particle. WJ
Sfirittmatter, et al., Arznu. .Rev. Neurosci. 19, 53-77 (1996). The ApoE4 allele has been shown to influence the rate of amyloid-(3 deposition as well as to favor trapping of amyloid-[3 in the brain, which may increase the levels of amyloid-(3 that can become fibrillar. The molecular mechanisms by which the various ApoE alleles alter the likelihood of developing Alzheimer's disease are unknown, however the role of ApoE in cholesterol metabolism is consistent with the growing body of evidence linking cholesterol metabolism to Alzheimer's disease. Environmental factors have been proposed as predisposing a subject to Alzheimer's disease, including exposure to aluminum, although the epidemiological evidence is ambiguous. In addition, prior infection by certain viral or bacterial agents may predispose a subject to Alzheimer's disease, including the herpes simplex virus and chlamydia pneumoniae. Finally, other predisposing factors for Alzheimer's disease can include risk factors for cardiovascular or cerebrovascular disease, including cigarette smoking, hypertension and diabetes. "At risk for Alzheimer's disease" also encompasses any other predisposing factors not listed above or as yet identified and includes an increased risk for Alzheimer's disease caused by head injury, medications, diet, or lifestyle.
The methods of the present invention can be used for one or more of the following: to prevent, to treat Alzheimer's disease, or ameliorate symptoms of Alzheimer's disease, to regulate production of or levels of amyloid-(I (A(3) peptides. In one alternative embodiment, the human carries one or more mutations in the genes that encode (3-amyloid precursor protein, presenilin-1 or presenilin-2. In another alternative embodiment, the human carries the Apolipoprotein s4 gene. In another alternative embodiment, the human has a family history of Alzheimer's Disease or dementia illness. In another alternative embodiment, the human has trisomy 21 (Down's Syndrome). In another alternative embodiment, the subject has a normal or low serum total blood cholesterol level. In another embodiment, the serum total blood cholesterol level is less than about 200 mg/dL, or less than about 180, and it can range from about 150 to about 200 mg/dL. In another embodiment, the total LDL cholesterol level is less than about 100 mg/dL, or less than about 90 mg/dL and can range from about 30 to about 100 mg/dL.
Methods of measuring serum total blood cholesterol and total LDL cholesterol are well known to those skilled in the art and for example include those disclosed in WO 99/38498 at p.l l, incorporated 'by reference herein. Methods of determining levels of other sterols in serum are disclosed in H.
Gylling, et al., "Serum Sterols During Stanol Ester Feeding in a Mildly Hypercholesterolemic Population", J. Lipid ReS. 40: 593-600 (1999).
In another alternative embodiment, the subject has an elevated serum total blood cholesterol level. In another embodiment, the serum total cholesterol level is at least about 200 mg/dL, or at least about 220 mg/dL .and can range from about 200 to about 1000 mg/dL. In another alternative embodiment, the subject has an elevated total LDL
cholesterol level. In ' another embodiment, the total LDL cholesterol level is greater than about 100 mg/dL, or even greater than about 110 mg/dL and can range from about 100 to about 1000 mg/dL.
In another alternative embodiment, the human is at least about 40 years of age. In another alternative embodiment, the human is at least about 60 years of age. In another embodiment, the human is at least about 70 years of age. In yet another embodiment, the human is at least about 80 years of age. In one embodiment, the human is between about 60 and 100 years of age.
In still a further embodiment, the subject is shown to be at risk by a diagnostic brain imaging technique, for example, that measures brain activity, plaque deposition, or brain atrophy. For example, positron emission tomography ("PET") may be used to measure brain activity and plaque deposition, while magnetic resonance imaging ("MRI") may be used to measure the brain volume of a subject.
In another embodiment, the subject exhibits no symptoms of Alzheimer's Disease. In another embodiment, the subject is a human who is at least 40 years of age and exhibits no symptoms of Alzheimer's Disease. In another embodiment, the subject is a human who is at least years of age and exhibits one or more symptoms of Alzheimer's Disease.
In another embodiment, the subject has mild cognitive impairment ("MCI"), which is a condition characterized by a state of mild but measurable impairment in thinking skills, but is not necessarily associated with the presence of dementia. MCI frequently, but not necessarily, precedes Alzheimer's disease. It is a diagnosis that has most often been associated with mild memory problems, but it can also be characterized by mild impairments in other thinking skills, such as language or planning skills. However, in general, an individual with MCI will have more significant memory lapses than would be expected for someone of their age or educational background. As the condition progresses, a physician may change the diagnosis to Mild-to-Moderate Cognitive Impairmentor to Alzheimer's disease, as is well understood in the art.
By using the methods of the present invention, the levels of amyloid ~3 peptides in a subject's brain or blood can be reduced from levels prior to treatment from about 10 to about 100 percent, or even about 50 to about 100 percent. Alternatively, the levels of amyloid-(3 peptides in a subject's blood or plasma maybe increased from levels prior to treatment due to, for example, a "sink" effect (i.e., facilitating clearance of amyloid-(3 out of the brain).
In an alternative embodiment, the subject can have an elevated level of amyloid A(3øo and A(342 peptide in the blood and CSF prior to treatment, according to the present methods, of greater than about 10 pg/mL, or greater than about 20 pg/mL, or greater than about 35 pg/mL, or even greater than about 40 pg/mL. In another embodiment, the elevated level of amyloid A(34a peptide can range from about 30 pg/mL to about 200 pg/mL, or even to about 500 pg/mL. One skilled in the art would understand that as Alzheimer's disease progresses, the measurable levels of amyloid-(3 peptide in the CSF may decrease slightly from elevated levels present before onset of the disease. This effect is attributed to increased deposition, i.e., trapping of A[3 peptide in the brain instead of .normal clearance from the brain into the CSF.
in an alternative embodiment, the subject can have an elevated level of amyloid A(3ao peptide in the blood and CSF .prior to treatment, according to the present methods, of greater than about 5 pg A~34o/mL or greater than about 50 pg A(34o/mL, or greater than about 400 pg/mL. In another embodiment, the elevated level of amyloid A(34o peptide can range from about 200 pg/mL to about 800 pg/mL, to even about 1000 pg/mL.
In another embodiment, the subject 'can have an elevated level of amyloid A(342 peptide in the CSF prior to treatment, according to the present methods, of greater than about 5 pg/mL, or greater than about 10 pg/mL, or greater than about 200 pg/mL, or greater than about 500 pg/mL.
In another embodiment, the level of amyloid-(3 peptide can range from about 10 pg/rnL to about 1,000 pg/mL, or even about 100 ~pg/mL to about 1,000 pg/mL.
In another embodiment, the subject can have an elevated level of amyloid A(34o peptide in the CSF prior to treatment according to the present methods of greater than about 10 pg/mL, or greater than about 50 pg/mL, or even greater than about 100 pg/mL. In another embodiment, the level of amyloid (3 peptide can range from about 10 pg/mL to about 1,000 pg/mL.
The amount of amyloid [3 peptide in the brain or blood of a subject can be evaluated by enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay ("ELISA") or quantitative immunoblotting test methods or by quantitative SELDI-TOF which are well known to those skilled in the art, such as is disclosed by Zhang, et al., J. Biol. Chefzz. 274, 8966-72 (1999) and Zhang, et al., Biochemistry 40, 5049-55 (2001). See also, A.K.Vehmas, et al., DNA Cell Biol. 20(11), 713-21 (2001), P.Lewczuk, et al., Rapid Commuzz. Mass Spectronz. 17(12), 1291-96 (2003); B.M.Austen, et al., J.
Peptide Sci. 6, 459-69 (2000); and H.Davies, et al., BioTeclzzziques 27, 1258-62 (1999). These tests are performed on samples of the brain or blood which have been prepared in a manner well known to one skilled in the art. Another example of a useful method for measuring levels of amyloid (3 peptides is by Europium immunoassay (EIA). See, e.g., WO 99/38498 at p.11.
In another embodiment, the amount of total ApoE in the bloodstream or brain of a subject can be reduced from levels prior to treatment by about 5 to about 75 percent, or, in another embodiment, by about 5 to about 50 percent. The amount of total ApoE can be measured in a manner well known to one skilled in the art, for example using an ELISA test kit such as Apo-Tek ApoE test kit that is available from Organon Teknica.
The methods of the invention may be applied as a therapy for a subject having Alzheimer's disease or a dementia, or the methods of the invention may be applied as a prophylaxis against Alzheimer's disease or dementia for subject with such a predisposition, as in a subject, e.g., with a genomic mutation in the APP gene, the ApoE gene, or a presenilin gene.
The subject may have'(or may be predisposed to developing or may be suspected of having) vascular dementia, or senile dementia, or Mild Cognitive Impairment. In addition to Alzheimer's disease, the subject may have another amyloid-(3 related disease such as cerebral amyloid angiopathy, or the subject may have amyloid deposits, especially amyloid-(3 amyloid deposits in the subject's brain.
The essential features of a dementia are multiple cognitive deficits that include memory impairment and at least one of the following: aphasia, apraxia, agnosia, or a disturbance in executive functioning (the ability to think abstractly and to plan, initiate, sequence, monitor, and stop complex behavior). The order of onset and relative prominence of the cognitive disturbances and associated symptoms vary with the specific type of dementia, as discussed in the following.
Memory impairment is generally a prominent early symptom. Individuals with dementia have difficulty learning new material and may lose valuables, such as wallets and keys, or forget food cooking on the stove. In more severe dementia, individuals also forget previously learned material, including the names of loved ones. Individuals with dementia may have difficulty with spatial tasks, such as navigating around the house or in the immediate neighborhood (where difficulties with memory are unlikely to play a role). Poor judgment and poor insight are common as well. Individuals may exhibit little or no awareness of memory loss or other cognitive abnormalities. They may make unrealistic assessments of their abilities and make plans that are not congruent with their deficits and prognosis (e.g., planning to start a new business).
They may underestimate the risks involved in activities (e.g., driving).
In order to make a diagnosis of dementia, the cognitive deficits must be sufficiently severe to cause impairment in occupational or social functioning and must represent a decline from a previous level of functioning. The nature and degree of impairment are variable and often depend on the particular,social setting of the individual. For example, Mild Cognitive Impairment may significantly impair an individual's ability to perform a complex job but not a less demanding one.
Cognitive or degenerative brain disorders are characterized clinically by progressive loss of memory, cognition, reasoning, judgment and emotional stability that gradually leads to profound mental deterioration and ultimately death. It is generally believed that the disease begins a number of years before it manifests itself in the mild cognitive changes that are the early signs of Alzheimer's disease. "Dementia of the Alzheimer's Type" begins gradually, and is usually diagnosed after other specific causes have been ruled out. Diagnostic criteria for Dementia of the Alzheimer's Type include the development of multiple cognitive deficits manifested by both memory impairment (anterograde or retrograde, i.e., impaired ability to learn new information or to recall previously learned information); and one or more of the following cognitive disturbances: aphasia (language disturbance), apraxia (impaired ability to carry out motor activities despite intact motor function), agnosia (failure to recognize or identify objects despite intact sensory function), disturbance in executive functioning (i.e., planning, organizing, sequencing, and abstracting); where these cognitive deficits each cause significant impairment in social or occupational functioning and represent a significant decline fiom a previous level of functioning. The course is characterized by gradual onset and continuing cognitive decline, and the cognitive deficits are not due to another condition that causes progressive deficits in memory and cognition (e.g., cerebrovascular disease, brain tumor, hypothyroidism, vitamin B or folic acid deficiency, niacin deficiency, hypercalcemia, neurosyphilis, HIV
infection, or chemical exposure). The cognitive disturbance may be accompanied by a behavioral disturbance, such as wandering, aggression, or agitation, or a psychological disturbance, such as depression or psychosis. See "Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders," 4~' Ed., Text Revision, by American Psychiatric Association (2000). For example, the National Institute of Neuro-logical and Communicative Disorders and Stroke-Alzheimer's Disease and the Alzheimer's Disease and Related Disorders Association (NINCDS-ADRDA) criteria can be used to diagnose Alzheimer's Disease (McKhann et al., 1984, Neurology 34:939-944). The patient's cognitive function can be assessed by the Alzheimer's Disease Assessment Scale-cognitive subscale (ADAS-cog; Rosen, et al., 1984, Am. J. Psychiatry 141:1356-1364).
Alzheimer's Disease is the prototype of a cortical degenerative disease. A
major component of the presenting symptoms is usually subjective complaints of memory difficulty, language impairment, dyspraxia, at which point diagnosis is primarily based on exclusion of other possible etiologies for dementia. No features of the physical examination or laboratory evaluation are pathognomonic for dementia of the Alzheimer's type. Some studies have apparently discriminated patients with dementia of the Alzheimer's type from patients with dementia of other etiologies and from normal controls by using techniques such as EEG, MRI, and SPECT, but these studies have been difficult to replicate consistently, and at present, brain-imaging studies are best used to exclude other identifiable causes.
A variety of diagnostic tests have been developed for Alzheimer's disease.
Clinical criteria have been verified prospectively in autopsy studies and have been found to be highly specific although only moderately sensitive. Implementation of the criteria requires extensive evaluation, including an informant-based history; neurological examination, neuropsychological testing, and laboratory, and neuroimaging data. Alzheimer's disease is characterized pathologically by generalized atrophy of the cerebral cortex and by neurofibrillary tangles, neuritic (amyloid) plaques, and granulovacuolar degeneration. Although plaques and tangles may be detected in the brains of the elderly without Alzheimer's disease, they are more numerous in patients with dementia. Controversy remains whether brains with plaques from individuals without Alzheimer's diseasewere "normal variations" or early pathological signs of incipient disease.
"Treatment" of a subject includes the application or administration of a composition of the invention to a subject, or application or administration of a composition of the invention to a cell or tissue from a subject, who has a amyloid-(3 related disease or condition, has a symptom of such a disease or condition, or is at risk of (or susceptible to) such a disease or condition, with the purpose of curing, healing, alleviating, relieving, altering, remedying, ameliorating, improving, or affecting the disease or condition, the symptom of the disease or condition, or the risk of (or susceptibility to) the disease or condition. The term "treating"
refers to any indicia of success in the treatment or amelioration of an injury, pathology or condition, including any objective or subjective parameter such as abatement; remission; diminishing of symptoms or making the injury, pathology or condition more tolerable to the subject;
slowing in the rate of degeneration or decline; making the final point of degeneration less debilitating; improving a subject's physical or mental well-being; or, in some situations, preventing the onset of dementia.
The treatment or amelioration of symptoms can be based on objective or subjective parameters;
including the results of a physical examination or a psychiatric evaluation.
For example, the methods of the invention successfully treat a subject's dementia by slowing the rate of or extent of cognitive decline.
The term "alkyl" includes saturated aliphatic groups, including straight-chain alkyl groups (e.g., methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, pentyl, hexyl, heptyl, octyl, nonyl, decyl, etc.), branched-chain alkyl groups (isopropyl, tert-butyl, isobutyl, etc.), cycloalkyl (alicyclic) groups (cyclopropyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, cyclooctyl, etc.), alkyl substituted cycloalkyl groups, and cycloalkyl substituted alkyl groups. Unless otherwise specified, the term alkyl further includes alkyl groups, which can further include oxygen, nitrogen, sulfur or phosphorous atoms replacing one or more carbons of the hydrocarbon backbone.
In certain embodiments, a straight chain or branched chain alkyl has 6 or fewer carbon atoms in its backbone (e.g., Cl-C~ for straight chain, C3-C~ for branched chain), or 4 or fewer.
Likewise, cycloalkyls may have from 3-8 carbon atoms in their ring structure, or 5 or 6 carbons in the ring structure. The term Cl-C6 includes alkyl groups containing 1 to 6 carbon atoms. An "alkylene" group is a divalent moiety derived from the corresponding alkyl group.
Moreover, unless otherwise specified the term alkyl includes both "unsubstituted alkyls"
and "substituted alkyls," the latter of which refers to alkyl moieties having substituents replacing one or more hydrogens on one or more carbons of the hydrocarbon backbone. Such substituents can include, for example, alkenyl, alkynyl, halogen, hydroxyl, alkylcarbonyloxy, arylcarbonyloxy, alkoxycarbonyloxy, aryloxycarbonyloxy, carboxylate, alkylcarbonyl, arylcarbonyl, alkoxycarbonyl, aminocarbonyl, alkylaminocarbonyl, dialkylaminocarbonyl, alkylthiocarbonyl, alkoxyl, phosphate, phosphonato, phosphinato, cyano, amino (including alkyl amino, dialkylamino, arylamino, diarylamino, and alkylarylamino), acylamino (including alkylcarbonylamino, arylcarbonylamino, carbamoyl and ureido), amidino, imino, sulfhydryl, alkylthio, arylthio, thiocarboxylate, sulfates, alkylsulfinyl, sulfonato, sulfamoyl, sulfonamide, nitre, trifluoromethyl, cyano, azido, heterocyclyl, alkylaryl, or an aromatic or heteroaromatic moiety. Cycloalkyls~may be further substituted, e.g., with the substituents described above.
An "arylalkyl" moiety is an alkyl group substituted with an aryl (e.g., phenylmethyl (i.e., benzyl)). An "alkylaryl" moiety is an aryl group substituted with an alkyl group (e.g., p-methylphenyl (i.e., p-tolyl)). The term "n-alkyl" means a straight chain (i.e., unbranched) unsubstituted alkyl group.
The term "alkenyl" includes unsaturated aliphatic groups analogous in length and possible substitution to the alkyls described above, but that contain at least one double bond. For example, the term "alkenyl" includes straight-chain alkenyl groups (e.g., ethylenyl, propenyl, butenyl, pentenyl, hexenyl, heptenyl, octenyl, nonenyl, decenyl, etc.), branched-chain alkenyl groups, cycloalkenyl (alicyclic) groups (cyclobutenyl, cyclopentenyl, cyclohexenyl, cycloheptenyl, cyclooctenyl, etc.), alkyl or alkenyl substituted cycloalkenyl groups, and cycloalkyl or cycloalkenyl substituted alkenyl groups. The term alkenyl may further include alkenyl groups which include oxygen, nitrogen, sulfur or phosphorous atoms replacing one or more carbons of the hydrocarbon backbone.
In certain embodiments, a straight chain or branched chain alkenyl group has 6 or fewer carbon atoms in its backbone (e.g., C2-C6 for straight chain, C3-C6 for branched chain).
Likewise, cycloalkenyl groups may have from 3-8 carbon atoms in their ring structure, or 5 or 6 carbons in the ring structure. The term CZ-C6 includes alkenyl groups containing 2 to 6 carbon atoms. An "alkenylene" group is a divalent moiety derived from the corresponding alkenyl group.
Moreover, unless otherwise specified the term alkenyl includes both "unsubstituted alkenyls" and "substituted alkenyls," the latter of which refers to alkenyl moieties having substituents replacing one or more hydrogens on one or more carbons of the hydrocarbon backbone. Such substituents can include, for example, alkyl groups, alkynyl groups, halogens, hydroxyl, alkylcarbonyloxy, arylcarbonyloxy, alkoxycarbonyloxy, aryloxycarbonyloxy, carboxylate (and lower alkyl esters thereof), alkylcarbonyl, arylcarbonyl, alkoxycarbonyl, aminocarbonyl, alkylaminocarbonyl, dialkylaminocarbonyl, alkylthiocarbonyl, alkoxyl, phosphate, phosphonato, phosphinato, cyano, amino (including alkyl amino, dialkylamino, arylamino, diarylamino, and alkylarylamino), acylamino (including alkylcarbonylamino, arylcarbonylamino, carbamoyl and ureido), amidino, imino, sulfhydryl, alkylthio, arylthio, thiocarboxylate, sulfates, alkylsulfinyl, sulfonato, sulfamoyl, sulfonamido, nitro, trifluoromethyl, cyano, azido, heterocyclyl, alkylaryl, or an aromatic or heteroaromatic moiety.
The term "alkynyl" includes unsaturated aliphatic groups analogous in length and possible substitution to the alkyls described above, but which contain at least one triple bond.
For example, the term "alkynyl" includes straight-chain alkynyl groups (e.g., ethynyl, propynyl, butynyl, pentynyl, hexynyl, heptynyl, octynyl, nonynyl, decynyl, etc.), branched-chain alkynyl groups, and cycloalkyl or cycloalkenyl substituted alkynyl groups. Unless specified otherwise, the term alkynyl further includes alkynyl groups which include oxygen, nitrogen, sulfur or phosphorous atoms replacing one or more carbons of the hydrocarbon backbone.
In certain embodiments, a straight chain or branched chain alkynyl group has 6 or fewer carbon atoms in its backbone (e.g., C2-C~ for straight chain, C3-C~ for branched chain). The term C2-C~ includes alkynyl groups containing 2 to G carbon atoms. An "alkynylene" group is a divalent moiety derived from the corresponding alkynyl group.
Moreover, unless otherwise specified the term alkynyl includes both "unsubstituted alkynyls" and "substituted alkynyls," the latter of which refers to alkynyl moieties having substituents replacing one or more hydrogens on one or more carbons of the hydrocarbon backbone.
Such substituents can include, for example, alkyl groups, alkynyl groups, halogens, hydroxyl, alkylcarbonyloxy, arylcarbonyloxy, alkoxycarbonyloxy, aryloxycarbonyloxy, carboxylate, alkylcarbonyl, arylcarbonyl, alkoxycarbonyl, aminocarbonyl, alkylaminocarbonyl, dialkylaminocarbonyl, alkylthiocarbonyl, alkoxyl, phosphate, phosphonato, phosphinato, cyano, amino (including alkyl amino, dialkylamino, arylamino, diarylamino, and alkylarylamino), acylamino (including alkylcarbonylamino, arylcarbonylamino, carbamoyl and ureido), amidino, imino, sulfhydryl, alkylthio, arylthio, thiocarboxylate, sulfates, alkylsulfinyl, sulfonato, sulfamoyl, sulfonamido, nitro, trifluoromethyl, cyano, azido, heterocyclyl, alkylaryl, or an aromatic or heteroaromatic moiety.
Unless the number of carbons is otherwise specified, "lower alkyl" as used herein means an alkyl group, as defined above, but having from one to five carbon atoms in its backbone structure. "Lower alkenyl" and "lower alkynyl" have chain lengths of, for example, 2-5 carbon atoms.
The term "acyl" refers to a carbonyl group that is attached through its carbon atom to a hydrogen (i.e., a formyl), an aliphatic group (e.g., acetyl), an aromatic group (e.g., benzoyl), and the like. The term "substituted acyl" includes acyl groups where one or more of the hydrogen atoms on one or more carbon atoms are replaced by, for example, an alkyl group, alkynyl group, halogen, hydroxyl, alkylcarbonyloxy, arylcarbonyloxy, alkoxycarbonyloxy, aryloxycarbonyloxy, carboxylate, alkylcarbonyl, arylcarbonyl, alkoxycarbonyl, aminocarbonyl, alkylaminocarbonyl, dialkylaminocarbonyl, alkylthiocarbonyl, alkoxyl, phosphate, phosphonato, phosphinato, cyano, amino (including alkyl amino, dialkylamino, arylamino, diarylamino, and alkylarylamino), acylamino (including alkylcarbonylamino, arylcarbonylamino, carbamoyl and ureido), arnidino, imino, sulfhydryl, alkylthio, arylthio, thiocarboxylate, sulfates, alkylsulfinyl, sulfonato, sulfamoyl, sulfonamido, nitro, trifluoromethyl, cyano, azido, heterocyclyl, alkylaryl, or an aromatic or heteroaromatic moiety.
The term "acylamino" includes moieties wherein an amino moiety is bonded to an acyl group. For example, the acylamino group includes alkylcarbonylamino, arylcarbonylamino, carbamoyl and ureido groups.
The terms "alkoxyalkyl", "alkylaminoalkyl" and "thioalkoxyalkyl" include alkyl groups, as described above, which further include oxygen, nitrogen or sulfur atoms replacing one or more carbons of the hydrocarbon backbone.
The terms "alkoxy" or "alkyloxy" include substituted and unsubstituted alkyl, alkenyl, and alkynyl groups covalently linked to an oxygen atom. Examples of alkoxy groups include methoxy, ethoxy, isopropyloxy, propoxy, butoxy, and pentoxy groups. Examples of substituted alkoxy groups include halogenated alkoxy groups.
The alkoxy groups can be substituted with groups such as alkenyl, alkynyl, halogen, hydroxyl, alkylcarbonyloxy, arylcarbonyloxy, alkoxycarbonyloxy, aryloxycarbonyloxy, carboxylate, alkylcarbonyl, arylcarbonyl, alkoxycarbonyl, aminocarbonyl, alkylaminocarbonyl, dialkylaminocarbonyl, alkylthiocarbonyl, alkoxyl, phosphate, phosphonato, phosphinato, cyano, amino (including alkyl amino, dialkylamino, arylamino, diarylamino, and alkylarylamino), acylamino (including alkylcarbonylamino, arylcarbonylamino, carbamoyl and ureido), amidino, imino, sulfhydryl, alkylthio, arylthio, thiocarboxylate, sulfates, alkylsulfinyl, sulfonato, sulfamoyl, sulfonamido, nitro, trifluoromethyl, cyano, azido, heterocyclyl, alkylaryl, or an aromatic or heteroaromatic moieties. Examples of halogen substituted alkoxy groups include, but are not limited to, fluoromethoxy, difluoromethoxy, trifluoromethoxy, chloromethoxy, dichloromethoxy, trichloromethoxy, etc., as well as perhalogenated alkyloxy groups.
The term "amine" or "amino" includes compounds or moieties in which a nitrogen atom is covalently bonded to at least one carbon or heteroatom. The term "alkylamino" includes groups wherein the nitrogen is bound to at least one alkyl group. The term "dialkylamino"
includes groups wherein the nitrogen atom is bound to at least two alkyl groups. The term "arylamino" and "diarylamino" include groups wherein the nitrogen is bound to at least one or two aryl groups, respectively. The term "alkylarylamino" refers to an amino group which is bound to at least one alkyl group and at least one aryl group. The term "alkaminoalkyl" refers to an alkyl, alkenyl, or alkynyl group substituted with an alkylamino group.The term "amide" or "aminocarbonyl" includes compounds or moieties which contain a nitrogen atom which is bound to the carbon of a carbonyl or a thiocarbonyl group.
The term "carbonyl" or "carboxy" includes compounds and moieties which contain a carbon connected with a double bond to an oxygen atom. Examples of moieties which contain a carbonyl include aldehydes, ketones, carboxylic acids, amides, esters, anhydrides, etc.
The term "ether" or "ethereal" includes compounds or moieties which contain an oxygen bonded to two carbon atoms. For example, an ether or ethereal group includes "alkoxyalkyl"
which refers to an alkyl, alkenyl, or alkynyl group substituted with an alkoxy group.
The term "hydroxy" or "hydroxyl" includes the groups -OH or -O- (with an appropriate counter ion).
The term "halogen" includes fluorine, bromine, chlorine, iodine, etc. The term "perhalogenated" generally refers to a moiety wherein all hydrogens are replaced by halogen atoms.
Arylenedialkylene or arylenedialkyl groups include those groups which have an arylene group to which are bound two other alkylene groups, which may be the same or different, and which two alkylene groups are in tum bound to other moieties. Examples of arylenedialkylene or arylenedialkyl groups include the following:
Rh R ~ R2)f ~ ~ ~ \ ~ h h (CR2)f ~CR2)f / \ C ;R2)g (CR2)g -(CR
/ ~ 2)9 ~(CR2)f \
/ / (CR2)f \ \~CR2\ g ~CR~ s ~ /
~(CR2)f \ \
CR
\\(2\g //
~CR2)f / / (CR2)g and wherein each R group is independently a hydrogen or is selected from the group Z defined above, and 1<-f<-8, 1<g<_8, 0<h<4.
Alkylenediarylene groups include groups which have an alkylene (or cycloalkylene) group to which are bound two other arylene groups, which may be the same or different, and which two alkylene groups are in turn bound to other moieties. Examples of alkylenediarylene groups include the following:
Rn (CR2)f / \ (CR2)y \ ~ (C~ 2)g and Rh -~ i \ (Cg-CgCyClO
(CR2)f alkyl) \ ~ (C~R2)g wherein each R group is independently a hydrogen or is selected from the group Z defined above, 1<_y<_10 (for example, 1<_y<_4), 1<_f<_8, 1<_g<_8, 0<_h<_4, and 0<_i<_4.
Heteroarylenedialkylene or heteroarylenedialkyl groups include those groups which have a heteroarylene group to which are bound two other alkylene groups, which may be the same or different, and which two alkylene groups are in turn bound to other moieties.
Examples of heteroarylenedialkylene or heteroarylenedialkyl groups include the following:
n Ri (~R2)f /. ~ ~ (~\ 2)g , wherein 0<h<3, and 0<i<3, and X = NR' (wherein R' is hydrogen, a Cl-C~ alkyl, CZ-C5 alkenyl, C2- -CS alkynyl, or aryl group), O, or S, 1<<f<_8, 1<_g<g, Rh~ CR2)f Rh R (CR2)f / \ (CR2)g (C\ 2)9 or X \
wherein 0<h<2, and X = NR' (wherein R' is hydrogen, a Cl-CS alkyl, CZ-C5 alkenyl, C2-C5 alkynyl, -or aryl group), O, or S, 1<_f<_8, 1<_g<g, Rh (CR2)f Rh\ \
\~~1 \
(C\R2)g (CR2)f N (CR2)9 N or ~ , wherein 0<1~3, 1<_f<_8, 1<g<_8,or Rh N
Rn~N~CR2)f \ w ~ ~R ~
\ 2~g ~CR2~f N OR2)g N or wherein 0<-h~2, wherein each R group is independently a hydrogen or is selected from the group Z defined above, 1_<f_<8, 1<g<_8, and h and i are as indicated.
An arylene group is an aromatic group which is capable of being connected covalently to other substituents through at least two positions, including the following examples:
Rh Rh ih ~ ~ ~ I ~ ~ \ \
/ /
> > > >
\ \
\ \ ~ \ \ / /
/ / , / / , or wherein each R group is independently a hydrogen or is selected from the group Z defined above, and 0<h<4; for~example:
OH
\
A heteroarylene group is a heteroaromatic group which is capable of being connected covalently to other substituents through at least two positions, including the following examples:
h _~ i X
wherein 0<h<3, and 0<_i<_3, and X = NR' (wherein R' is hydrogen, a CI-CS
alkyl, C2-CS alkenyl, C2-CS alkynyl, or aryl group), O, or S, Rn Rn /
/w X or wherein 0_<h<2, and X = NR' (wherein R' is hydrogen, a C1-CS alkyl, C2-CS
alkenyl, C2-CS
alkynyl, or aryl group), O, or S, R~\'~. Rn\ \
J
N or N , wherein 0<_h<_3, or R~\N~ Rn\Nw N or N
wherein 0<-h<-2, wherein each R group is independently a hydrogen or is selected from the group Z defined above, and h and i areas indicated; for example, the following groups:
O N
\ ;N / N\ p \ O
i N , , , , H3C CH3 CHs N ~ ~ I ~ N~~N
CH3 ~ O ~ O , or Likewise, the invention relates to the following heteroarylene groups Rn \ / i \ -I ' (CR2~f ~ )( ~ ~C\ 2~g wherein X = NR' (wherein R' is hydrogen, a Cl-CS alkyl, C2-CS alkenyl, CZ-CS
alkynyl, or aryl group), O, or S; 0_<f_<<8,'0_g<_8; and each R group is independently a hydrogen or is selected from the group Z defined above.
In general, the term "aryl" includes groups, including 5- and 6-membered single-ring aromatic groups that may include from zero to four heteroatoms, for example, groups derived from benzene, pyrrole, furan, thiophene, thiazole, isothiaozole, imidazole, triazole, tetrazole, pyrazole, oxazole, isooxazole, pyridine, pyrazine, pyridazine, and pyrimidine, and the like.
Furthermore, the term "aryl" includes multicyclic aryl groups, e.g., groups derived from tricyclic, bicyclic, e.g., naphthalene, benzoxazole, benzodioxazole, benzothiazole, benzoimidazole, benzothiophene, methylenedioxyphenyl, quinoline, isoquinoline, napthyridine, indole, benzofuran, purine, benzofuran, deazapurine, or indolizine.
Those aryl groups having heteroatoms in the ring structure may also be referred to as "aryl heterocycles," "heterocycles," "heteroaryls" or "heteroaromatics".
An aromatic ring can be substituted at one or more ring positions with such substituents as described above, as for example, halogen, hydroxyl, alkyl (e.g. tolyl), alkoxy, alkylcarbonyloxy, arylcarbonyloxy, alkoxycarbonyloxy, aryloxycarbonyloxy, carboxylate, alkylcarbonyl, alkylaminoacarbonyl, arylalkyl aminocarbonyl, alkenylaminocarbonyl, alkylcarbonyl, arylcarbonyl, arylalkylcarbonyl, alkenylcarbonyl, alkoxycarbonyl, aminocarbonyl, alkylthiocarbonyl, phosphate,;phosphonato, phosphinato, cyano, amino (including alkyl amino, dialkylamino, arylamino, diarylamino, and alkylarylamino), acylamino (including alkylcarbonylamino, arylcarbonylamino, carbamoyl and ureido), amidino, imino, sulfhydryl, alkylthio, arylthio, thiocarboxylate, sulfates, alkylsulfinyl,'sulfonato, sulfamoyl, sulfonamide, nitre, trifluoromethyl, cyano, azido, heterocyclyl, alkylaryl, or an aromatic or he'teroaromatic moiety.
Aryl groups can also be fused or bridged with alicyclic or heterocyclic rings which are not aromatic so as to form a polycycle (e.g., tetralin).
The term "heterocyclic" or "heterocycle" includes heteroaryls as well as any ring formed which incorporate a heteroatom or an atom which is not carbon. The ring may be saturated or unsaturated and may contain one or more double bonds. Examples of heterocyclic groups include pyridyl, furanyl, thiophenyl, morphelinyl, and indolyl groups. The term "heteroatom"
includes atoms of any element other than carbon or hydrogen. Heteroatoms may be nitrogen, oxygen, sulfur and phosphorus.
An "arylene" group is a divalent moiety derived from an aryl group.
Examples of heterocycles include, but are not limited to, acridinyl; azocinyl;
benzimidazolyl; benzofuranyl; benzothiofuranyl; benzothiophenyl; benzoxazolyl;
benzthiazolyl;
benztriazolyl; benztetrazolyl; benzisoxazolyl; benzisothiazolyl;
benzimidazolinyl; carbazolyl;
4aH-carbazolyl; carbolinyl; chromanyl; chromenyl; cinnolinyl;
decahydroquinolinyl; 2H,6H-1,5,2-dithiazinyl; dihydrofuro[2,3-b]tetrahydrofuran; furanyl; furazanyl;
imidazolidinyl;
imidazolinyl; imidazolyl; 1H-indazolyl; indolenyl; indolinyl; indolizinyl;
indolyl; 3H-indolyl;
isobenzofuranyl; isochromanyl; isoindazolyl; isoindolinyl; isoindolyl;
isoquinolinyl; isothiazolyl;
isoxazolyl; methylenedioxyphenyl; morpholinyl; naphthyridinyl;
octahydroisoquinolinyl;
oxadiazolyl; 1,2,3-oxadiazolyl; 1,2,4-oxadiazolyl; 1,2,5-oxadiazolyl; 1,3,4-oxadiazolyl;
oxazolidinyl; oxazolyl; oxazolidinyl; pyrimidinyl; phenanthridinyl;
phenanthrolinyl; phenazinyl;
phenothiazinyl; phenoxathiinyl; phenoxazinyl; phthalazinyl; piperazinyl;
piperidinyl;
piperidonyl; 4-piperidonyl; piperonyl; pteridinyl; purinyl; pyranyl;
pyrazinyl; pyrazolidinyl;
pyrazolinyl; pyrazolyl; pyridazinyl; pyridooxazole; pyridoimidazole;
pyridothiazole; pyridinyl;
pyridyl; pyrimidinyl; pyrrolidinyl; pyrrolinyl; 2H-pyrrolyl; pyrrolyl;
quinazolinyl; quinolinyl;
4H-quinolizinyl; quinoxalinyl; quinuclidinyl; tetrahydrofuranyl;
tetrahydroisoquinolinyl;
tetrahydroquinolinyl; tetrazolyl; 6H-1,2;5-thiadiazinyl; 1,2,3-thiadiazolyl;
1,2,4-thiadiazolyl;
1,2,5-thiadiazolyl; 1,3,4-thiadiazolyl; thianthrenyl; thiazolyl; thienyl;
thienothiazolyl;
thienooxazolyl; thienoimidazolyl; thiophenyl; triazinyl; 1,2,3-triazolyl;
1,2,4-triazolyl; 1,2,5-triazolyl; 1,3,4-triazolyl; and xanthenyl. Heterocycles include, but are not limited to, pyridinyl;
furanyl; thienyl; pyrrolyl; pyrazolyl; pyrrolidinyl; imidazolyl; indolyl;
benzimidazolyl; 1H-indazolyl; oxazolidinyl; benzotriazolyl; benzisoxazolyl; oxindolyl;
benzoxazolinyl; and isatinoyl groups. Also included are fused ring and spiro compounds containing, for example, the above heterocycles.
An oligoethereal group, such as an oligo(alkyleneoxide) group, includes polyethyleneglycol (PEG) and short chain analogs thereof including -[(CR2)SO]t(CR~)S-, wherein 1<t<_6 and 1_<s_<6, and each R group is independently a hydrogen or is selected from the group Z
defined above.
An arylene-di(oligoalkyleneoxide) group is an aryl group which has two oligoalkyleneoxide groups bound to it which in turn are bound to other moieties, and include the following examples:
L(CR2)S~lc(CR2)S ArY~-f(CR2)s~lt(CR2)s wherein "Aryl" is an arylene moiety, 1<t<_6, 0<s<6, and each R group is independently a hydrogen or is selected from the group Z defined above. Example arylene-di(oligoalkyleneoxide) groups include:
Rn L(CR2)s0]t(CR2)s / \ L(CR2)s0]t(CR2)s Rn L~R2)s0]t(CR2)s L(CR2)s0]t( \R2)s. or Rn \CR O] (CR ) L( 2)s t 2 s L(~ R2)s0]t(CR2)s wherein 1<-t<_6, 0<_s<_6, 0<_h<_4, and each R group is independently a hydrogen or is selected from the group Z defined above.
It will be understood that "substitution" or "substituted with" includes the implicit proviso that such substitution is in accordance with permitted valence of the substituted atom and the substituent, and that the substitution results in a stable compound, e.g., which does not spontaneously undergo transformation such as by rearrangement, cyclization, elimination, etc.
As used herein,, the term "substituted" is meant to include all permissible substituents of organic compounds. In a broad aspect, the permissible substituents include acyclic and cyclic, branched and unbranched, carbocyclic and heterocyclic, aromatic and nonaromatic substituents of organic compounds. The permissible substituents can be one or more and the same or different for appropriate organic compounds.
In some embodiments, a "substituent" may be, selected from the group consisting of, for example, halogeno, trifluoromethyl, nitro, cyano, Cl-C6 alkyl, CZ-C6 alkenyl, CZ-C~ alkynyl, Cl-C~ alkylcarbonyloxy, arylcarbonyloxy, Cl-C~ alkoxycarbonyloxy, aryloxycarbonyloxy, Cl-C6 alkylcarbonyl, Cl-C~ alkoxycarbonyl, Cl-C~ alkoxy, Cl-C~ alkylthio, arylthio, heterocyclyl, aralkyl, and aryl (including heteroaryl) groups.
It will be understood that "substitution" or "substituted with" includes the implicit proviso that such substitution is in accordance with permitted valence of the substituted atom and the substituent, and that the substitution results in a stable compound, e.g., which does not spontaneously undergo transformation such as by rearrangement, cyclization, elimination, etc.
As used herein, the term "substituted" is meant to include all permissible substituents of organic compounds. In a broad aspect, the permissible substituents include acyclic and cyclic, branched and unbranched, carbocyclic and heterocyclic, aromatic and nonaromatic substituents of organic compounds. The permissible substituents can be one or more and the same or different for appropriate organic compounds.
In some embodiments, a "substituent" may be, selected from the group consisting of, for example, halogeno, trifluoromethyl, nitro, cyano, Cl-C6 alkyl, C~-C~ alkenyl, CZ-C~ alkynyl, Cl-C~ alkylcarbonyloxy, arylcarbonyloxy, Cl-C6 alkoxycarbonyloxy, aryloxycarbonyloxy, Cl-C~ alkylcarbonyl, Cl-C6 alkoxycarbonyl, Cl-C6 alkoxy, Cl-C~ alkylthio, arylthio, heterocyclyl, aralkyl, and aryl (including heteroaryl) groups.
In some embodiments, the term "substituted" means that the moiety has substituents placed on the moiety other than hydrogen which allow the molecule to perform its intended function. Examples of substituents include moieties selected from straight or branched alkyl (for example, C1-CS), cycloalkyl (for example, C3-C8), alkoxy (for example, Cl-C6), thioalkyl (for example, C1-C6), alkenyl (for example, C2-C~), alkynyl (for example, CZ-C6), heterocyclic, carbocyclic, aryl (e.g., phenyl), aryloxy (e.g., phenoxy), aralkyl (e.g., benzyl), aryloxyalkyl (e.g., phenyloxyalkyl), arylacetamidoyl, alkylaryl, heteroaralkyl, alkylcarbonyl and arylcarbonyl or other such acyl group, heteroarylcarbonyl, or heteroaryl group, (CR'R")o_3NR'R" (e.g., -NHS), (CR'R")o_3CN (e.g., -CN), NO2, halogen (e.g., F, Cl, Br, or I), (CR'R")o_3C(halogen)3 (e.g., -CF3), (CR'R")o_3CH(halogen)2, (CR'R")o_3CH~(halogen), (CR'R")o_3CONR'R", (CR'R")o_3(CNH)NR'R", (CR'R")o_3S(O)1_2NR'R", (CR'R")o_3CH0, (CR'R")o_30(CR'R")o_3H, (CR'R")o-3S(O)o-3R' (e.g., -S03H), (CR'R")o-s0(CR'R")o-sH (e~g~, -CHaOCH3 and -OCH3), (CR'R")o_3S(CR'R")o_3H (e.g., -SH and -SCH3), (CR'R")o_30H (e.g., -OH), (CR'R")o_3COR', (CR'R")o_3(substituted or unsubstituted phenyl), (CR'R")o_3(C3-C$ cycloalkyl), (CR'R")o_3C02R' (e.g., -C02H), or (CR'R")o_30R' group, or the side chain of any naturally occurring amino acid;
wherein R' and R" are each independently hydrogen, a Cl-C5 alkyl, CZ-CS
alkenyl, C2-C5 alkynyl, or aryl group, or R' and R" taken together are a benzylidene group or a -(CHZ)ZO(CH2)a-group. For example, substitutions enhance the ability of the compounds of the invention to perform its intended function, e.g., inhibit formation of amyloid deposits. In some embodiments, a Z group may be a substituent as defined in this paragraph.
In one example group of compounds of the invention, m=1 and that n=0, 1, or 2.
In compounds of Formula I, for example, p=0, 1, or 2, and q=1. Molecules according to Formula I
may be symmetric, thus Ral=Ra2, Rbi=Rb2~ R~i=R~z~ m=q, n=p, and Yl=Y2.
Likewise, Rl=R' and Xl=XZ are examples of molecules of Formula I.
One group of compounds of the invention are those of Formula Ia:
~Ra2 N N
Rb2 N / / wN~
Rci \ ~ M \ ~ Rc2 i (Formula la) wherein M is Rh1 Rh2 X
wherein, in a one aspect, Ral and Rbl together, or Ra2 and Rb2 together, represent a C2 to C3 alkylene; R°1 and R°2 are H; Rhl is H; and Rhz is OCH3 or O(C6H4)R, wherein R is H or lower-alkyl, and X is O, NR' (wherein R' is hydrogen, a Cl-C5 alkyl, CZ-CS
alkenyl, CZ-C5 alkynyl, or aryl group), or S.
In another group of compounds of Formula Ia, Ral and Rbl together, or Ra2 and Rbz together, represent a CZ linear, saturated alkylene; R°1 and R°2 are -(Power alkyl)-OH; and Rhi and Rh2 are each H. The "lower alkyl" group of R°1 and R°Z may be ethylene.
In yet another group of compounds of Formula Ia, Ral and Rbl together, or Ra2 and Rb' together, represent a C4 alkylene; R°1 and R°2 are H, lower alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, hydroxyalkyl, aminoalkyl or alkylaminoalkyl; Rhl and Rh2 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, lower alkyl, halogen, alkoxy, aryloxy, or arylalkoxy.
In still yet another group of compounds of Formula Ia, Ral, Ra2, Rbi and Rb2 are H; R°i and R°Z are isopropyl or -(CH2)3N(CH3)2; and Rhl and Rh2 are H.
In a further group of compounds of Formula Ia, Ral and Rbl together, or Ra2 and Rba together, represent a phenylene group which is optionally substituted with up to three -CONHRdNReRf groups where Rd is lower alkyl and Re and Rf are each independently selected from the group consisting of H or lower alkyl; and R~l, R~2, R~'i, and Rh2 are H.
An example compound of Formula Ia has Rhl, Ri'z, Rby R°i, Rb2, and R°2 being H, and Rai and Ra2 groups being hydroxy or methoxy.
Another group of compounds are those of Formula Ib:
Ra1-N N-Ra2 / /
b1 \~\ ~ ~~ b2 R -N M \ N-R
' c1 i R R1 R2 R°2 (Forfraula Ib) wherein M is Rn1 Rn2 X
wherein X is O, NR' (wherein R' is hydrogen, a C1-CS alkyl, C2-CS alkenyl, C2-C5 alkynyl, or aryl group), or S; Rhl and Rh2 are each independently selected from the group consisting of H, loweralkyl, aryl, alkylaryl, aminoalkyl, aminoaryl, halogen, alkoxy, aryloxy, or oxyarylalkyl; Rl and R2 are each independently selected from the group consisting of H, loweralkyl, alkoxy, alkylaryl, aryl, aryloxy, aminoalkyl, aminoaryl, or halogen; and each Ral, Ra2, Rby and Rb'' group is independently selected from the group consisting of H, loweralkyl, alkoxyalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, aminoalkyl, alkylaminoalkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, hydroxy, or alkylaryl; or Ral and Rbl together, or Ra2 and Rb2 together, represent C2-Clo alkyl, hydroxyalkyl, or alkylene; and each R~l and R°z group is independently H, hydroxy, loweralkyl, alkoxyalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, aminoalkyl, alkylamino, alkylaminoalkyl, cycloalkyl, hydroxycycloalkyl, alkoxycycloalkyl, aryl, or alkylaryl.
Another group of compounds are those of Formula Ic:
~ -Ra2 l~Mw 2 \ ~ -Rb2 X X , Rc2 (Formula Ic) wherein M is Rn1 Rn2 X
wherein X is S, O, or NR' (wherein R' is hydrogen, a Cl-CS alkyl, C2-CS
alkenyl, C2-CS alkynyl, or aryl group); Rbi, Rbz, R°l, and R°Z are each independently selected from the group consisting of H, loweralkyl, alkoxy, alkoxyalkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, hydroxyalkyl, aminoalkyl or alkylaminoalkyl; Rl and R' are H, lower alkyl, alkoxy, alkoxyalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, aminoalkyl, alkylaminoalkyl or halogen; Ral and R~ are -OY, or Ral and Rbl together, or Ra2 and Rb' together represent R5 ~
i wherein R5 is YON
RcRbN/\
Y is H or lower alkyl; each of Xl and XZ are -(CH2)n-, where n is an integer from 0 to 2; and Rhi and Rh2 are each independently selected from the group consisting of H, lower alkyl, halogen, alkoxy, aryloxy, or oxyarylalkyl.
Yet another group of compounds are those of Formula Ic, wherein M is -(CH2)n where n is an integer from 2 to 16 (or 2 to 12, or 2 to 10); each of Xl and XZ is O, NH, or S; Ral, Ra2, Rby and Rb2 are H; or Ral and Rbl together, or Ra2 and Rb2 together represent -(CH2)m , wherein m is 2, 3, or 4; each of Rl and RZ are H, OCH3, NOZ or NH2;
R~i and R°Z are H, CH3 or CHZCH3.In another embodiment, when Xl is O or S, both Rl and R~l cannot be H; and when XZ is O or S, both RZ and R°2 cannot be H.
Another group of compounds are those of Formula Id:
Ra Rb \ ~b2 (Formula Id) wherein each Ral, Ra2, Rby and Rb2 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, loweralkyl, alkoxyalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, aminoalkyl, alkylaminoalkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, or alkylaryl; or two Ral and Rbi together, or Raz and Rb2 together represent C~-Clo alkylene; R°1 and R°Z are independently H, hydroxy, loweralkyl, alkoxyalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, aminoalkyl, alkylaminoalkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, or alkylaryl; and R' is H, loweralkyl, alkoxyalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, aminoalkyl, alkylaminoalkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, or alkylaryl.
Another group of compounds are those of Formula Ie:
Ra1-N
Rb1- ~~X1 (Formula Ie) wherein M is an alkylene group (e.g., CZ to Cl~), and Xl and X2 are oxygen.
In another group of compounds of Formula Ie, Ral and Rbl together, or Ra2 and Rbz together, represent a C2 linear, saturated alkylene; R°1 and R°Z
are H.
Another group of compounds of the invention are those of Formula lla:
i R1) n (For-rrrula IIa) wherein E is Rai-N . N N
Rb1-N N
c1 ' c1 ' c1 or R or wherein Y1, Y', Z, and R1 are as defined above; n is 0 - 4; example YZ groups are O, NH, S, a substituted or unsubstituted methylene group, or a direct bond; Z may be a hydrogen atom, or Z
may be alkyl, aryl, alkoxy, aryloxy, hydroxy, a substituted or unsubstituted amino, nitro, sulfo, or halogen group; Ral, Rby and R°1 are independently hydrogen, lower alkyl, aromatic, hydroxyl, or alkoxy; and B is a direct bond or a substituted or unsubstituted alkylene group containing from 1 to 16 carbon atoms, or a biphenylene group, or a combination biphenylene-alkylene group, the group -[(CH2)n0]~,(CH2)n where m is 1 to 6 and n is 2 to 6, or a heterocyclic group.
Compounds of Formula IIb are also within the invention:
NH
H2N ~ R
~UH2O
(Formula llb) wherein n = 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, or 10; and R = hydrogen, hydroxy, halogen, phenyl, biphenyl, naphthyl, alkoxy, ~carboxy, alkoxycarbonyl, aryloxycarbonyl, or aryloxy.
Another group of compounds are of Formula IIIa:
Ra1-N _ _ N_Ra2 b1_ \ ~ N ~ / _ b2 R N N R
'Rci N M N Rc2 H H (Formula Illa) wherein M is Rni Rn2 X
wherein X is S, O, or NR' (wherein R' is hydrogen, a Cl-CS alkyl, C2-C5 alkenyl, C2-C5 alkynyl, or aryl group); Ral, Ra2, Rby and Rb2 are each independently selected from the group consisting of H, lower alkyl, alkoxyalkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, alkylaryl, hydroxyalkyl, aminoalkyl, or alkylaminoalkyl; or Rai and Rbl together, or Ra2 and Rb2 together represent a CZ to Cl° alkyl, hydroxyalkyl, or alkylene; or Ral and Rbl together, or Ra2 and Rb2 together are:
~Rlo~ i n wherein n is a number from 1 to 3, and R1° is H or -CONHR11NR15Rls, wherein R11 is lower alkyl and Rls and Rl~ are each independently selected from the group consisting of H and lower alkyl; and R°1 and R°2 are H, hydroxy, lower alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, alkylaryl, alkoxyalkyl, hydroxycycloalkyl, alkoxycycloalkoxy, hydroxyalkyl, aminoalkyl or alkylaminoalkyl; and Rhi and Rh2 are each independently selected from the group consisting of H, lower alkyl, halogen, aryl, arylalkyl, aminoalkyl, aminoaryl, alkoxy, aryloxy, or oxyarylalkyl.
Yet another group of compounds are of Formula IIIb:
Ra1 ,Ra2 ~N
Rb1\ ~ ~b2 , Rc1 N' \
H (Formula IIIb) wherein each pair of Ral with Rbl and R~ with Rb2 together represent -(CHZ)m-wherein m is from two to four; R~l and R~2 are independently H or loweralkyl; and M, which may be substituted with a lower alkyl group, is selected from the group consisting of -CH=CH-CH2-CH?-, -CHZ-CH=CH-CHZ-, and -CH=CH-CH=CH-.
Another group of compounds are those of Formula IIIc:
Ra Rb1\ ~b2 (Formula Illc) wherein Rl and RZ are independently H or -CONHRSNR6R~, wherein RS is lower alkyl, R~ and R~ are each independently selected from the group consisting of H and lower alkyl; Ral, Ra2, Rby and Rb2 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, lower alkyl, alkoxyalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, aminoalkyl, alkylaminoalkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, or alkylaryl, or Ral and Rbl together, or Ra2 and Rb2 together represent C2-Clo alkylene; R°l and R°2 are independently H, hydroxy, lower alkyl, alkoxyalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, aminoalkyl, alkylaminoalkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, or alkylaryl; R~3 and R~ are independently H, hydroxy, loweralkyl, alkoxyalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, aminoalkyl, alkylaminoalkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, or alkylaryl; and R' is H, loweralkyl, alkoxyalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, aminoalkyl, alkylaminoalkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, alkylaryl, or halogen.
In another embodiment, the present invention relates to pharmaceutical compositions comprising compounds according to any of the Formulae herein for the treatment of an amyloid-related disease. The invention also pertains to the use of compounds in the manufacture of pharmaceutical compositions, as well as methods of manufacturing such pharmaceutical compositions. Such pharmaceutical compositions may be useful in the treatment or prevention of an amyloid-related disease.
The compositions of the invention may be supplied in a solution with an appropriate solvent or in a solvent-free form (e.g., lyophilized). In another aspect of the invention, the agents and buffers necessary for carrying out the methods of the invention may be packaged as a kit.
The kit may be commercially used according to the methods described herein and may include instructions for use in a method of the invention. Additional kit components may include acids, bases, buffering agents, inorganic salts, solvents, antioxidants, preservatives, or metal chelators.
The additional kit components are present as pure compositions, or as aqueous or organic solutions that incorporate one or more additional kit components. Any or all of the kit components optionally further comprise buffers.
The compositions of the invention may be administered therapeutically or prophylactically to treat diseases associated with amyloid-(3 fibril formation, aggregation, or deposition. The compositions of the invention may act to ameliorate the course of an amyloid-(3 related disease by a variety of mechanisms. In one embodiment, the pharmaceutical compositions disclosed herein prevent or inhibit amyloid protein assembly into insoluble fibrils which, in vivo, are deposited in various organs, or it favors plaque clearance or slows deposition in subjects already having deposits. In another embodiment, the pharmaceutical compositions may also prevent the amyloid protein, in its soluble, oligomeric form or in its fibrillar form, from binding or adhering to a cell surface and causing cell damage or toxicity. In yet another embodiment, the pharmaceutical compositions may block amyloid toxicity. In other embodiments, the compound may act by slowing the rate of amyloid-(3 fibril formation or deposition. In yet another embodiment, the compound may lessen the degree of amyloid-(3 deposition. Still other examples include inhibiting, reducing, or preventing amyloid-(3 fibril formation; inhibiting neurodegeneration or cellular toxicity induced by amyloid-(3; inhibiting amyloid-(3 induced inflammation; or enhancing the clearance of amyloid-(3 from the brain brain or enhancing its degradation rate in the brain or in the peripheral organs.
The compounds of the invention can be formulated to ensure proper distribution in vivo.
For example, the blood-brain barrier (BBB) excludes many highly hydrophilic compounds. To ensure that the more hydrophilic therapeutic compounds of the invention cross the BBB, they can be formulated, for example, in liposomes. For methods of manufacturing liposomes, see, e.g., U.S. Patent Nos. 4,522,811; 5,374,548; and 5,399,331. The liposomes may comprise one or more moieties which are selectively transported into specific cells or organs ("targeting moieties"), thus providing targeted drug delivery (see, e.g., V. V. Ranade (1989) J. Clin.
Pharmacol. 29:685).
Exemplary targeting moieties include folate or biotin (see, e.g., U.S. Patent No.
5,416,O1G to Low et al.); mannosides (Umezawa et al. (1988) Biochem. Biophys.
Res. Comrnun.
153:1038); antibodies (P. G. Bloeman et al. (1995) FEBS Lett. 357:140; M.
Owais et al. (.1995) Antimicrob. Agents Chemother. 39:180); surfactant protein A receptor (Briscoe et al. (1995) Am. J. Physiol. 1233:134); gp120 (Schreier et al. (1994) J. Biol. Chem.
269:9090); see also K.
Keinanen; M. L. Laukkanen (1994) FEBS Lett. 346:123; J. J. Killion; I. J.
Fidler (1994) Immunomethods 4:273. In an embodiment, the therapeutic compounds of the invention are formulated in liposomes; in another embodiment, the liposomes include a targeting moiety.
To ensure that compounds of the invention cross the BBB, they may be coupled to a BBB
transport vector (for review of BBB transport vectors and mechanisms, see Bickel, et cal., Adv.
Drug Delivery Reviews, vol. 46, pp. 247-279, 2001). Exemplary transport vectors include cationized albumin or the OX26 monoclonal antibody to the transfernn receptor;
these proteins undergo absorptive-mediated and receptor-mediated transcytosis through the BBB, respectively.
Examples of other BBB transport vectors that target receptor-mediated transport systems into the brain include factors such as insulin, insulin-like growth factors (IGF-I, IGF-II), angiotensin II, atrial and brain natriuretic peptide (ANP, BNP), interleukin I
(IL-1) and transferrin. Monoclonal antibodies to the receptors which bind these factors may also be used as BBB transport vectors. BBB transport vectors targeting mechanisms for absorptive-mediated transcytosis include cationic moieties such as canonized LDL, albumin or horseradish peroxidase coupled with polylysine, canonized albumin or canonized immunoglobulins. Small basic oligopeptides such as the dynorphin analogue E-2078 and the ACTH analogue ebiratide can also cross the brain via absorptive-mediated transcytosis and are potential transport vectors.
Other BBB transport vectors target systems for transporting nutrients into the brain.
Examples of such BBB transport vectors include hexose moieties, e.g. glucose, monocarboxylic acids, e.g. lactic acid, neutral amino acids, e.g. phenylalanine, amines, e.g.
choline, basic amino acids,:e.g. arginine, nucleosides, e.g. adenosine, purine bases, e.g. adenine, and thyroid hormone, e.g. triiodothyridine. Antibodies to the extracellular domain of nutrient transporters can also be used as transport vectors. Other possible vectors include angiotensin II and ANP, which may be involved in regulating BBB permeability.
In some cases, the bond linking the therapeutic compound to the transport vector may be cleaved following transport into the brain in order to liberate the biologically active compound.
Exemplary linkers include disulfide bonds, ester-based linkages, thioether linkages, amide bonds, acid-labile linkages, and Schiff base linkages. Avidin/biotin linkers, in which avidin is covalently coupled to the BBB drug transport vector, may also be used. Avidin itself may be a drug transport vector.
To administer the therapeutic compound by other than parenteral administration, it may be necessary to coat the compound with, or co-administer the compound with, a material to prevent its inactivation. For example, the therapeutic compound may be administered to a subject in an appropriate carrier, for example, liposomes, or a diluent.
Pharmaceutically acceptable diluents include saline and aqueous buffer solutions. Liposomes include water-in-oil-in-water CGF emulsions as well as conventional liposomes (Strejan et al., (1984) J. Neuroirnmuuol. 7:27).
The therapeutic compound may also be administered parenterally, intraperitoneally, intraspinally, or intracerebrally. Dispersions can be prepared in glycerol, liquid polyethylene glycols, and mixtures thereof and in oils. Under ordinary conditions of storage and use, these preparations may contain a preservative to prevent the growth of microorganisms.
Pharmaceutical compositions suitable for injectable use include sterile aqueous solutions (where water soluble) or dispersions and sterile powders for the extemporaneous preparation of sterile injectable solutions or dispersion. In all cases, the composition must be sterile and must be fluid to the extent that easy syringability exists. It must be stable under the conditions of manufacture and storage and must be preserved against the contaminating action of microorganisms such as bacteria and fungi.
The vehicle can be a solvent or dispersion medium containing, for example, water, ethanol, polyol (for example, glycerol, propylene glycol, and liquid polyethylene glycol, and the like), suitable mixtures thereof, and vegetable oils. The proper fluidity can be maintained, for example, by the use of a coating such as lecithin, by the maintenance of the required particle size in the case of dispersion and by the use of surfactants. Prevention of the action of microorganisms can be achieved by various antibacterial and antifungal agents, for example, parabens, chlorobutanol, phenol, ascorbic acid, thimerosal, and the like. In many cases, it will be preferable to include isotonic agents, for example, sugars, sodium chloride, or polyalcohols such as rnannitol and sorbitol, in the composition. Prolonged absorption of the injectable compositions can be 'brought about by including in the composition an agent which delays absorption, for example, aluminum monostearate or gelatin.
Sterile injectable solutions can be prepared by incorporating the therapeutic compound in the required amount in an appropriate solvent with one or a combination of ingredients enumerated above, as required, followed by filtered sterilization. Generally, dispersions are prepared by incorporating the therapeutic compound into a sterile vehicle which contains a basic dispersion medium and the required other ingredients from those enumerated above. In the case of sterile powders for the preparation of sterile injectable solutions, the methods of preparation are vacuum drying and freeze-drying which yields a powder of the active ingredient (i.e., the therapeutic compound) plus any additional desired ingredient from a previously sterile-filtered solution thereof.
The therapeutic compound can be orally administered, for example, with an inert diluent or an assimilable edible carrier. The therapeutic compound and other ingredients may also be enclosed in a hard or soft shell gelatin capsule, compressed into tablets, or incorporated directly into the subject's diet. For oral therapeutic administration, the therapeutic compound may be incorporated with excipients and used in the form of ingestible tablets, buccal tablets, troches, capsules, elixirs, suspensions, syrups, wafers, and the like. The percentage of the therapeutic compound in the compositions and preparations may, of course, be varied. The amount of the therapeutic compound in such therapeutically useful compositions is such that a suitable dosage will be obtained.
It is especially advantageous to formulate parenteral compositions in dosage unit form for ease of administration and uniformity of dosage. Dosage unit form as used herein refers to physically discrete units suited as unitary dosages for the subjects to be treated; each unit containing a predetermined quantity of therapeutic compound calculated to produce the desired therapeutic effect in association with the required pharmaceutical vehicle.
The specification for the dosage unit forms of the invention are dictated by and directly dependent on (a) the unique characteristics of the therapeutic compound and the particular therapeutic effect to be achieved, and (b) the limitations inherent in the art of compounding such a therapeutic compound for the treatment of amyloid deposition in subjects.
The present invention therefore includes pharmaceutical formulations comprising the compounds of the Formulae described herein, including pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, in pharmaceutically acceptable carriers for aerosol, oral and parenteral administration.
Also, the present invention includes such compounds, or salts thereof, which have been lyophilized and which may be reconstituted to form pharmaceutically acceptable formulations for administration, as by intravenous, intramuscular, or subcutaneous injection. Administration may also be intradermal or transdermal.
In accordance with the present invention, a compound of the Formulae described herein, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, may be administered orally or through inhalation as a solid, or may be administered intramuscularly or intravenously as a solution, suspension or emulsion. Alternatively, the compounds or salts may also be administered by inhalation, intravenously or intramuscularly as a liposomal suspension.
Pharmaceutical formulations are also provided which are suitable for administration as an aerosol, by inhalation. These formulations comprise a solution or suspension of the desired compound of any Formula herein, or a salt thereof, or a plurality of solid particles of the compound or salt. The desired formulation may be placed in a small chamber and nebulized.
Nebulization may be accomplished by compressed air or by ultrasonic energy to form a plurality of liquid droplets or solid particles comprising the compounds or salts. The liquid droplets or solid particles should have a particle size in the range of about 0.5 to about 5 microns. The solid particles can be obtained by processing the solid compound of any Formula described herein, or a salt thereof, in any appropriate manner known in the art, such as by micronization. Most preferably, the size of the solid particles or droplets will be from about 1 to about 2 microns. In this respect, commercial nebulizers are available to achieve this purpose.
Preferably, when the pharmaceutical formulation suitable for administration as an aerosol is in the form of a liquid, the formulation will comprise a water-soluble compound of any Formula described herein, or a salt thereof, in a carrier which comprises water. A surfactant may be present which lowers the surface tension of the formulation sufficiently to result in the formation of droplets within the desired size range when subjected to nebulization.
Active compounds are administered at a therapeutically effective dosage sufficient to inhibit amyloid deposition in a subject. A "therapeutically effective" dosage preferably inhibits amyloid deposition by at least about 20%, or by at least about 40%, or even by at least about 60%, or by at least about 80% relative to untreated subjects. In the case of an Alzheimer's patient, a "therapeutically effective" dosage stabilizes cognitive function or prevents a further decrease in cognitive function (i.e., preventing, slowing, or stopping disease progression). The present invention accordingly provides therapeutic drugs. By "therapeutic" or "drug" is meant an agent having a beneficial ameliorative or prophylactic effect on a specific disease or condition in a living human or non-human animal.
Furthermore, active compounds are administered at a therapeutically effective dosage sufficient to decrease deposition in a subject of amyloid protein, e.g., A[340 or A[342. A
therapeutically effective dosage inhibits amyloid deposition by, for example, at least about 15%, or by at least about 40%, or even by at least 60%, or at least by about 80%
relative to untreated , subjects:
In another embodiment, active compounds are administered at a therapeutically effective dosage sufficient to increase or enhance amyloid protein levels, e.g., A(340 or A(342, in the plasma or CSF of a subject. A therapeutically effective dosage increases the concentration by, for example, at least about 15%, or by at least about 40%, or even by at least 60%, or at least by about 80% relative to untreated subjects.
In another embodiment, active compounds are administered at a therapeutically effective dosage sufficient to decrease or reduce amyloid protein levels, e.g., A[340 or A[342, in the plasma or CSF of a subject. A therapeutically effective dosage decreases the concentration by, for example, at least about 15%, or by at least about 40%, or even by at least 60%, or at least by about 80% relative to untreated subjects.
In yet another embodiment, active compounds are administered at a therapeutically effective dosage sufficient to improve ADAS-cog (Alzheimer's Disease Assessment Scale-cognitive subscale) test scores by, e.g., at least about 1 point, at least about 2 points, at least about 3 points, at least about 4 points, at least about 5 points, at least about 10 points, at least about 12 points, at least about 15 points, or at least about 20 points relative to untreated subjects.
(ADAS-cog; Rosen, et al., 1984, Arra. J. Psychiatry 141:1356-1364).
The ability of a compound to inhibit amyloid deposition can be evaluated in an animal model system that may be predictive of efficacy in inhibiting amyloid deposition in human diseases, such as a transgenic mouse expressing human APP or other relevant animal models where A(3 deposition is seen. Likewise, the ability of a compound to prevent or reduce cognitive impairment in a model system may be indicative of efficacy in humans.
Alternatively, the ability of a compound can be evaluated by examining the ability of the compound to inhibit amyloid fibril formation ifz vitro, e.g., using a fibrillogenesis assay including a ThT, CD, or EM assay as described in, e.g., WO 2003/017,994. Also the binding of a compound to amyloid fibrils may be measured using a MS assay as described herein.
The present invention is also related to prodrugs of the compounds of the Formulae disclosed herein. Prodrugs are compounds which are converted ifz vivo to active forms (see, e.g., R.B. Silverman, 1992, "The Organic Chemistry of Drug Design and Drug Action,"
Academic Press, Chp. 8). Prodrugs can be used to alter the biodistribution (e.g., to allow compounds which would not typically enter the reactive site of the protease) or the pharmacokinetics for a particular compound. For example, a carboxylic acid group, can be esterified, e.g., with a methyl group or an ethyl group to yield an ester. When the ester is administered to a subject, the ester is cleaved, enzymatically or non-enzymatically, reductively, oxidatively, or hydrolytically, to reveal the anionic group. An anionic group can be esterified with moieties (e.g., acyloxymethyl esters) which are cleaved to reveal an intermediate compound which subsequently decomposes to yield the active compound. The prodrug moieties may be metabolized izz vivo by esterases or by other mechanisms to carboxylic acids.
Examples of prodrugs and their uses are well known in the art (See, e.g., Berge et al.
(1977) "Pharmaceutical Salts", J. Plzarm. Sci. 66:1-19). The prodrugs can be prepared izz situ during the final isolation and purification of the compounds, or by separately reacting the purified compound in its free acid form with a suitable derivatizing agent.
Carboxylic acids can be converted into esters via treatment with an alcohol in the presence of a catalyst.
Examples of cleavable carboxylic acid prodrug moieties include substituted and unsubstituted, branched or unbranched lower alkyl ester moieties, (e.g., ethyl esters, propyl esters, butyl esters, pentyl esters, cyclopentyl esters, hexyl esters, cyclohexyl esters), lower alkenyl esters, dilower alkyl-amino lower-alkyl esters (e.g., dimethylaminoethyl ester), acylamino lower alkyl esters, acyloxy lower alkyl esters (e.g., pivaloyloxymethyl ester), aryl esters (phenyl ester), aryl-lower alkyl esters (e.g., benzyl ester), substituted (e.g., with methyl, halo, or methoxy substituents) aryl and aryl-lower alkyl esters, amides, lower-alkyl amides, dilower alkyl amides, and hydroxy amides.
Certain embodiments of the present compounds can contain a basic functional group, such as amino or alkylamino, and are, thus, capable of forming pharmaceutically acceptable salts with pharmaceutically acceptable acids. The term "pharmaceutically acceptable salts" in this respect, refers to the relatively non-toxic, inorganic and organic acid addition salts of compounds of the present invention. These salts can be prepared in situ during the final isolation and purification of the compounds of the invention, or by separately reacting a purified compound of the invention in its free base form with a suitable organic or inorganic acid, and isolating the salt thus formed.
Representative salts include the hydrohalide (including hydrobromide and hydrochloride), sulfate, bisulfate, phosphate, nitrate, acetate, valerate, oleate, palmitate, stearate, laurate, benzoate, lactate, phosphate, tosylate, citrate, maleate, fumarate, succinate, tartrate, napthylate, mesylate, glucoheptonate, lactobionate, 2-hydroxyethylsulfonate, and laurylsulphonate salts and the like. (See, e.g., Berge et al. (1977) "Pharmaceutical Salts", J.
Pharm. Sci. 66:1-19).
15, ' In other cases, the compounds of the present invention may contain one or more acidic functional groups and, thus, are capable of forming pharmaceutically acceptable salts with pharmaceutically acceptable bases. The term "pharmaceutically acceptable salts" in these instances refers to the relatively non-toxic, inorganic and organic base addition salts of compounds of the present invention.
These salts can likewise be prepared in situ during the final isolation and purification of the compounds, or by separately reacting the purified compound in its free acid form with a suitable base, such as the hydroxide, carbonate or bicarbonate of a pharmaceutically acceptable metal cation, with ammonia, or with a pharmaceutically acceptable organic primary, secondary or tertiary amine. Representative alkali or alkaline earth salts include the lithium, sodium, potassium, calcium, magnesium, and aluminum salts and the like. Representative organic amines useful for the formation of base addition salts include ethylamine, diethylamine, ethylenediamine, ethanolamine, diethanolamine, piperazine and the like.
Some selected compounds of the present invention are illustrated in Table 2, below.
Although particular salts are depicted (such as the hydrochloride), the free base or non-salt form, as well as other pharmaceutically acceptable salts are within the present invention.
Those skilled in the art will recognize, or be able to ascertain using no more than routine experimentation, many equivalents to the specific embodiments and methods described herein.
Such equivalents are intended to be encompassed by the scope of the following claims. All patents, patent applications, and literature references cited herein are hereby expressly incorporated by reference in their entirety. This invention is further illustrated by the following examples, which should not be construed as limiting.
Examules The synthesis of amidine compounds of the invention is described in U.S.
Patent Nos.
5,428,051, 4,963,589, 5,202,320, 5,935,982, 5,521,189, 5,686,456, 5,627,184, 5,622,955, 5,606,058, 5,668,167, 5,667,975, 6,025,398, 6,214,883, 5,817,687, 5,792,782, 5,939,440, 6,017,941, 5,972,969, 6,046,226, 6,294,565 (B1), 6,156,779, 6,326,395, 6,008,247, 6,127,554, 6,172,104, 4,940,723, 5,206,236, 5,843,980, 4,933,347, 5,668,166, 5,817,686, 5,723,495, 4,619,942, 5,792,782, 5,639,755, 5,643,935, 5,602,172, 5,594,138, and 5,578,631. Additional synthesis protocols may be found in PCT Patent Application Publication No. WO
2003/017,994.
Many of the compounds may also be purchased from Sigma-Aldrich Co. (Milwaukee, USA).
The compounds may also be synthesized according to art-recognized techniques.
In general, the compounds of the present invention may be prepared by the methods illustrated in the general reaction schemes as, for example, described below, or by modifications thereof, using readily available starting materials, reagents and conventional synthesis , procedures. In these reactions, it is also possible to make use of variants which are in themselves known, but are not mentioned here. Functional and structural equivalents of the compounds described herein and which have the same general properties (e.g., functioning as anti-amyloid compounds), wherein one or more simple variations of substituents are made which do not adversely affect the essential nature or the utility of the compound.
The compounds of the present invention may be readily prepared in accordance with the synthesis schemes and protocols described herein, as illustrated in the specific procedures provided. However, those skilled in the art will recognize that other synthetic pathways for forming the compounds of this invention may be used, and that the following is provided merely by way of example, and is not limiting to the present invention. See, e.g., "Comprehensive Organic Transformations" by R. Larock, VCH Publishers (1989). It will be further recognized that various protecting and deprotecting strategies will be employed that are standard in the art ' (See, e.g., "Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis" by Greene and Wuts).
Those skilled in the relevant arts will recognize that the selection of any particular protecting group (e.g., amine and carboxyl protecting groups) will depend on the stability of the protected moiety with regards to the subsequent reaction conditions and will understand the appropriate selections.
Further illustrating the knowledge of those skilled in the art is the following sampling of the extensive chemical literature: "Chemistry of the Amino Acids" by J.P.
Greenstein and M. Winitz, John Wiley & Sons, Inc., New York (1961); "Comprehensive Organic Transformations" by R. Larock, VCH Publishers (1989); T.D. Ocain, et al., J.
Med. Chem. 31, 2193-99 (1988); E.M. Gordon, et al., J. Med. Chem. 31, 2199-10 (1988);
"Practice of Peptide Synthesis" by M. Bodansky and A. Bodanszky, Springer-Verlag, New York (1984);
"Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis" by T. Greene and P. Wuts (1991); "Asymmetric Synthesis:
Construction of Chiral Molecules Using Amino Acids" by G.M. Coppola and H.F.
Schuster, John Wiley & Sons, Inc., New York (1987); "The Chemical Synthesis of Peptides"
by J. Jones, Oxford University Press, New York (1991); and "Introduction of Peptide Chemistry" by P.D. Bailey, John Wiley & Sons, Inc., New York (1992).
Test compounds were purchased from commercial sources or synthesized and screened by mass spectroscopy ("MS") assay, which gives data on the ability of compounds to bind to an amyloid protein.
Samples were prepared as aqueous solutions containing 20% ethanol, 200 ~,M of a test compound and 20 N.M of solubilized A(340. The pH value of each sample was adjusted to 7.4 (~0.2) by addition of 0.1% aqueous sodium hydroxide. The solutions were then analyzed by electrospray ionization mass spectroscopy using a Waters ZQ 4000 mass spectrometer. Samples were introduced by direct infusion at a flow-rate of 25 p.L/min within 2 hr.
after sample preparation. The source temperature was kept at 70 °C and the cone voltage was 20 V for all the analysis. Data were processed using Masslynx 3.5 software. The MS assay gives data on the ability of compounds to bind to A(3, whereas the ThT, EM and CD assays give data on inhibition of fibrillogenesis.
Some selected compounds of the present invention are presented in Table 2 below.
Although particular salts are depicted (such as the hydrochloride), the free base and other pharmaceutically acceptable salts, as well as the non-salt forms, are within the present invention.
Table 2 Structures and Activities of Some Compounds of the Invention in Soluble Af3 Assavs Code MS
Structure and Name No. Assay NH
I \ ~NH ~NHz 145 +
Br N-(6-aminoheptyl)-4-bromobenzamidine, trifluoroacetic acid salt NH CFgCOZH O
~NH HN ( \
/ 146 +
Br Br 4-bromo-N-{7-[(4-bromobenzimidoyl)-amino]-heptyl}-benzamide, trifluoroacetic acid salt \ O
~OH
HzN I / N.H
HON 2[CF3COzH] 147 -N-hydroxy-4-(9-hydroxyaminononyloxy)-benzamidine, trifluoroacetic acid salt O O
I \ ~NH HN I \ ' Et0 / / NHz 148 +
N-[7-(4-carbamimidoylbenzoylamino)-heptyl]
terephthalamic acid ethyl ester, trifluoroacetic acid salt O ~ NH
Et0 ~NHz \ I NH HN \ I
v 149 +
CF3C0?H ~ O
N-[9-(4-carbamimidoyl-benzoylamino)-nonyl]
terephthalamic acid ethyl ester, trifluoroacetic acid salt Table 2, Continued Structure and Name Coda MS
No. Assay NH ~ NH
\ ,H H I \
150 +
Br ~,[CF3COzH] Br 4,4'-(pentamethylenediamidino)di(p-bromobenzene), trifluoroacetic acid salt Br / I ~ / I Br \ NH HN \ 151 +
NH NH 2[CF3C02H]
4,4'-(nonamethylenediamidino)di(p-bromobenzene), trifluoroacetic acid salt .
\ I NH HN \ I
NH NH
2[CF3COzH]
4,4'-(nonamethylenediamidino)di(p-methoxybenzene), trifluoroacetic acid salt H
\ I NON \
N J NH CF3COZH 153 +
4-methoxy-N-{2-[2-(4-methoxyphenyl)-4,5-dihydroimidazol-1-y1]-ethyl}-benzamidine, trifluoroacetic acid salt 2[HCI] NH ~ NH
I\ ~N N I\
/ H H '\~ 154 +
Me0 OMe 4,4'-(pentamethylenediamidino)di(p-methoxybenzene), hydrochloride salt -GO-Table 2, Continued Structure and Name Coda MS
No. Assay NH
/ ( ~NH2 O O ~ O
/ I H~N~H I ~ 155 -H2N ~ / NH2 NH NH
2,2'-(p-amidinophenylcarboxamido) N,N-diethyl-p-amidinobenzamide O O
H H
{4-[5-(p=aminophenoxy)-pentyloxy]-phenyl}-(4,5-dihydro 1H-imidazol-2-yl)-amine, trifluoroacetic acid salt S~N NHS
H H
H2N / 2[CF3C02H] / NHZ 158 -NH NH
4,4'-(nonamethylenedisulfamyl)di(amidinobenzene), trifluoroacetic acid salt NHZ
HN
HN ~ \ NHZ
O NH 159 nd 2[CF3C02H] HN
O
3,3'-(pentamethylenediaminocarbonyl)di(amidinobenzene), trifluoroacetic acid salt Table 2, Continued Code MS
Structure and Name No. Assay HN O NH / \ NHZ
2~CFgC02H] 160 nd O NH
4,4'-(tetramethylenediaminocarbonyl)di(amidinobenzene), trifluoroacetic acid salt In each indicated assay, "+" = achve; "- = inactive; "nd" = not determined.
The present invention also relates to novel compounds and the synthesis thereof.
Accordingly, the following examples are presented to illustrate how some of those compounds may be prepared.
General Aspects Chemicals were purchased from Aldrich. The compounds were identified and characterized according to methods well known in the art, and the chemical structures depicted herein are consistent with those findings. Analytical thin-layer chromatography (TLC) was performed on silica gel 60 F2s4 plastic-backed plates. Solvents were reagent grade unless otherwise specified. The 1H (500 MHz) and 13C (125 MHz) were recorded on a Varian Inova 500. The chemical shifts are reported on the 8 scales in parts per million (ppm). The infra-red (IR) spectra were carried out on a Perkin-Elmer Spectra One spectrometer (neat compound on NaCI plate).
Preparation of the starting material for cofrzpourids #145, #146, #150, and #1 Sl NH. HCI
CN
\ I HC1, EtOH
gr 1,4-dioxane gr \
A cold solution (0 °C) of 4-bromobenzonitrile (1 g, 5.5 mrnol) in ethanol (25 mL) was saturated with dry HCl(g). The mixture was then stirred at room temperature for 18 hours, after which FT-IR showed complete disappearance of the nitrite. The solution was concentrated to dryness, and further dried in vacuo. The ethyl 4-bromobenzimidate hydrochloride thus obtained was used in the synthesis of compounds 145, 146, 150, and 151.
Compoufzd #145 and 146 CF3COpH
/ p~ / ~NH NHz 1) 1,7-diaminoheptane, EtOH
B 2) RP-Prep HPLC Br CF3C02H NH + O
/ ~ ~NH HN ~~
B ~ ~ Br A solution of 1,7-diaminoheptane (257 mg, 1.97 mmol) in ethanol (10 mL) was added to a suspension of the ethyl 4-bromobenzimidate hydrochloride (1.21 g, 4.57 mmol) in ethanol (5 mL). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 24h. The mixture was concentrated to dryness. The crude products were separated by preparative RP-HPLC (Vydac C18, 215 nm, 50 mL/min, '0 % to 90 % MeCN in HZO containing 0.1 % TFA) to give compound # 145 as a waxy solid (29.2 mg, 0.054 mmol, 3% yield) and compound #146 as a waxy solid (18.7 mg, 0.031 mmol, 1.6 % yield).
Cofnpound #147 o NC ~ I Br 1) Na2C03, NH20H.HC1 I OH
H20, EtOH, D H2 ~ ~H
2) Preparative HPLC
N
HO~
A mixture of 9-(4-cyanophenoxy)heptylbromide (181 mg, 0.5 mmol), sodium carbonate (180 mg, 1.7 mmol) and hydroxylamine hydrochloride (280 mg, 4 mmol) in 80 %
ethanol (10 mL) was heated at reflux for 2 h. The mixture was cooled to room temperature.
A solid precipitated and was removed by filtration. The filtrate was concentrated to dryness under reduced pressure. The crude product was purified by preparative RP-HPLC (Vydac C18, 215 nm, 50 mL/min, 0 % to 90 % MeCN in H20 containing 0.1 % TFA) and lyophilized to give the title compound as a clear oil (48.8 mg, 0.091 mmol, 18 % yield).
Conzpound #14~
I
ci ~ o 0 H N'J// H N' NC~
Et3N, ~ I H
DMF NC CN
Step 1: To a cold solution (0 °C) of 1,7-diaminopentane (248 mg, 1.9 mmol) and triethylamine (0.65 mL, 4.6 mmol) in DMF (8 mL) was added 4-cyanobenzoyl chloride (685 mg, 4.1 mmol). The mixture was stirred overnight at room temperature, and then diluted with water.
The beige solid that precipitated was collected by filtration and dried in vacuo, giving the corresponding amide (0.64 g, 1.65 mmol, 87 % yield).
0 0 ~ o N
H H - 1) HCI, EtOH Et0 I 'H H ~\ ~ ' 2) (NHy)C03, EtOH ~ '~NHZ
3) Preparative HPL IIC
Step 2: A suspension of 1,7-bis-(4-cyanobenzamido)heptane (389 mg, 1 mmol) in a mixture of absolute ethanol (12 mL) and 1,4-dioxane (16 mL), was cooled to 0 °C, saturated with dry HCI, and the resulting mixture was stirred for 4 days at room temperature.
The solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure. A brownish solid was obtained. A mixture of the solid and ammonium carbonate (2 g, 20 mmol) in ethanol (25 mL) was stirred overnight at room temperature. Then, the mixture was filtered. The filtrate was concentrated to dryness. The crude product was purified by preparative RP-HPLC (Vydac C18, 215 nm, 50 mL/min, 0 %
to 90 %
MeCN in H20 containing 0.1 % TFA) and lyophilized to give the title compound as a white solid (79.9 mg, 0.141 mmol, 14 % yield).
Compoufzd #149 O
I ~C~+ ~ NC \ ~ ~ CN
NC I / N N
NH2 NH2 Et3N I H H I
DMF O O
Step 1: To a cold solution (0 °C) of 1,9-diaminononane (296 mg, 1.9 mmol) and triethylamine (0.65 mL, 4.6 mmol) in DMF (8 mL) was added 4-cyanobenzoyl chloride (685 mg, 4.1 mmol). The mixture was stirred overnight at room temperature, and then diluted with water.
The beige solid that precipitated was collected by filtration and dried ifz vacuo, giving the corresponding amide (0.64 g, 1.54 mmol, 81 % yield).
NC ~ ~ ~ CN O NH
N I Et ~ ~ NH2 / I I /
I H H I 1) HCI, EtOH / N I /
O O 2) (NH4)C03, EtOH p H H p CF3C02H
3) Preparative HPLC
Step 2: A suspension of 1,9-bis-(4-cyanobenzamido)nonane (417 mg, 1 mmol), in a mixture of absolute ethanol (12 mL) and 1,4-dioxane (16 mL), was cooled to 0 °C, saturated with dry HCI, and the resulting mixture was stirred for 4 days at room temperature.
The solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure. A brownish solid was obtained. A mixture of the solid and ammonium carbonate (2 g, 20 mmol) in ethanol (25 inL) was stirred overnight at room temperature. Then, the mixture was filtered. The filtrate was concentrated to dryness. The crude product was purified by preparative RP-HPLC (Vydac C18, 215 nm, 50 mL/min, 0 %
to 90 %
MeCN in H20 containing 0.1 % TFA) and lyophilized to give the title compound as a white solid (96.5 mg, 0.132 mmol, 16 % yield).
Conzpoufzd #1 SO
NH HCI CF3COZH NH~ NH CF3COZH
/ O~ + H ~NH --> / \ /
2 1)Na2C03,EtOH I H H
2) Prep RP-HPLC B ~ ~ Br Sodium carbonate (1.3 g) was loaded into a dry 25 mL round bottom flask. The 1,5-diaminopentane (0.65 mmol, 0.077mL) was added, followed by the ethyl 4-bromobenzimidate hydrochloride (465 mg, 1.7 mmol) and finally the ethanol (10 mL). The mixture was stirred vigorously at room temperature for 22 hours then filtered to remove solids.
The solids were washed with methanol (20 mL). The filtrate was concentrated to dryness under reduced pressure.
The crude product was purified by preparative RP-HPLC (Vydac C18, 215 nm, 50 mL/min, 0 %
to 90 % MeCN in H20 containing 0.1 % TFA) and lyophilized to give the title compound as a white solid (246.6 mg, 0.355 mmol, 54 % yield).
Compomad #151 NH HCI
v O~ Br I ~ ~ I ~ Br Br ~ + NH NH ~ / NH HN
2 1)Na2C03, EtOH
2) Prep RP-HPLC NH NH
CF3C02H CF3CO~H
Sodium carbonate (1.3 g) was loaded into a dry 25 mL round bottom flask. The 1,9-diaminononatane (0.68 mmol, 108 mg) was added, followed by ethyl 4-bromobenzimidate hydrochloride (500 mg, 1.89 mmol) and finally the ethanol (14 mL). The mixture was stirred vigorously at room temperature for 22 hours then filtered to remove solids.
The solids were washed with methanol (20 mL). The filtrate was concentrated to dryness under reduced pressure.
The crude product was purified by preparative RP-HPLC (Vydac C18, 215 nm, 50 mL/min, 0 %
to 90 % MeCN in H20 containing 0.1 % TFA) and lyophilized to give the title compound as a white solid(231.3 mg, 0.308 mmol, 47 % yield).
Preparation of the starting material for compouf2ds #152, #153, arad # 154 CN ~ NH HCI
HCI, EtOH ~ I O
Me0 ~ 1,4-dioxane Me A cold solution (0 °C) of 4-methoxybenzonitrile (1.29 g, 9.59 mmol) in ethanol (30 mL) was saturated with dry HChg). The mixture was then stirred at room temperature for 2 days, after which FT-IR showed complete disappearance of the nitrite. The solution was concentrated to dryness, and further dried ifz vacuo. The ethyl 4-methoxybenzimidate hydrochloride thus obtained was used in the synthesis of compounds 152, 153 and 154.
-GG-Compound # 152 NH HCI
v O~ CH30 ~ ~ OCH3 Me ~ NHz NH2 1)Na2C~ I / NH HN
2) Prep RP-HPLC NH NH
Sodium carbonate (1.50 g) was loaded into a dry 25 mL round bottom flask. The 1,7-diaminoheptane (1 mmol, 159 mg) was added, followed by the ethyl 4-methoxybenzimidate hydrochloride (550 mg, 2.50 mmol) and finally the ethanol (10 mL). The mixture was stirred vigorously at room temperature for a day, and then solids were removed by filtration. The solids were washed with methanol (20 mL). The filtrate was concentrated to dryness under reduced pressure. The crude product was purified by preparative RP-HPLC (Vydac C18, 215 nm, 50 mL/min, 0 % to 90 % MeCN in H20 containing 0.1 % TFA) and lyophilized to give the title compound as a white solid (249.3 mg, 0.382 mmol, 38 % yield).
Cozzz»ouyzd # 153 NH HCI C
H2N~~NHz Me ~ + H
1)Na2C03, EtOH
2) Prep RP-HPLC
Sodium carbonate (1.45 g) was loaded into a dry ~25 mL round bottom flask. The diethylenetriamine (1 mmol, 0.090 mL) was added, followed by the ethyl 4-methoxybenzimidate hydrochloride (430 mg, 2.0 mmol) and finally the ethanol (10 mL). The mixture was stirred vigorously at room temperature for a day, and then solids were removed by filtration. The solids were washed with methanol (20 mL). The filtrate was concentrated to dryness under reduced pressure. The crude product was purified by preparative RP-HPLC (Vydac C18, 215 nm, 50 mLlmin, 0 % to 90 % MeCN in H20 containing 0.1 % TFA) and lyophilized to give the title compound as a white solid (177.4 mg, 0.306 mmol, 31 % yield).
Compound # 154 NH HCI HCI NH NH HCI
O~ N"N
~ + Hz~NH2 -~ / I
Me0' J 1 ) Na2C03, EtOH ~ ~ H H
2) Prep RP-HPLC Me0 OMe 2) HCi~aq,~, acetone Sodium carbonate (1.45 g) was loaded into a dry 25 mL round bottom flask. The 1,5-diaminopentane (0.84 mmol, 0.10 mL) was added, followed by the ethyl 4-methoxybenzimidate hydrochloride (400 mg, 2.23 mmol) and finally the ethanol (10 mL). The mixture was stirred vigorously at room temperature for a day, and then solids were removed by filtration. The solids were washed with methanol (20 mL). The filtrate was concentrated to dryness under reduced pressure. The crude product was purified by preparative RP-HPLC (Vydac C18, 215 nm, 50 mL/min, 0 % to 90 % MeCN in HZO containing 0.1 % TFA). It still contained traces of impurities after two purifications by preparative HPLC. The Product was recrystallized from 0.5 mL of 2 N HCl in acetone (4.5 mL). The crystals slowly formed at -20 °C. The crystals were collected by filtration, rinsed with acetone and dried in vacuo. The title compound was obtained as a white solid (37.6 mg, 0.085 mmol, 10 % yield).
Compound # 1 SS
CN
CI HZN~~NHz NC ~ H 1) ESN, DMF, 0 °C to r.t. O O
2) Water / ~~
NC ~ I H H ~ I CN
Step 1: To a cold solution (0 °C) of diethylenetriamine (0.110 mL, 1.0 mmol) and triethylamine (0.41 mL, 3.0 mmol) in DMF (5.5 mL) was added 4-cyanobenzoyl chloride (365 mg, 2.2 mmol). The mixture was stirred overnight for 4 hours, and then diluted with water (40 mL). The aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate (4 x 25 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with water (2 x 10 mL), brine (1 x 15 mL) then dried over magnesium sulfate. The solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure and the residue was dried in-vacuo to give the compound as a tan solid (296.7 mg, O.G05 mmol, 61 % yield).
\ CN
O O ~ ~ O
1) HCI, EtOH
NG \ \ CN 2) ~NH4)zC03, EtOH
3) Prep. RP-HPLC ~N~
Step 2: A suspension of the crude tris-nitrite (296.7 mg, 0.605 rnmol) in a mixture of absolute ethanol (10 mL) and 1,4-dioxane (5 mL), was cooled to 0 °C, saturated with dry HCI, and the resulting mixture was stirred for one day at room temperature. The volume of the solution was reduced to about 4 mL and ether was added. The crude amidate was collected by filtration and dried ifz vacuo. A mixture of the solid and ammonium carbonate (1.20 g, 12.0 mmol) in ethanol (10 mL) was stirred overnight at room temperature. The mixture was filtered, then the filtrate was concentrated to dryness. The crude product was purified by preparative RP-HPLC (Vydac C18, 215 nm, 50 mL/min, 0 % to 90 % MeCN in H20 containing 0.1 %
TFA). A
white solid formed upon concentration of the preparative HPLC fractions. The solid was collected by filtration and dried in vacuo. The title compound was obtained as a white solid (129.1 mg, 0.146 mmol, 24 % yield).
Compouh.d #156 o-~cH2)s- cF3co2 ~ o-~cH~s-o N
o \ I \ ~ No ~I \ I \
2 2 1) H2, Pt02, EtOH, EtOAc ~~ ~N~
2) 1,4-dioxane, NMM H 1 CF CO H
H a 2 C~- ,_ NH ~Br The 1,5-bis(4-nitrophenoxy)pentane (176 mg, 0.508 mmol) was reduced under HZ
(55 psi) with platinum (IV) oxide (14 mg) in a mixture of ethanol (3 mL) and ethyl acetate (3 mL) for 4 hours. The mixture was filtered over Celite and the pad was washed with methanol (5 rnL}. The filtrate was concentrated to dryness under reduced pressure and the residue was dried ifz vacuo for 30 minutes. The residue was then dissolved in a mixture of 1,4-dioxane (5 mL) and dichloromethane (1.5 mL). N-Methylmorpholine (0.13 mL, 1.13 mmol) was added, followed by the 1-(4,5-dihydro-1H-imidazol-2-yl)-3,5-dimethyl-1H-pyrazole hydrobromide (270 mg, 1.08 mmol). The suspension was stirred for a day at room temperature.
Dichloromethane was evaporated and the mixture was heated by an oil bath at 60 °C for 2 days.
The reaction was monitored by mass spectrometry. The solids were removed by filtration and the filtrate was acidified with 2 N HCl (2 mL) then concentrated to dryness under reduced pressure. The crude product was purified by preparative RP-HPLC (Vydac C18, 215 nm, 50 mL/min, 0 % to 90 % MeCN in H20 containing 0.1 % TFA). The title compound was isolated as an oil (25.1 mg, 0.043 mmol, 8.5 % yield).
Cof~zpourzd # 158 o~ ~o SCI O~ i0 O~ i0 + H2N-(CH2)s-NHa -~ \ SAN-(CH2)s'N~S
NC ~ 1 ) Et3N, DMF I ~ / H H ~
0 °C to r.t. NC CN
2) Water Step 1: To a cold solution (0 °C) of 1,9-diaminononane (480 mg, 3.0 mmol) and triethylamine (2.05 mL, 14.5 mmol) in DMF (9.0 mL) was added 4-cyanobenzenesulfonyl chloride (1.25 g, 6.3 mmol). The mixture was stirred overnight for 4 hours, and then diluted with water (40 mL). The beige solid that precipitated was collected by filtration and dried in vacuo, giving the corresponding sulfonamide (1.28 g, 2.62 mmol, 87 % yield).
o~ ~o o~ ~o o~ ~o o ~o SAN-(CH~9 r>'S a ~ ~N-~cH~s-L~S s NC I ~ H H ~ I CN t) HCI, EtOH HZ I / H H ~ I NHZ
2) NHdOA°, EtOH
3) Prep. RP-HPLC NH CF3COZH CF3COZH NH
Step 2: A suspension of 1,9-bis(4-cyanobenzesulfonamidoamido)nonane (318 mg, 0.651 mmol), in a mixture of absolute ethanol (10.0 mL) and 1,4-dioxane (4.0 mL), was cooled to 0 °C, saturated with dry HCI, and the resulting mixture was stirred 24 hours at room temperature. The solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure. A tan solid was obtained. A
mixture of the solid and ammonium acetate (1.05 g, 13.6 mmol) in ethanol (10 mL) was stirred 24 hours at room temperature. The mixture had turned to a gel. Addition of methanol (10 mL) produced a solution.
The addition of concentrated HCl (1.5 mL) precipitated some of the ammonium chloride. The mixture was filtered, then filtrate was concentrated to dryness and dried ifz vacuo. The crude product was purified by preparative RP-HPLC (Vydac C18, 215 nm, 50 mL/min, 0 %
to 90 %
MeCN in H20 containing 0.1 % TFA) and lyophilized to give the title compound as a white solid (205.2 mg, 0.273 mmol, 42 % yield).
Compound # 159 NC I NC CN
I + H2 NHz I I I
Et3N ~ H H
DMF
Step 1: To a cold solution (0 °C) of 1,5-diaminopentane (0.35 mL, 3 mmol) and triethylamine (0.49 mL, 3.5 mmol) in DMF (6 mL) was added 3-cyanobenzoyl chloride (550 mg, 3.3 mmol). The mixture was stirred overnight at room temperature, and then diluted with water (40 mL). The beige solid that precipitated was collected by filtration and dried in vacuo, giving the corresponding amide, 500 mg, 1.39 mmol, 90 % yield.
O O
NC / ~ N I / ~ CN
H C2i H2oN402 F ~ 1 ) HCI, EtOH
360.42 2) (NH4)2C03, EtOH
360.158626 3) Preparative HPLC
NH O O NH
H2 ~~ ~ I I ~ ~ ~NH2 H H
C25H28F6N6~6 622.52 622.197452 Step 2: A suspension of 1,5-bis-(3-cyanobenzamido)pentane (480 mg, 1.33 mmol), in a mixture of absolute ethanol (lOmL) and 1,4-dioxane (10 mL), was cooled to 0 °C, saturated with dry HCI, and the resulting mixture was stirred for a days at room temperature.
The solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure. A brownish solid was obtained. A mixture of the solid and ammonium carbonate (2.55 g, 20 mmol) and 4A molecular sieves (175 mg) in ethanol (20 mL) was stirred overnight at room temperature. Then, the mixture was filtered, the solids were rinsed with methanol (2 x 10 mL). TFA (1.5 mL) was added and the filtrate was concentrated to dryness. The crude product was purified by preparative RP-HPLC (Vydac C18, 215 nm, 50 mL/min, 0 % to 90 % MeCN in H20 containing 0.1 % TFA) and lyophilized to give the title compound as a white solid, 180.2 mg, 0.289 mmol, 25 % yield.
Compound # 160 O O H I \ CN
/ /
/ CI + Ha NC \ I ~NHz Et3N NC \ H O
DMF
Step l: To a cold solution (0 °C) of 1,4-diaminobutane (0.3 mL, 3 mmol) and triethylamine (0.49 mL, 3.5 mmol) in DMF (9 mL) was added 4-cyanobenzoyl chloride (550 mg, 3.3 mmol). The mixture was stirred overnight at room temperature, and then diluted with water (20 mL). The beige solid that precipitated was collected by filtration and dried in vacuo, giving the corresponding amide, 0.48 g, 1.39 mmol, 90 % yield.
O H ~ ~ CN
N
1) HCI, EtOH
H O 2) (NH4)2C03, EtOH
NC ~ 3) Preparative HPLC
Step 2: A suspension of 1,4-bis-(4-cyanobenzamido)butane (460 mg, 1.33 mmol), in a mixture of absolute ethanol (lOmL) and 1,4-dioxane (10 mL), was cooled to 0 °C, saturated with dry HCI, and the resulting mixture was stirred for a week at room temperature with 3 saturation with HCI.. The solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure. A brownish solid was obtained.
A mixture of the solid and ammonium carbonate (2.55 g, 20 mmol) and 4~
molecular sieves (175 mg) in ethanol (20 mL) was stirred overnight at room temperature. Then, the mixture was concentrated to dryness. The crude product was re-suspended in water and the suspension centrifuged. The supernatant was purified by preparative RP-HPLC (Vydac C18, 215 nm, 50 mL/min, 0 % to 90 % MeCN in H20 containing 0.1 % TFA) and lyophilized to give the title compound as a white solid, 191 mg, 0.307 mmol, 23 % yield.
Generally, the syndromes are attributable to point mutations in the precursor protein leading to production of variant amyloidogenic peptides or proteins. Table 1 summarizes the fibril composition of exemplary forms of these disorders.
Table 1 Fibril Composition of Exemplary Amyloid-Related Diseases Fibril Genetic ~ Clinical Peptide/Protein Variant Syndrome Transthyretin and Met30, many Familial amyloid polyneuropathy fragments others (FAP), (Mainly peripheral (ATTR) nerves) Transthyretin and Thr45, A1a60, Cardiac involvement predominant fragments Ser84, Met111, without neuropathy (ATTR) I1e122 N-terminal fragment Arg26 Familial am loid of y polyneuropathy Apolipoprotein A1 (FAP), (mainly peripheral (apoAI) nerves) N-terminal fragment Arg26, Arg50, Ostertag-type, non-neuropathic of Apoliproprotein A1 Arg 60, others (predominantly visceral (AapoAI) involvement) Lysozyme (Alys) Thr56, His67 Ostertag-type, non-neuropathic (predominantly visceral involvement) Fibrogen ~/ chain Leu554, Val Cranial neuropathy with fragment 526 lattic corneal dystrophy Gelsolin fragment Asn187, Tyr187 Cranial neuropathy with (Agel) lattice corneal dystrophy Cystatin C fragment G1u68 Hereditary cerebral hemorrhage ' (cerebral amyloid angiopathy) -Icelandic type ~3-amyloid protein G1n693 Hereditary cerebral hemorrhage (A(3) derived from Amyloid (cerebral amyloid angiopathy) -Precursor Protein Dutch type (APP) (3-amyloid protein I1e717, Phe717,Familial Alzheimer's Disease (A(3) derived from Amyloid G1y717 Precursor Protein (APP) (3-amyloid protein Asn670, Leu671 Familial Dementia - probabl (A(3) Y
derived from Amyloid Alzheimer's Disease Precursor Protein (APP) -7_ Table 1, continued Fibril Genetic Clinical Peptide/Protein Variant Syndrome Prion Protein (PrP) Leu102, Va1167,Familial Creutzfeldt-Jakob derived from Prp Asn178, Lys200 disease;
precursor protein Gerstmann-Straussler-Scheinker 51-91 insert syndrome (hereditary spongiform encephalopathies, prion diseases) AA derived from Serum Familial Mediterranean fever, amyloid A protein predominant renal involvement (ApoSAA) (autosomal recessive) AA derived from Serum Muckle-Well's syndrome, amyloid A protein nephropathy, deafness, (ApoSAA) urticaria, limb pain Unknown Cardiomyopathy with persistent atrial standstill Unknown Cutaneous deposits (bullous, papular, pustulodermal) Lava aenvea from nan ~ z , repys mus. Amyozaosis. ttzstopatzzotogy, GJ(J J, 4U3-414 (1VOV 1'J'J4).
The data provided in Table 1 are exemplary and are not intended to limit the scope of the invention. For example, more than 40 separate point mutations in the transthyretin gene have been described, all of which give rise to clinically similar forms of familial amyloid polyneuropathy.
Transthyretin (TTR) is a 14 kiloDalton protein that is also sometimes referred to as prealbumin. It is produced by the liver and choroid plexus, and it functions in transporting thyroid hormones and vitamin A. At least 50 variant forms of the protein, each characterized by a single amino acid change, are responsible for various forms of familial amyloid polyneuropathy. For example, substitution of proline for leucine at position 55 results in a particularly progressive form of neuropathy; substitution of methionine for leucine at position 111 resulted in a severe cardiopathy in Danish patients.
Amyloid deposits isolated from heart tissue of patients with systemic amyloidosis have revealed that the deposits are composed of a heterogeneous mixture of TTR and fragments thereof, collectively referred to as ATTR, the full length sequences of which have been characterized. ATTR fibril components can be extracted from such plaques and their structure and sequence determined according to the methods known in the art (e.g., Gustavsson, A., et al., Laboratory Invest. 73: 703-708, 1995; Kametani, F., et al., Biochem. Biophys.
Res. Commun.
125: G22-628, 1984; Pras, M., et al., PNAS 80: 539-42, 1983).
_g_ Persons having point mutations in the molecule apolipoprotein A1 (e.g., Gly-~Arg26;
Trp~Arg50; Leu--~Arg60) exhibit a form of amyloidosis ("Ostertag type") characterized by deposits of the protein apolipoprotein AI or fragments thereof (AApoAI). These patients have low levels of high density lipoprotein (HDL) and present with a peripheral neuropathy or renal failure.
A mutation in the alpha chain of the enzyme lysozyme (e.g., Ile-~Thr56 or Asp-~His57) is the basis of another form of Ostertag-type non-neuropathic hereditary amyloid reported in English families. Here, fibrils of the mutant lysozyme protein (Alys) are deposited, and patients generally exhibit impaired renal function. This protein, unlike most of the fibril-forming proteins described herein, is usually present in whole (unfragmented) form (Benson, M.D., et al. CIBA
Fdn. Symp. 199: 104-131, 1996).
Amyloid-(3 peptide ("A[3") is a 39-43 amino acid peptide derived by proteolysis from a large protein known as Beta Amyloid Precursor protein ("(3APP"). Mutations in (3APP result in familial forms of Alzheimer's disease, Down's syndrome or senile dementia, characterized by cerebral deposition of plaques composed of A(3 fibrils and other components, which are described in further detail below. Known mutations in APP associated with Alzheimer's disease occur proximate to the cleavage sites of ~3 or gamma-secretase, or within A(3.
For example, position 717 is proximate to the site of gamma-secretase cleavage of APP in its processing to A[3, and positions 670/671 are proximate to the site of (3-secretase cleavage.
Mutations at any of these residues may result in Alzheimer's disease, presumably by causing an increase in the amount of the 42/43 amino acid form of A(3 generated from APP. The structure and sequence of A(3 peptides of various lengths are well known in the art. Such peptides can be made according to methods known in the art, or extracted from the brain according to known methods (e.g., Glenner and Wong, Biochem Bioplays. Res. Comm. 129: 885-890, 1984; Glenner and Wong, Biochem Biophys. Res. Comm. 122: 113 1-1135, 1984). In addition, various forms of the peptides are commercially available.
As used herein, the term "(3 amyloid" or "amyloid-(3" refer to amyloid (3 proteins or peptides, amyloid (3 precursor proteins or peptides, intermediates, and modifications and fragments thereof, unless otherwise specifically indicated. In particular, "A~3" refers to any peptide produced by proteolytic processing of the APP gene product, especially peptides which are associated with amyloid pathologies, including A(31_3~, A(3mo, A(31-41, Aal-a2, and A(31_43. For convenience of nomenclature, "A(31~2" may be referred to herein as "A(3(1-42) or simply as "A(342" or "A(342" (and likewise for any other amyloid peptides discussed herein). As used herein, the terms "(3 amyloid," "amyloid-(3," and "A(3" are synonymous. Unless otherwise specified, the term "amyloid" refers to amyloidogenic proteins, peptides, or fragments thereof which can be soluble (e.g., monomeric or oligomeric) or insoluble (e.g., having fibrillary structure or in amyloid plaque). See, e.g., MP Lambert, et al., Proc. Nat'l Acad. Sci. USA 95, 6448-53 (1998).
According to certain aspects of the invention, amyloid-(3 is a peptide having amino-acids, or amyloid-(3 is an amyloidogenic peptide produced from aAPP. The amyloid-(3 diseases that are the subject of the present invention include age-related cognitive decline, early Alzheimer's disease as seen in Mild Cognitive Impairment ("MCI"), vascular dementia, or Alzheimer's disease ("AD"), which may be sporadic (non-hereditary) Alzheimer's disease or familial (hereditary) Alzheimer's disease. The amyloid-(3 disease may also be cerebral amyloid angiopathy ("CAA") or hereditary cerebral hemorrhage. The amyloid-(3 disease may be senile dementia, Down's syndrome, inclusion body myositis ("IBM"), or age-related macular degeneration ("ARMD") Gelsolin is a calcium binding protein that binds to fragments and actin filaments.
Mutations at position 187 (e.g., Asp~Asn; Asp~Tyr) of the protein result in a form of hereditary systemic amyloidosis, usually found in patients from Finland, as well as persons of Dutch or Japanese origin. In afflicted individuals, fibrils formed from gelsolin fragments (Agel), usually consist of amino acids 173-243 (68 kDa carboxyterminal fragment) and are deposited in blood vessels and basement membranes, resulting in corneal dystrophy and cranial neuropathy which progresses to peripheral neuropathy, dystrophic skin changes and deposition in other organs. (Kangas, H., et al., Human Mol. Genet. 5(9): 1237-1243, 1996).
Other mutated proteins, such as mutant alpha chain of fibrinogen (AfibA) and mutant cystatin C (Acys) also form fibrils and produce characteristic hereditary disorders. AfibA fibrils form deposits characteristic of a nonneuropathic hereditary amyloid with renal disease; Acys deposits are characteristic of a hereditary cerebral amyloid angiopathy reported in Iceland (Isselbacher, Harrison's Principles of Internal Medicine, McGraw-Hill, San Francisco, 1995;
Benson, et al.). In at least some cases, patients with cerebral amyloid angiopathy (CAA) have been shown to have amyloid fibrils containing a non-mutant form of cystatin C
in conjunction with amyloid beta protein (Nagai, A., et al., Molec. Chem. Neuropatl2ol. 33:
63-78, 1998).
Certain forms of prion disease are now considered to be heritable, accounting for up to 15% of cases, which were previously thought to be predominantly infectious in nature. (Baldwin, et al., in Research Advances in Alzheimer's Disease arid Related Disorders, John Wiley and Sons, New York, 1995). In such prion disorders, patients develop plaques composed of abnormal isoforms of the normal prion protein (PrPs°).
A predominant mutant isoform, PrPs°, also referred to as AScr, differs from the normal cellular protein in its resistance to protease degradation, insolubility after detergent extraction, deposition in secondary lysosomes, post-translational synthesis, and high (3-pleated sheet content. Genetic linkage has been established for at least five mutations resulting in Creutzfeldt-Jacob disease (CJD), Gerstmann-Straussler-Scheinker syndrome (GSS), and fatal familial insomnia (FFI). (Baldwin, supra) Methods for extracting fibril peptides from scrapie fibrils, determining sequences and making such peptides are known in the art (e.g., Beekes, M., et al., J. Gen. Virol. 76: 2567-76, 1995).
For example, one form of GSS has been linked to a PrP mutation at codon 102, while telencephalic GSS segregates with a mutation at codon 117. Mutations at codons 198 and 217 result in a form of GSS in which neuritic plaques characteristic of Alzheimer's disease contain PrP instead of A(3 peptide. Certain forms of familial CJD have been associated with mutations at codons 200 and 210; mutations at codons 129 and 178 have been found in both familial CJD and FFI. (Baldwin, supra).
Senile Syste»aic Amyloidosis Amyloid deposition, either systemic or focal, increases with age. For example, fibrils of wild type transthyretin (TTR) are commonly found in the heart tissue of elderly individuals.
These may be asymptomatic, clinically silent, or may result in heart failure.
Asymptomatic fibrillar focal deposits may also occur in the brain (A(3), corpora amylacea of the prostate (A[32 microglobulin), joints and seminal vesicles.
Cerebral Amyloidosis Local deposition of amyloid is common in the brain, particularly in elderly individuals.
The most frequent type of amyloid in the brain is composed primarily of A(3 peptide fibrils, resulting in dementia or sporadic (non-hereditary) Alzheimer's disease. In fact, the incidence of sporadic Alzheimer's disease greatly exceeds forms shown to be hereditary.
Fibril peptides forming these plaques are very similar to those described above, with reference to hereditary forms of Alzheimer's disease ("AD") Cerebral amyloid angiopathy ("CAA") refers to the specific deposition of amyloid fibrils in the walls of leptomingeal and cortical arteries, arterioles and in capillaries and veins. It is commonly associated with Alzheimer's disease, Down's syndrome and normal aging, as well as with a variety of familial conditions related to stroke or dementia (see Frangione et al., Amyloid:
J. Protein Folding Disord. 8, Suppl. 1, 36-42 (2001)). CAA can occur sporadically or be hereditary. Multiple mutation sites in either A(3 or the APP gene have been identified and are clinically associated with either dementia or cerebral hemorrhage. Exemplary CAA disorders include, but are not limited to, hereditary cerebral hemorrhage with amyloidosis of Icelandic type (HCHWA-I); the Dutch variant of HCHWA (HCHWA-D; a mutation in A(3); the Flemish mutation of A(3; the Arctic mutation of A(3; the Italian mutation of A(3; the Iowa mutation of A(3;
familial British dementia; and familial Danish dementia.
Dialysis-Related Amyloadosis Plaques composed of /32 microglobulin (A(32M) fibrils commonly develop in patients receiving long term hemodialysis or peritoneal dialysis. /32 microglobulin is a 11.8 kiloDalton polypeptide and is the light chain of Class I MHC antigens, which are present on all nucleated cells. Under normal circumstances, it is continuously shed from cell membranes and is normally filtered by the kidney. Failure of clearance, such as in the case of impaired renal function, leads to deposition in the carpal tunnel and other sites (primarily in collagen-rich tissues of the joints).
Unlike other fibril proteins, A(32M molecules are generally present in unfragmented form in the fibrils. (Benson, supra).
Islet Amyloid Polypeptide azzd Diabetes Islet hyalinosis (amyloid deposition) was first described over a century ago as the presence of fibrous protein aggregates in the pancreas of patients with severe hyperglycemia .
(Opie, EL., JExp. Med. 5: 397-428, 1990). Today, islet amyloid, composed predominantly of islet amyloid polypeptide (IAPP), or amylin, is a characteristic histopathological marker in over 90% of all cases of type II diabetes (also known as Non-Insulin Dependent Diabetes, or N117DM). These fibrillar accumulations result from the aggregation of the islet amyloid polypeptide (IAPP) or amylin, which is a 37 amino acid peptide, derived from a larger precursor peptide, called pro-IAPP.
IAPP co-localizes and is co-secreted with insulin in response to (3-cell secretagogues.
This pathological feature is not associated with insulin-dependent (type I) diabetes and is a unifying characteristic for the heterogeneous clinical phenotypes diagnosed as NIDDM (type II
diabetes).
Longitudinal studies in cats and immunocytochemical investigations in monkeys have shown that a progressive increase in islet amyloid is associated with a dramatic decrease in the population of insulin-secreting (3-cells and increased severity of the disease. More recently, transgenic studies have strengthened the relationship between IAPP plaque formation and (3-cell dysfunction, indicating that amyloid deposition is a principal factor in Type-II diabetes.
IAPP has also been shown to induce (3-islet cell toxicity in vitro, indicating that appearance of IAPP fibrils in the pancreas of type II or type I diabetic patients (post-transplantation) could contribute to the loss of the (3 islet cells (Langerhans) and organ dysfunction. In patients with Type-II diabetes, the accumulation of pancreatic IAPP leads to a buildup of IAPP-amyloid as insoluble fibrous deposits which eventually replace the insulin-producing (3 cells of the islet resulting in (3 cell depletion and failure (Westermark, P., Grimelius, L., Acta Path. Microbiol. Scand., sect. A. 81: 291-300, 1973; de Koning, EJP., et al., Diabetologia 36: 378-384, 1993; and Lorenzo, A., et al., Nature 368: 756-760, 1994).
Diseases caused by the death or malfunctioning of a particular type or types of cells can be treated by transplanting into the patient healthy cells of the relevant type of cell. This approach has been used for type I diabetes patients. Often pancreatic islet cells are cultured in vitro prior to transplantation to increase their numbers, to allow them to recover after the isolation procedure or to reduce their immunogenicity. However, in many instances islet cell transplantation is unsuccessful, due to death of the transplanted cells. One reason for this poor success rate is LAPP, which can form fibrils and become toxic to the cells in vitro. In addition, IAPP fibrils are likely to continue to grow after the cells are transplanted and cause death or dysfunction of the cells. This may occur even when the cells are from a healthy donor and the patient receiving the transplant does not have a disease that is characterized by the presence of fibrils. For example, compounds of the present invention may also~be used in preparing tissues or cells for transplantation according to the methods described in International Patent Application (PCT) number WO 01/03,680.
Hormone-Derived Amyloidoses Endocrine organs may harbor amyloid deposits, particularly in aged individuals.
Hormone-secreting tumors may also contain hormone-derived amyloid plaques, the fibrils of which are made up of polypeptide hormones such as calcitonin (medullary carcinoma of the thyroid), islet amyloid polypeptide (amylin; occurring in most patients with type II diabetes), and atrial natriuretic peptide (isolated atrial amyloidosis). Sequences and structures of these proteins are well known in the art.
Miscellaneous Anayloidoses There are a variety of other forms of amyloid disease that are normally manifest as localized deposits of amyloid. In general, these diseases are probably the result of the localized production or lack of catabolism of specific fibril precursors or a predisposition of a particular tissue (such as the joint) for fibril deposition. Examples of such idiopathic deposition include nodular AL amyloid, cutaneous amyloid, endocrine amyloid, and tumor-related amyloid.
The compounds of the invention may be administered therapeutically or prophylactically to treat diseases associated with amyloid-(3 fibril formation, aggregation or deposition. The compounds of the invention may act to ameliorate the course of an amyloid-(3 related disease using any of the following mechanisms (this list is meant to be illustrative and not limiting):
slowing the rate of amyloid-(3 fibril formation or deposition; lessening the degree of amyloid-(3 deposition; inhibiting, reducing, or preventing amyloid-(3 fibril formation;
inhibiting neurodegeneration or cellular toxicity induced by amyloid-(3; inhibiting amyloid-(3 induced inflammation; or enhancing the clearance of amyloid-(3 from the brain.
Compounds of the invention may be effective in controlling amyloid-(3 deposition either following their entry into the brain (following penetration of the blood brain barrier) or from the periphery. When acting from the periphery, a compound may alter the equilibrium of A[3 between the brain and the plasma so as to favor the exit of A(3 from the brain. An increase in the exit of A~3 from the brain would result in a decrease in A(3 brain concentration and therefore favor a decrease in A(3 deposition. Alternatively, compounds that penetrate the brain could control deposition by acting directly on brain A(3, e.g., by maintaining it in a non-fibrillar form or favoring its clearance from the brain.
In an embodiment, the method is used to treat Alzheimer's disease (e.g., sporadic or familial AD). The method can also be used prophylactically or therapeutically to treat other clinical occurrences of amyloid-(3 deposition, such as in Down's syndrome individuals, patients with Mild Cognitive Impairment, patients with cerebral amyloid angiopathy ("CAA"), or hereditary cerebral hemorrhage.
Additionally, abnormal accumulation of APP and of amyloid-[3 protein in muscle fibers has been implicated in the pathology of sporadic inclusion body myositis (IBM) (Askanas, V., et al. (199G) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 93: 1314-1319; Askanas, V. et al. (1995) Current Opifaiora in Rheumatology 7: 48G-49G). Accordingly, the compounds of the invention can be used prophylactically or therapeutically in the treatment of disorders in which amyloid-beta protein is abnormally deposited at non-neurological locations, such as treatment of IBM
by delivery of the compounds to muscle fibers.
Additionally, it has been shown that A(3 is associated with abnormal extracellular deposits, known as drusen, that accumulate along the basal surface of the retinal pigmented epithelium in individuals with age-related macular degeneration ("AMD"). AMD
is a cause of irreversible vision loss in older individuals. It is believed that A(3 deposition could be an important component of the local inflammatory events that contribute to atrophy of the retinal pigmented epithelium, drusen biogenesis, and the pathogenesis of AMD (Johnson, et al., Proc.
Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 99(18), 11830-5 (2002)).
The present invention therefore relates to the use of amidine compounds in the prevention or treatment of amyloid-related diseases, including, ifater- alia, Alzheimer's disease, Mild Cognitive Impairment, cerebral amyloid angiopathy, inclusion body myositis, Down's syndrome, and type II diabetes.
In one embodiment, compounds of the invention have at least two amidine moieties (for example, arylamidines or benzamidines).
In one particular embodiment, the present invention relates to the novel use of amidine compounds in the prevention or treatment of amyloid-related diseases, such as those disclosed in U.S. Patent Nos. 5,428,051, 4,963,589, 5,202,320, 5,935,982, 5,521,189, 5,686,456, 5,627,184, 5,622,955, 5,606,058, 5,668,167, 5,667,975, 6,025,398, 6,214,883, 5,817,687, 5,792,782, 5,939,440, 6,017,941, 5,972,969, 6,046,226, 6,294,565 (B1), 6,156,779, 6,326,395, 6,008,247, 6,127,554, 6,172,104, 4,940,723, 5,594,138, 5,602,172, 5,206,236, 5,843,980, 4,933,347, 5,668,166, 5,817,686, 5,723,495, 4,619,942, 5,792,782, 5,639,755, 5,643,935, and 5,578,631, each of which are hereby incorporated herein by reference in their entirety.
Additional synthesis protocols may be found in PCT Patent Application Publication No. WO
20031017,994. Still further additional examples and synthesis protocols may be found in U.S.
Patent Application Publication No. 2002/0161043, incorporated herein by reference.
In another embodiment, the invention relates to a method of treating or preventing an amyloid-related disease in a subject (for example, a human) comprising administering to the subject a therapeutic amount of a compound according to the following Formula, such that amyloid.fibril formation or deposition, neurodegeneration, or cellular toxicity is reduced or inhibited. In another embodiment, the invention relates to a method of treating or preventing an amyloid-related disease in a subject (for example, a human) comprising administering to the subject a therapeutic amount of a compound according to the following Formula, such that cognitive function is stabilized or further deterioration in cognitive function is prevented, slowed, or stopped in patients with brain amyloidosis, e.g., Alzheimer's disease or cerebral amyloid angiopathy:
Ra1-N N-Ra2 ~~--Y1 A Y2--~~
Rb1-N N-Rb2 ~Ro1 Rc2 m q (Formula X) wherein each of Ral, Rbl, R~i, Ra2, Rb2~ and R°2 is independently a hydrogen, a Z group, or Ral and Rbl or Ra2 and Rb2 are both taken together along with the nitrogen atoms to which they are bound to form a ring structure;
each of Yl and Y2 is independently a direct bond or a linking moiety;
m and q are each independently an integer selected from zero to five inclusive, such that 1_<m+q<_5, or in another embodiment, 2<m+q<_5, or in another embodiment 1<_m+q<_10, or in another embodiment, 2<m+q<_10; and A is a carrier moiety selected from substituted or unsubstituted aliphatic and aromatic groups, and combinations thereof; for example, such that the Yl and YZ
moieties are bonded to an aromatic group.
The A group may be a divalent group (i.e., m+q=2) such as an alkylene group (i.e., -(CHZ)k- and substituted analogs thereof (including groups in which a -CHZ-moiety is substituted by an oxygen atom), where k is 1 to 12 (for example, 6 to 9, or 7 to 9), an alkenylene group (for example, 2 to 12 carbon atoms, or 6 to 9 carbon atoms, including groups with more than one double bond), an alkynylene group (for example, ably 2 to 12 carbon atoms, or 6 to 9 carbon atoms, including groups with more than one triple bond), an alkoxyalkylene group, an alkylaminoalkylene group, a thioalkoxyalkylene group, an arylenedialkylene group, a heteroarylenedialkylene group, an arylene group, a heteroarylene group, an oligoethereal group such as an oligo(alkyleneoxide) group, or an arylene-di(oligoalkyleneoxide) group, each of which may be substituted (with a Z group as defined below, e.g., a hydroxyalkylene group) or unsubstituted.
The A group also includes the corresponding moieties of the Formulae I - IV
herein as well as those moieties exemplified in by the compounds (and amyloid-targeting moieties) herein, including the groups in Table 2.
In some exemplary aspects of the invention, the invention relates to a method of treating or preventing an amyloid-related disease in a subject (for example, a human) comprising administering to the subject a therapeutic amount of a compound according to one of the following Formulae, such that amyloid fibril formation or deposition, neurodegeneration, or cellular toxicity is reduced or inhibited. In another embodiment, the invention relates to a method of treating or preventing an amyloid-related disease in a subject (for example, a human) comprising administering to the subject a therapeutic amount of a compound according to one of the following Formulae, such that cognitive function is stabilized or further deterioration in cognitive function is prevented, slowed, or stopped in patients with brain amyloidosis, e.g., Alzheimer's disease or cerebral amyloid angiopathy:
~Rl~n Ra1-N
Rb1- ~Y ~ ~ X~,M, ~Ro1 m q (Formula 1) Ra1-N
\/ Y1 Rbi-N ~ ~ ~X1_R1~
~R~1 ~ n m (Formula II) Ra1 Rb1\ b2 f 1,M~X2 (Formula 111) Ra1 Rb1\ Rb2 N
I
R
q ~ , h.
(Formula IV) Ra, ,Rb1\r ~b2 v F
q (Formula IVb) * Rci Rc2 N~Ra1 N~Ra2 (Formula V) wherein each of Ral, Rby R~l, Raz, Rb2~ and R°2 is independently a hydrogen, a Z group, or Ral and Rbl or Ra2 and Rb2 are both taken together along with the nitrogen atoms to which they are bound to form a ring structure; , each of Yl and YZ is independently a direct bond or a joining moiety;
A is a carrier moiety selected from substituted or unsubstituted aliphatic and aromatic groups, and combinations thereof; for example, such that the Yl and YZ
moieties are bonded to an aromatic group; -each of Rl and Rz is independently a hydrogen or a Z group, or two adjacent or proximate Rl and RZ groups, along with the corresponding Xl and XZ groups, if present (e.g., in Formula II), taken together with the ring (e.g., phenyl ring) to which they are bound form a fused ring structure, e.g., an aromatic or heteroaromatic (e.g., benzofuran) structure, or a cycloalkyl or heterocylic structure;
each of R3 and R4 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted straight or branched alkyl (for example, Cl-CS), cycloalkyl (for example, C3-C8), carbocyclic, aryl (e.g., phenyl), heterocyclic, and heteroaryl;
each of Rl* and R2* is independently selected from the group consisting of substituted or unsubstituted straight or branched alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclic, aryl (including phenyl), and heteroaryl;
-1&-each of Xl and XZ is independently a direct bond, or an oxygen, a NR' group (where R' is hydrogen (i.e., NH), a C1-CS alkyl, CZ-CS alkenyl, CZ-CS alkynyl, or aryl group), a sulfonamide group (i.e., NHSOZ or SO~NH), a carbonyl, amide (i.e., NHCO or CONH), a Cl-CS alkylene group (e.g., -CHZ-), C2-CS alkenylene group (e.g., E
or Z
-CH=CH-), C2-C5 alkynylene group, or a sulfur atom, or combinations thereof (e.g., -OCH~-, -CH20-, E or Z -OCH=CH- or -CH=CHO-);
M is a divalent group such as an alkylene group, i.e., -(CHz)k- and substituted analogs thereof (including groups in which a -CH2- moiety is substituted by an oxygen atom), where k is 1 to 12 (for example, 5 to 10, or 6 to 9, or even 7 to 8), an alkenylene group (for example, 2 to 12 carbon atoms, or 6 to 9 carbon atoms, including groups with more than one double bond), an alkynylene group (for example, 2 to 12 carbon atoms, or 6 to 9 carbon atoms, including groups with more than one triple bond), an alkoxyalkylene group, an alkylaminoalkylene group, a thioalkoxyalkylene group, an arylenedialkylene group, an alkylenediarylene group, a heteroarylenedialkylene group, an aryl'ene group, a heteroarylene group, an oligoethereal group such as an oligo(alkyleneoxide) group, or an arylene-di(oligoalkyleneoxide) group, each of which may be substituted (with, for example, a Z group as defined herein, e.g., a hydroxyalkylene group such as -(CH2)o_6(CHOH)(CH2)o_6 ; or other such substituted moieties, e.g., -(CH2)o-s(CHZ)(CHZ)o_~-, including -(CH2)o_6(CHCOZalkyl)(CHZ)o_6-) or unsubstituted;
Z is a substituted or unsubstituted moiety selected from straight or branched alkyl (for example, Cl-CS), cycloalkyl (for example, C3-C$), alkoxy (for example, Cl-C6), thioalkyl (for example, Cl-C~), alkenyl (for example, CZ-C6), alkynyl (for example, Cz-C6), heterocyclic, carbocyclic, aryl (e.g., phenyl), aryloxy (e.g., phenoxy), aralkyl (e.g., benzyl), aryloxyalkyl (e.g., phenyloxyalkyl), arylacetamidoyl, alkylaryl, heteroaralkyl, alkylcarbonyl and arylcarbonyl or other such acyl group, heteroarylcarbonyl, or heteroaryl group, (CR'R")o3NR'R" (e.g., -NHZ), (CR'R")o_3CN
(e.g., -CN), NOZ, halogen (e.g., F, Cl, Br, or I), (CR'R")o_3C(halogen)3 (e.g., -CF3), (CR'R")o_3CH(halogen)Z, (CR'R")o_3CH2(halogen), (CR'R")o_3CONR'R", (CR'R")o_3(CNH)NR'R", (CR'R")o_3S(O)1-zNR'R", (CR'R")o_3CHO, (CR~R")o-s0(CR'R")o-3H~ (CR'R")o-sS(O)o-sR' (e.g., -S03H) (CR'R")o-s0(CR'R")o-sH (e~g~, -CHzOCH3 and -OCH3), (CR'R")o-sS(CR'R")o_3H
(e.g., -SH and -SCH3), (CR'R")o_30H (e.g., -OH), (CR'R")o_3COR', (CR'R")o_3(substituted or unsubstituted phenyl), (CR'R")o_3(C3-C$ cycloalkyl), (CR'R")o_3COZR' (e.g., -C02H), or (CR'R")o_30R' group, or the side chain of any naturally occurring amino acid;
m and q are each independently an integer selected from zero to five inclusive;
in Formula I, m and q are each independently an integer selected from zero to four inclusive, and n and p are each independently an integer selected from zero to four inclusive, such that m+n<5 and p+q<_5, wherein either m or q is at least one;
for example, m and q are one;
in Formula II, m is an integer selected from one to six inclusive, and n is an integer selected from zero to five inclusive, such that m+n<_6;
in Formula III, m, n, p, and q are each independently an integer selected from zero to three inclusive, m+n<-4, p+q_<4, and m+q>_1 (for example, m=q=1);
in Formula IV and IVb, m and n are each independently an integer selected from zero to three inclusive, p and q are each independently an integer selected from zero to four inclusive, m+n<_4, p+q<_5, and m+q>-1 (for example, m=q=1);
and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
In another embodiment, Z is a substituted or unsubstituted moiety selected from straight or branched alkyl (for example, Cl-C5), cycloalkyl (for example, C3-C$), alkoxy (for example, Cl-C6), thioalkyl (for example, Cl-C~), alkenyl (for example, C2-C6), alkynyl (for example, C2-C6), heterocyclic, carbocyclic, aryl (e.g., phenyl), aryloxy (e.g., phenoxy), aralkyl (e.g., benzyl), aryloxyalkyl (e.g., phenyloxyalkyl), arylacetamidoyl, alkylaryl, heteroaralkyl, alkylcarbonyl and arylcarbonyl or other such acyl group, heteroarylcarbonyl, or heteroaryl group, (CR'R")o_IONR'R" (e.g., -NHZ), (CR'R")o_IOCN (e.g., -CN), N02, halogen (e.g., F, Cl, Br, or I), (CR'R")o_loC(halogen)3 (e.g., -CF3), (CR'R")o_IOCH(halogen)Z, (CR'R")o_loCH2(halogen), (CR'R")o-ioCONR'R", (CR'R")o-io(CNH)NR'R", (CR'R")o-ioS(O)i-aNR'R", (CR'R")o-ioCHO, (CR'R")o-io0(CR'R")o-loH~ (CR'R")o-ioS(O)o-3R' (e.g., -S03H)~ (CR'R")o-ioO(CR'R")o-ioH (e.g.~
-CH20CH3 and -OCH3), (CR'R")o_loS(CR'R")o_3H (e.g., -SH and -SCH3), (CR'R")o_IOOH (e.g., -OH), (CR'R")o_IOCOR', (CR'R")o_lo(substituted or unsubstituted phenyl), (CR'R")o_lo(C3-Ca cycloalkyl), (CR'R")o_loCO2R' (e.g., -C02H), or (CR'R")o_IOOR' group, or the side chain of any naturally occurring amino acid; wherein R' and R" are each independently hydrogen, a Cl-C5 alkyl, C2-CS alkenyl, CZ-C5 alkynyl, or aryl group, or R' and R" taken together are a benzylidene group or a -(CH2)2O(CHZ)2- group.
The chemical structures herein are drawn according to the conventional standards known in the art. Thus, where an atom, such as a carbon atom, as drawn appears to have an unsatisfied valency, then that valency is assumed to be satisfied by a hydrogen atom even though that hydrogen atom is not necessarily explicitly drawn. The structures of some of the compounds of this invention include stereogenic carbon atoms. It is to be understood that isomers arising from such asymmetry (e.g., all enantiomers and diastereomers) are included within the scope of this invention unless indicated otherwise. That is, unless otherwise stipulated, any chiral carbon center may be of either (R)- or (S)-stereochemistry. Such isomers can be obtained in substantially pure form by classical separation techniques and by stereochemically-controlled synthesis. Furthermore, alkenes can include either the E- or Z geometry, where appropriate. In addition, the compounds of the present invention may exist in unsolvated as well as solvated forms with acceptable solvents such as water, THF, ethanol, and the like. In general, the solvated forms are considered equivalent to the unsolvated forms for the purposes of the present invention. The compounds are typically synthetic and and may be isolated and purified to homogeneity.
In an alternate embodiment, the invention relates to novel compounds, and novel methods of their use as described herein, which are within the scope of the Formulae disclosed herein, and which are not disclosed in the above-referenced U.S. Patents and Patent Applications.
The groups Ral, Rbl, R°l, Ra2, Rb2~ and R~2 in the above Formulae may be a hydrogen, or a substituted or unsubstituted Cl-C8 alkyl or Ci-C$ alkoxy group or a hydroxy group. Example Ral and Ra' groups are hydrogen, hydroxyl, alkyloxy groups (especially lower alkyloxy groups, e.g.
methoxy), aryloxy, acyloxy, and aroyloxy (i.e., R-(C=O)-O-, wherein R is aliphatic or aromatic).
The phrase "Ra and Rb both taken together along with the nitrogen atoms to which they are bound to form a ring structure" means that the two Ra and Rb groups are a moiety which joins the two nitrogen atoms in a heterocycle, such as the following ring structures:
~/Zr wherein r is an integer from zero to 4 inclusive, N~/~~ r /N
;~.~ ~Rc , wherein r is an integer from zero to 2 inclusive, ~Zr N
N
;~.~ ~Rc wherein r is an integer from zero to 6 inclusive, / /Zr ~N~
or ~ \R~ , wherein r is an integer from zero to 4 inclusive.
"Pharmaceutically acceptable" denotes compounds, materials, compositions, or dosage forms which are, within the scope of sound medical judgment, suitable for use in contact with the tissues of human beings and animals without excessive toxicity, irritation, allergic response, or other problem or complication, commensurate with a reasonable benefit/risk ratio.
"Pharmaceutically acceptable salts" includes, for example, derivatives of compounds modified by making acid or base salts thereof, as described further below and elsewhere in the present application. Examples of pharmaceutically acceptable salts include mineral or organic acid salts of basic residues such as amines; and alkali or organic salts of acidic residues such as carboxylic acids. Pharmaceutically acceptable salts include the conventional non-toxic salts or the quaternary ammonium salts of the parent compound formed, for example, from non-toxic inorganic or organic acids. Such conventional non-toxic salts include those derived from inorganic acids such as hydrochloric, hydrobromic, sulfuric, sulfamic, phosphoric, and nitric acid; and the salts prepared from organic acids such as acetic, propionic, succinic, glycolic, stearic, lactic, malic, tartaric, citric, ascorbic, palmoic, malefic, hydroxymaleic, phenylacetic, glutamic, benzoic, salicylic, sulfanilic, 2-acetoxybenzoic, fumaric, toluenesulfonic, methanesulfonic, ethane disulfonic, oxalic, and isethionic acid.
Pharmaceutically acceptable salts may be synthesized from the parent compound which contains a basic or acidic moiety by conventional chemical methods. Generally, such salts may be prepared by reacting the free acid or base forms of these compounds with a stoichiometric amount of the appropriate base or acid in water or in an organic solvent, or in a mixture of the two.
In another embodiment of the invention, for example, in compounds of Formula II, Ral and Rbl or Ra2 and Rb2 are both taken together along with the nitrogen atoms to which they are bound to form a ring structure which is a nonaromatic ring, or an alicyclic ring, or a monocyclic ring, or a non-fused ring.
In some embodiments of Formula II, e.g., Ral, Rby Roy Ra', Rb2, and R°2 may be a hydrogen, or a substituted or unsubstituted Cl-C8 alkyl group, wherein the alkyl substituent is any member of the group Z defined above, but not an aryl (e.g., phenyl) or alkyl group.
Likewise, in certain embodiments of Formula II, Rl is a moiety selected from the Z group defined above other than an substituted aryl (e.g., phenyl) or heteroaryl group.
The groups Rl and RZ may be a hydrogen, a substituted or unsubstituted Cl-C$
alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted CZ-C8 alkenyl group, a halogen (particularly bromine), a substituted or unsubstituted aryl or heteroaryl group, a substituted or unsubstituted amino group, a nitro group, or a substituted or unsubstituted Cl-C8 alkoxy group (particularly methoxy).
Each Y group may be a direct bond, or a "linking moiety" (or "linking group") which is a group that is covalently bound to at least two other moieties and may be, for example, a single divalent atom or an oligomethylene group. A linking moiety which is a linear chain of carbon atoms may be optionally substituted or unsaturated.
A linking moiety is relatively small compared to the rest of the molecule, and may be less than about 250 molecular weight, and even less than about 75 molecular weight.
Example linking moieties are -(CHZ)n (wherein n is 1, 2, or 3), -NR'- (where R' is hydrogen, a Cl-C~
alkyl, C2-CS alkenyl, CZ-C5 alkynyl, or aryl group), -S-, -O-,-NH-CHZ-, and -CH=CH- (both E
and Z configurations), or combinations thereof. The linking moiety may also be (CR°RW)n, CR°ORW(CR"RY)n, CR"SH(CRXRY)", CR"NRWR"(CRyRZ)n, (CR''RW)n0(CR"Ry)", wherein each n is independently either 0, 1, 2, or 3, and R°, RW, R", Ry, and RZ are each independently hydrogen, a substituted or unsubstituted Cl-C5 branched or straight chain alkyl or alkoxy, C2-C5 branched or straight chain alkenyl, aryloxycarbonyl, arylaminocarbonyl, arylalkyl, acyl, aryl, or C3-C$ ring group.
In certain embodiments, Yl and YZ are each independently selected from the groups consisting of a direct bond, substituted or unsubstituted Cl-C$ alkylene groups, and -NH-.
"Inhibition" of amyloid deposition includes preventing or stopping of amyloid formation, e.g., fibrillogenesis, inhibiting or slowing down of further amyloid deposition in a subject with amyloidosis, e.g., already having amyloid deposits, and reducing or reversing amyloid fibrillogenesis or deposits in a subject with ongoing amyloidosis. Inhibition of amyloid deposition is determined relative to an untreated subject, or relative to the treated subject prior to treatment, or, e.g., determined by clinically measurable improvement in pancreatic function in a diabetic patient, or in the case of a patient with brain amyloidosis, e.g., an Alzheimer's or cerebral amyloid angiopathy patient, stabilization of cognitive function or prevention of a further decrease in cognitive function or prevention of recurrence of hemorrhagic stroke due to CAA
(i.e., preventing, slowing, or stopping disease progression). Inhibition of amyloid deposition may also be monitored by determining in a subject the relative levels of amyloid-(3 in the brain or CSF as well as in the plasma, before and after treatment.
"Modulation" of amyloid deposition includes both inhibition, as defined above, and enhancement of amyloid deposition or fibril formation. The term "modulating"
is intended, therefore, to encompass prevention or stopping of amyloid formation or accumulation, inhibition or slowing down of further amyloid aggregation in a subject with ongoing amyloidosis, e.g., already having amyloid aggregates, and reducing or reversing of amyloid aggregates in a subject with ongoing amyloidosis; and enhancing amyloid deposition, e.g., increasing the rate or amount of amyloid deposition in vivo or in vitro. Amyloid-enhancing compounds may be useful in animal models of amyloidosis, for example, to make possible the development of amyloid deposits in animals in a shorter period of time or to increase amyloid deposits over a selected period of time. Amyloid-enhancing compounds may be useful in screening assays for compounds which inhibit amyloidosis i~a vivo, for example, in animal models, cellular assays and in vitro assays for amyloidosis. Such compounds may be used, for example, to provide faster or more sensitive assays for compounds. In some cases, amyloid enhancing compounds may also be administered for therapeutic purposes, e.g., to enhance the deposition of amyloid in the lumen rather than the wall of cerebral blood vessels to prevent CAA. Modulation of amyloid aggregation is determined relative to an untreated subject or relative to the treated subject prior to treatment.
The term "subject" includes living organisms in which amyloidosis can occur.
Examples of subjects include humans, monkeys, cows, sheep, goats, dogs, cats, mice, rats, and transgenic species thereof. Administration of the compositions of the present invention to a subject to be treated can be carried out using known procedures, at dosages and for periods of time effective to modulate amyloid aggregation in the subject as further described herein. An effective amount of the therapeutic compound necessary to achieve a therapeutic effect may vary according to factors such as the amount of amyloid already deposited at the clinical site in the subject, the age, sex, and weight of the subject, and the ability of the therapeutic compound to modulate amyloid aggregation in the subject. Dosage regimens can be adjusted to provide the optimum therapeutic response. For example, several divided doses may be administered daily or the dose may be .
proportionally reduced as indicated by the exigencies of the therapeutic situation. The term "modulating" is intended to encompass prevention or stopping of amyloid formation or accumulation, inhibition or slowing down of further amyloid aggregation in a subject with ongoing amyloidosis, e.g., already having amyloid aggregates, and reducing or reversing of amyloid aggregates in a subject with ongoing amyloidosis. Modulation of amyloid aggregation is determined relative to an untreated subject or relative to the treated subject prior to treatment.
In an exemplary aspect of the invention, the subject is a human. For example, the subject may be a human over about 40 years old, or a human over about 50 years old, or a human over about 60 years old, or even a human over about 70 years old, or in some cases a human over about ~0 years old. The subject may be a female human, including a postmenopausal female human, who may be on hormone (estrogen) replacement therapy. The subject rnay also be a male human. When the subject is a human with Down's syndrome, the age may be over about 20 years old; or in another embodiment, the age may be less than about 40 years old.
A subject may be a human at risk for Alzheimer's disease, e.g., being over the age of 40 or having a predisposition for Alzheimer's disease. Alzheimer's disease predisposing factors identified or proposed in the scientific literature include, among others, a genotype predisposing a subject to Alzheimer's disease; environmental factors predisposing a subject to Alzheimer's disease; past history of infection by viral and bacterial agents predisposing a subject to Alzheimer's disease; and vascular factors predisposing a subject to Alzheimer's disease. A
subject may also have one or more risk factors for cardiovascular disease (e.g., atherosclerosis of the coronary arteries, angina pectoris, and myocardial infarction) or cerebrovascular disease (e.g., atherosclerosis of the intracranial or extracranial arteries, stroke, syncope, and transient ischemic attacks), such as hypercholesterolemia, hypertension, diabetes, cigarette smoking, familial or previous history of coronary artery disease, cerebrovascular disease, and cardiovascular disease. Hypercholesterolemia typically is defined as a serum total cholesterol concentration of greater than about 5.2 mmol/L (about 200 mg/dL).
Several genotypes are believed to predispose a subject to Alzheimer's disease.
These include the genotypes such.as presenilin-1, presenilin-2, and amyloid precursor protein (APP) missense mutations associated with familial Alzheimer's disease, and a-2-macroglobulin and LRP-1 genotypes, which are thought to increase the risk of acquiring sporadic (late-onset) Alzheimer's disease. Evan Uden, et al., J. Neurosci. 22(21), 929-304 (2002);
J.J.Goto, et al., J. Mol. Neurosci. 19(1-2), 37-41 (2002). Another genetic risk factor for the development of Alzheimer's disease are variants of ApoE, the gene that encodes apolipoprotein E (particularly the apoE4 genotype), a constituent of the low-density lipoprotein particle. WJ
Sfirittmatter, et al., Arznu. .Rev. Neurosci. 19, 53-77 (1996). The ApoE4 allele has been shown to influence the rate of amyloid-(3 deposition as well as to favor trapping of amyloid-[3 in the brain, which may increase the levels of amyloid-(3 that can become fibrillar. The molecular mechanisms by which the various ApoE alleles alter the likelihood of developing Alzheimer's disease are unknown, however the role of ApoE in cholesterol metabolism is consistent with the growing body of evidence linking cholesterol metabolism to Alzheimer's disease. Environmental factors have been proposed as predisposing a subject to Alzheimer's disease, including exposure to aluminum, although the epidemiological evidence is ambiguous. In addition, prior infection by certain viral or bacterial agents may predispose a subject to Alzheimer's disease, including the herpes simplex virus and chlamydia pneumoniae. Finally, other predisposing factors for Alzheimer's disease can include risk factors for cardiovascular or cerebrovascular disease, including cigarette smoking, hypertension and diabetes. "At risk for Alzheimer's disease" also encompasses any other predisposing factors not listed above or as yet identified and includes an increased risk for Alzheimer's disease caused by head injury, medications, diet, or lifestyle.
The methods of the present invention can be used for one or more of the following: to prevent, to treat Alzheimer's disease, or ameliorate symptoms of Alzheimer's disease, to regulate production of or levels of amyloid-(I (A(3) peptides. In one alternative embodiment, the human carries one or more mutations in the genes that encode (3-amyloid precursor protein, presenilin-1 or presenilin-2. In another alternative embodiment, the human carries the Apolipoprotein s4 gene. In another alternative embodiment, the human has a family history of Alzheimer's Disease or dementia illness. In another alternative embodiment, the human has trisomy 21 (Down's Syndrome). In another alternative embodiment, the subject has a normal or low serum total blood cholesterol level. In another embodiment, the serum total blood cholesterol level is less than about 200 mg/dL, or less than about 180, and it can range from about 150 to about 200 mg/dL. In another embodiment, the total LDL cholesterol level is less than about 100 mg/dL, or less than about 90 mg/dL and can range from about 30 to about 100 mg/dL.
Methods of measuring serum total blood cholesterol and total LDL cholesterol are well known to those skilled in the art and for example include those disclosed in WO 99/38498 at p.l l, incorporated 'by reference herein. Methods of determining levels of other sterols in serum are disclosed in H.
Gylling, et al., "Serum Sterols During Stanol Ester Feeding in a Mildly Hypercholesterolemic Population", J. Lipid ReS. 40: 593-600 (1999).
In another alternative embodiment, the subject has an elevated serum total blood cholesterol level. In another embodiment, the serum total cholesterol level is at least about 200 mg/dL, or at least about 220 mg/dL .and can range from about 200 to about 1000 mg/dL. In another alternative embodiment, the subject has an elevated total LDL
cholesterol level. In ' another embodiment, the total LDL cholesterol level is greater than about 100 mg/dL, or even greater than about 110 mg/dL and can range from about 100 to about 1000 mg/dL.
In another alternative embodiment, the human is at least about 40 years of age. In another alternative embodiment, the human is at least about 60 years of age. In another embodiment, the human is at least about 70 years of age. In yet another embodiment, the human is at least about 80 years of age. In one embodiment, the human is between about 60 and 100 years of age.
In still a further embodiment, the subject is shown to be at risk by a diagnostic brain imaging technique, for example, that measures brain activity, plaque deposition, or brain atrophy. For example, positron emission tomography ("PET") may be used to measure brain activity and plaque deposition, while magnetic resonance imaging ("MRI") may be used to measure the brain volume of a subject.
In another embodiment, the subject exhibits no symptoms of Alzheimer's Disease. In another embodiment, the subject is a human who is at least 40 years of age and exhibits no symptoms of Alzheimer's Disease. In another embodiment, the subject is a human who is at least years of age and exhibits one or more symptoms of Alzheimer's Disease.
In another embodiment, the subject has mild cognitive impairment ("MCI"), which is a condition characterized by a state of mild but measurable impairment in thinking skills, but is not necessarily associated with the presence of dementia. MCI frequently, but not necessarily, precedes Alzheimer's disease. It is a diagnosis that has most often been associated with mild memory problems, but it can also be characterized by mild impairments in other thinking skills, such as language or planning skills. However, in general, an individual with MCI will have more significant memory lapses than would be expected for someone of their age or educational background. As the condition progresses, a physician may change the diagnosis to Mild-to-Moderate Cognitive Impairmentor to Alzheimer's disease, as is well understood in the art.
By using the methods of the present invention, the levels of amyloid ~3 peptides in a subject's brain or blood can be reduced from levels prior to treatment from about 10 to about 100 percent, or even about 50 to about 100 percent. Alternatively, the levels of amyloid-(3 peptides in a subject's blood or plasma maybe increased from levels prior to treatment due to, for example, a "sink" effect (i.e., facilitating clearance of amyloid-(3 out of the brain).
In an alternative embodiment, the subject can have an elevated level of amyloid A(3øo and A(342 peptide in the blood and CSF prior to treatment, according to the present methods, of greater than about 10 pg/mL, or greater than about 20 pg/mL, or greater than about 35 pg/mL, or even greater than about 40 pg/mL. In another embodiment, the elevated level of amyloid A(34a peptide can range from about 30 pg/mL to about 200 pg/mL, or even to about 500 pg/mL. One skilled in the art would understand that as Alzheimer's disease progresses, the measurable levels of amyloid-(3 peptide in the CSF may decrease slightly from elevated levels present before onset of the disease. This effect is attributed to increased deposition, i.e., trapping of A[3 peptide in the brain instead of .normal clearance from the brain into the CSF.
in an alternative embodiment, the subject can have an elevated level of amyloid A(3ao peptide in the blood and CSF .prior to treatment, according to the present methods, of greater than about 5 pg A~34o/mL or greater than about 50 pg A(34o/mL, or greater than about 400 pg/mL. In another embodiment, the elevated level of amyloid A(34o peptide can range from about 200 pg/mL to about 800 pg/mL, to even about 1000 pg/mL.
In another embodiment, the subject 'can have an elevated level of amyloid A(342 peptide in the CSF prior to treatment, according to the present methods, of greater than about 5 pg/mL, or greater than about 10 pg/mL, or greater than about 200 pg/mL, or greater than about 500 pg/mL.
In another embodiment, the level of amyloid-(3 peptide can range from about 10 pg/rnL to about 1,000 pg/mL, or even about 100 ~pg/mL to about 1,000 pg/mL.
In another embodiment, the subject can have an elevated level of amyloid A(34o peptide in the CSF prior to treatment according to the present methods of greater than about 10 pg/mL, or greater than about 50 pg/mL, or even greater than about 100 pg/mL. In another embodiment, the level of amyloid (3 peptide can range from about 10 pg/mL to about 1,000 pg/mL.
The amount of amyloid [3 peptide in the brain or blood of a subject can be evaluated by enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay ("ELISA") or quantitative immunoblotting test methods or by quantitative SELDI-TOF which are well known to those skilled in the art, such as is disclosed by Zhang, et al., J. Biol. Chefzz. 274, 8966-72 (1999) and Zhang, et al., Biochemistry 40, 5049-55 (2001). See also, A.K.Vehmas, et al., DNA Cell Biol. 20(11), 713-21 (2001), P.Lewczuk, et al., Rapid Commuzz. Mass Spectronz. 17(12), 1291-96 (2003); B.M.Austen, et al., J.
Peptide Sci. 6, 459-69 (2000); and H.Davies, et al., BioTeclzzziques 27, 1258-62 (1999). These tests are performed on samples of the brain or blood which have been prepared in a manner well known to one skilled in the art. Another example of a useful method for measuring levels of amyloid (3 peptides is by Europium immunoassay (EIA). See, e.g., WO 99/38498 at p.11.
In another embodiment, the amount of total ApoE in the bloodstream or brain of a subject can be reduced from levels prior to treatment by about 5 to about 75 percent, or, in another embodiment, by about 5 to about 50 percent. The amount of total ApoE can be measured in a manner well known to one skilled in the art, for example using an ELISA test kit such as Apo-Tek ApoE test kit that is available from Organon Teknica.
The methods of the invention may be applied as a therapy for a subject having Alzheimer's disease or a dementia, or the methods of the invention may be applied as a prophylaxis against Alzheimer's disease or dementia for subject with such a predisposition, as in a subject, e.g., with a genomic mutation in the APP gene, the ApoE gene, or a presenilin gene.
The subject may have'(or may be predisposed to developing or may be suspected of having) vascular dementia, or senile dementia, or Mild Cognitive Impairment. In addition to Alzheimer's disease, the subject may have another amyloid-(3 related disease such as cerebral amyloid angiopathy, or the subject may have amyloid deposits, especially amyloid-(3 amyloid deposits in the subject's brain.
The essential features of a dementia are multiple cognitive deficits that include memory impairment and at least one of the following: aphasia, apraxia, agnosia, or a disturbance in executive functioning (the ability to think abstractly and to plan, initiate, sequence, monitor, and stop complex behavior). The order of onset and relative prominence of the cognitive disturbances and associated symptoms vary with the specific type of dementia, as discussed in the following.
Memory impairment is generally a prominent early symptom. Individuals with dementia have difficulty learning new material and may lose valuables, such as wallets and keys, or forget food cooking on the stove. In more severe dementia, individuals also forget previously learned material, including the names of loved ones. Individuals with dementia may have difficulty with spatial tasks, such as navigating around the house or in the immediate neighborhood (where difficulties with memory are unlikely to play a role). Poor judgment and poor insight are common as well. Individuals may exhibit little or no awareness of memory loss or other cognitive abnormalities. They may make unrealistic assessments of their abilities and make plans that are not congruent with their deficits and prognosis (e.g., planning to start a new business).
They may underestimate the risks involved in activities (e.g., driving).
In order to make a diagnosis of dementia, the cognitive deficits must be sufficiently severe to cause impairment in occupational or social functioning and must represent a decline from a previous level of functioning. The nature and degree of impairment are variable and often depend on the particular,social setting of the individual. For example, Mild Cognitive Impairment may significantly impair an individual's ability to perform a complex job but not a less demanding one.
Cognitive or degenerative brain disorders are characterized clinically by progressive loss of memory, cognition, reasoning, judgment and emotional stability that gradually leads to profound mental deterioration and ultimately death. It is generally believed that the disease begins a number of years before it manifests itself in the mild cognitive changes that are the early signs of Alzheimer's disease. "Dementia of the Alzheimer's Type" begins gradually, and is usually diagnosed after other specific causes have been ruled out. Diagnostic criteria for Dementia of the Alzheimer's Type include the development of multiple cognitive deficits manifested by both memory impairment (anterograde or retrograde, i.e., impaired ability to learn new information or to recall previously learned information); and one or more of the following cognitive disturbances: aphasia (language disturbance), apraxia (impaired ability to carry out motor activities despite intact motor function), agnosia (failure to recognize or identify objects despite intact sensory function), disturbance in executive functioning (i.e., planning, organizing, sequencing, and abstracting); where these cognitive deficits each cause significant impairment in social or occupational functioning and represent a significant decline fiom a previous level of functioning. The course is characterized by gradual onset and continuing cognitive decline, and the cognitive deficits are not due to another condition that causes progressive deficits in memory and cognition (e.g., cerebrovascular disease, brain tumor, hypothyroidism, vitamin B or folic acid deficiency, niacin deficiency, hypercalcemia, neurosyphilis, HIV
infection, or chemical exposure). The cognitive disturbance may be accompanied by a behavioral disturbance, such as wandering, aggression, or agitation, or a psychological disturbance, such as depression or psychosis. See "Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders," 4~' Ed., Text Revision, by American Psychiatric Association (2000). For example, the National Institute of Neuro-logical and Communicative Disorders and Stroke-Alzheimer's Disease and the Alzheimer's Disease and Related Disorders Association (NINCDS-ADRDA) criteria can be used to diagnose Alzheimer's Disease (McKhann et al., 1984, Neurology 34:939-944). The patient's cognitive function can be assessed by the Alzheimer's Disease Assessment Scale-cognitive subscale (ADAS-cog; Rosen, et al., 1984, Am. J. Psychiatry 141:1356-1364).
Alzheimer's Disease is the prototype of a cortical degenerative disease. A
major component of the presenting symptoms is usually subjective complaints of memory difficulty, language impairment, dyspraxia, at which point diagnosis is primarily based on exclusion of other possible etiologies for dementia. No features of the physical examination or laboratory evaluation are pathognomonic for dementia of the Alzheimer's type. Some studies have apparently discriminated patients with dementia of the Alzheimer's type from patients with dementia of other etiologies and from normal controls by using techniques such as EEG, MRI, and SPECT, but these studies have been difficult to replicate consistently, and at present, brain-imaging studies are best used to exclude other identifiable causes.
A variety of diagnostic tests have been developed for Alzheimer's disease.
Clinical criteria have been verified prospectively in autopsy studies and have been found to be highly specific although only moderately sensitive. Implementation of the criteria requires extensive evaluation, including an informant-based history; neurological examination, neuropsychological testing, and laboratory, and neuroimaging data. Alzheimer's disease is characterized pathologically by generalized atrophy of the cerebral cortex and by neurofibrillary tangles, neuritic (amyloid) plaques, and granulovacuolar degeneration. Although plaques and tangles may be detected in the brains of the elderly without Alzheimer's disease, they are more numerous in patients with dementia. Controversy remains whether brains with plaques from individuals without Alzheimer's diseasewere "normal variations" or early pathological signs of incipient disease.
"Treatment" of a subject includes the application or administration of a composition of the invention to a subject, or application or administration of a composition of the invention to a cell or tissue from a subject, who has a amyloid-(3 related disease or condition, has a symptom of such a disease or condition, or is at risk of (or susceptible to) such a disease or condition, with the purpose of curing, healing, alleviating, relieving, altering, remedying, ameliorating, improving, or affecting the disease or condition, the symptom of the disease or condition, or the risk of (or susceptibility to) the disease or condition. The term "treating"
refers to any indicia of success in the treatment or amelioration of an injury, pathology or condition, including any objective or subjective parameter such as abatement; remission; diminishing of symptoms or making the injury, pathology or condition more tolerable to the subject;
slowing in the rate of degeneration or decline; making the final point of degeneration less debilitating; improving a subject's physical or mental well-being; or, in some situations, preventing the onset of dementia.
The treatment or amelioration of symptoms can be based on objective or subjective parameters;
including the results of a physical examination or a psychiatric evaluation.
For example, the methods of the invention successfully treat a subject's dementia by slowing the rate of or extent of cognitive decline.
The term "alkyl" includes saturated aliphatic groups, including straight-chain alkyl groups (e.g., methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, pentyl, hexyl, heptyl, octyl, nonyl, decyl, etc.), branched-chain alkyl groups (isopropyl, tert-butyl, isobutyl, etc.), cycloalkyl (alicyclic) groups (cyclopropyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, cyclooctyl, etc.), alkyl substituted cycloalkyl groups, and cycloalkyl substituted alkyl groups. Unless otherwise specified, the term alkyl further includes alkyl groups, which can further include oxygen, nitrogen, sulfur or phosphorous atoms replacing one or more carbons of the hydrocarbon backbone.
In certain embodiments, a straight chain or branched chain alkyl has 6 or fewer carbon atoms in its backbone (e.g., Cl-C~ for straight chain, C3-C~ for branched chain), or 4 or fewer.
Likewise, cycloalkyls may have from 3-8 carbon atoms in their ring structure, or 5 or 6 carbons in the ring structure. The term Cl-C6 includes alkyl groups containing 1 to 6 carbon atoms. An "alkylene" group is a divalent moiety derived from the corresponding alkyl group.
Moreover, unless otherwise specified the term alkyl includes both "unsubstituted alkyls"
and "substituted alkyls," the latter of which refers to alkyl moieties having substituents replacing one or more hydrogens on one or more carbons of the hydrocarbon backbone. Such substituents can include, for example, alkenyl, alkynyl, halogen, hydroxyl, alkylcarbonyloxy, arylcarbonyloxy, alkoxycarbonyloxy, aryloxycarbonyloxy, carboxylate, alkylcarbonyl, arylcarbonyl, alkoxycarbonyl, aminocarbonyl, alkylaminocarbonyl, dialkylaminocarbonyl, alkylthiocarbonyl, alkoxyl, phosphate, phosphonato, phosphinato, cyano, amino (including alkyl amino, dialkylamino, arylamino, diarylamino, and alkylarylamino), acylamino (including alkylcarbonylamino, arylcarbonylamino, carbamoyl and ureido), amidino, imino, sulfhydryl, alkylthio, arylthio, thiocarboxylate, sulfates, alkylsulfinyl, sulfonato, sulfamoyl, sulfonamide, nitre, trifluoromethyl, cyano, azido, heterocyclyl, alkylaryl, or an aromatic or heteroaromatic moiety. Cycloalkyls~may be further substituted, e.g., with the substituents described above.
An "arylalkyl" moiety is an alkyl group substituted with an aryl (e.g., phenylmethyl (i.e., benzyl)). An "alkylaryl" moiety is an aryl group substituted with an alkyl group (e.g., p-methylphenyl (i.e., p-tolyl)). The term "n-alkyl" means a straight chain (i.e., unbranched) unsubstituted alkyl group.
The term "alkenyl" includes unsaturated aliphatic groups analogous in length and possible substitution to the alkyls described above, but that contain at least one double bond. For example, the term "alkenyl" includes straight-chain alkenyl groups (e.g., ethylenyl, propenyl, butenyl, pentenyl, hexenyl, heptenyl, octenyl, nonenyl, decenyl, etc.), branched-chain alkenyl groups, cycloalkenyl (alicyclic) groups (cyclobutenyl, cyclopentenyl, cyclohexenyl, cycloheptenyl, cyclooctenyl, etc.), alkyl or alkenyl substituted cycloalkenyl groups, and cycloalkyl or cycloalkenyl substituted alkenyl groups. The term alkenyl may further include alkenyl groups which include oxygen, nitrogen, sulfur or phosphorous atoms replacing one or more carbons of the hydrocarbon backbone.
In certain embodiments, a straight chain or branched chain alkenyl group has 6 or fewer carbon atoms in its backbone (e.g., C2-C6 for straight chain, C3-C6 for branched chain).
Likewise, cycloalkenyl groups may have from 3-8 carbon atoms in their ring structure, or 5 or 6 carbons in the ring structure. The term CZ-C6 includes alkenyl groups containing 2 to 6 carbon atoms. An "alkenylene" group is a divalent moiety derived from the corresponding alkenyl group.
Moreover, unless otherwise specified the term alkenyl includes both "unsubstituted alkenyls" and "substituted alkenyls," the latter of which refers to alkenyl moieties having substituents replacing one or more hydrogens on one or more carbons of the hydrocarbon backbone. Such substituents can include, for example, alkyl groups, alkynyl groups, halogens, hydroxyl, alkylcarbonyloxy, arylcarbonyloxy, alkoxycarbonyloxy, aryloxycarbonyloxy, carboxylate (and lower alkyl esters thereof), alkylcarbonyl, arylcarbonyl, alkoxycarbonyl, aminocarbonyl, alkylaminocarbonyl, dialkylaminocarbonyl, alkylthiocarbonyl, alkoxyl, phosphate, phosphonato, phosphinato, cyano, amino (including alkyl amino, dialkylamino, arylamino, diarylamino, and alkylarylamino), acylamino (including alkylcarbonylamino, arylcarbonylamino, carbamoyl and ureido), amidino, imino, sulfhydryl, alkylthio, arylthio, thiocarboxylate, sulfates, alkylsulfinyl, sulfonato, sulfamoyl, sulfonamido, nitro, trifluoromethyl, cyano, azido, heterocyclyl, alkylaryl, or an aromatic or heteroaromatic moiety.
The term "alkynyl" includes unsaturated aliphatic groups analogous in length and possible substitution to the alkyls described above, but which contain at least one triple bond.
For example, the term "alkynyl" includes straight-chain alkynyl groups (e.g., ethynyl, propynyl, butynyl, pentynyl, hexynyl, heptynyl, octynyl, nonynyl, decynyl, etc.), branched-chain alkynyl groups, and cycloalkyl or cycloalkenyl substituted alkynyl groups. Unless specified otherwise, the term alkynyl further includes alkynyl groups which include oxygen, nitrogen, sulfur or phosphorous atoms replacing one or more carbons of the hydrocarbon backbone.
In certain embodiments, a straight chain or branched chain alkynyl group has 6 or fewer carbon atoms in its backbone (e.g., C2-C~ for straight chain, C3-C~ for branched chain). The term C2-C~ includes alkynyl groups containing 2 to G carbon atoms. An "alkynylene" group is a divalent moiety derived from the corresponding alkynyl group.
Moreover, unless otherwise specified the term alkynyl includes both "unsubstituted alkynyls" and "substituted alkynyls," the latter of which refers to alkynyl moieties having substituents replacing one or more hydrogens on one or more carbons of the hydrocarbon backbone.
Such substituents can include, for example, alkyl groups, alkynyl groups, halogens, hydroxyl, alkylcarbonyloxy, arylcarbonyloxy, alkoxycarbonyloxy, aryloxycarbonyloxy, carboxylate, alkylcarbonyl, arylcarbonyl, alkoxycarbonyl, aminocarbonyl, alkylaminocarbonyl, dialkylaminocarbonyl, alkylthiocarbonyl, alkoxyl, phosphate, phosphonato, phosphinato, cyano, amino (including alkyl amino, dialkylamino, arylamino, diarylamino, and alkylarylamino), acylamino (including alkylcarbonylamino, arylcarbonylamino, carbamoyl and ureido), amidino, imino, sulfhydryl, alkylthio, arylthio, thiocarboxylate, sulfates, alkylsulfinyl, sulfonato, sulfamoyl, sulfonamido, nitro, trifluoromethyl, cyano, azido, heterocyclyl, alkylaryl, or an aromatic or heteroaromatic moiety.
Unless the number of carbons is otherwise specified, "lower alkyl" as used herein means an alkyl group, as defined above, but having from one to five carbon atoms in its backbone structure. "Lower alkenyl" and "lower alkynyl" have chain lengths of, for example, 2-5 carbon atoms.
The term "acyl" refers to a carbonyl group that is attached through its carbon atom to a hydrogen (i.e., a formyl), an aliphatic group (e.g., acetyl), an aromatic group (e.g., benzoyl), and the like. The term "substituted acyl" includes acyl groups where one or more of the hydrogen atoms on one or more carbon atoms are replaced by, for example, an alkyl group, alkynyl group, halogen, hydroxyl, alkylcarbonyloxy, arylcarbonyloxy, alkoxycarbonyloxy, aryloxycarbonyloxy, carboxylate, alkylcarbonyl, arylcarbonyl, alkoxycarbonyl, aminocarbonyl, alkylaminocarbonyl, dialkylaminocarbonyl, alkylthiocarbonyl, alkoxyl, phosphate, phosphonato, phosphinato, cyano, amino (including alkyl amino, dialkylamino, arylamino, diarylamino, and alkylarylamino), acylamino (including alkylcarbonylamino, arylcarbonylamino, carbamoyl and ureido), arnidino, imino, sulfhydryl, alkylthio, arylthio, thiocarboxylate, sulfates, alkylsulfinyl, sulfonato, sulfamoyl, sulfonamido, nitro, trifluoromethyl, cyano, azido, heterocyclyl, alkylaryl, or an aromatic or heteroaromatic moiety.
The term "acylamino" includes moieties wherein an amino moiety is bonded to an acyl group. For example, the acylamino group includes alkylcarbonylamino, arylcarbonylamino, carbamoyl and ureido groups.
The terms "alkoxyalkyl", "alkylaminoalkyl" and "thioalkoxyalkyl" include alkyl groups, as described above, which further include oxygen, nitrogen or sulfur atoms replacing one or more carbons of the hydrocarbon backbone.
The terms "alkoxy" or "alkyloxy" include substituted and unsubstituted alkyl, alkenyl, and alkynyl groups covalently linked to an oxygen atom. Examples of alkoxy groups include methoxy, ethoxy, isopropyloxy, propoxy, butoxy, and pentoxy groups. Examples of substituted alkoxy groups include halogenated alkoxy groups.
The alkoxy groups can be substituted with groups such as alkenyl, alkynyl, halogen, hydroxyl, alkylcarbonyloxy, arylcarbonyloxy, alkoxycarbonyloxy, aryloxycarbonyloxy, carboxylate, alkylcarbonyl, arylcarbonyl, alkoxycarbonyl, aminocarbonyl, alkylaminocarbonyl, dialkylaminocarbonyl, alkylthiocarbonyl, alkoxyl, phosphate, phosphonato, phosphinato, cyano, amino (including alkyl amino, dialkylamino, arylamino, diarylamino, and alkylarylamino), acylamino (including alkylcarbonylamino, arylcarbonylamino, carbamoyl and ureido), amidino, imino, sulfhydryl, alkylthio, arylthio, thiocarboxylate, sulfates, alkylsulfinyl, sulfonato, sulfamoyl, sulfonamido, nitro, trifluoromethyl, cyano, azido, heterocyclyl, alkylaryl, or an aromatic or heteroaromatic moieties. Examples of halogen substituted alkoxy groups include, but are not limited to, fluoromethoxy, difluoromethoxy, trifluoromethoxy, chloromethoxy, dichloromethoxy, trichloromethoxy, etc., as well as perhalogenated alkyloxy groups.
The term "amine" or "amino" includes compounds or moieties in which a nitrogen atom is covalently bonded to at least one carbon or heteroatom. The term "alkylamino" includes groups wherein the nitrogen is bound to at least one alkyl group. The term "dialkylamino"
includes groups wherein the nitrogen atom is bound to at least two alkyl groups. The term "arylamino" and "diarylamino" include groups wherein the nitrogen is bound to at least one or two aryl groups, respectively. The term "alkylarylamino" refers to an amino group which is bound to at least one alkyl group and at least one aryl group. The term "alkaminoalkyl" refers to an alkyl, alkenyl, or alkynyl group substituted with an alkylamino group.The term "amide" or "aminocarbonyl" includes compounds or moieties which contain a nitrogen atom which is bound to the carbon of a carbonyl or a thiocarbonyl group.
The term "carbonyl" or "carboxy" includes compounds and moieties which contain a carbon connected with a double bond to an oxygen atom. Examples of moieties which contain a carbonyl include aldehydes, ketones, carboxylic acids, amides, esters, anhydrides, etc.
The term "ether" or "ethereal" includes compounds or moieties which contain an oxygen bonded to two carbon atoms. For example, an ether or ethereal group includes "alkoxyalkyl"
which refers to an alkyl, alkenyl, or alkynyl group substituted with an alkoxy group.
The term "hydroxy" or "hydroxyl" includes the groups -OH or -O- (with an appropriate counter ion).
The term "halogen" includes fluorine, bromine, chlorine, iodine, etc. The term "perhalogenated" generally refers to a moiety wherein all hydrogens are replaced by halogen atoms.
Arylenedialkylene or arylenedialkyl groups include those groups which have an arylene group to which are bound two other alkylene groups, which may be the same or different, and which two alkylene groups are in tum bound to other moieties. Examples of arylenedialkylene or arylenedialkyl groups include the following:
Rh R ~ R2)f ~ ~ ~ \ ~ h h (CR2)f ~CR2)f / \ C ;R2)g (CR2)g -(CR
/ ~ 2)9 ~(CR2)f \
/ / (CR2)f \ \~CR2\ g ~CR~ s ~ /
~(CR2)f \ \
CR
\\(2\g //
~CR2)f / / (CR2)g and wherein each R group is independently a hydrogen or is selected from the group Z defined above, and 1<-f<-8, 1<g<_8, 0<h<4.
Alkylenediarylene groups include groups which have an alkylene (or cycloalkylene) group to which are bound two other arylene groups, which may be the same or different, and which two alkylene groups are in turn bound to other moieties. Examples of alkylenediarylene groups include the following:
Rn (CR2)f / \ (CR2)y \ ~ (C~ 2)g and Rh -~ i \ (Cg-CgCyClO
(CR2)f alkyl) \ ~ (C~R2)g wherein each R group is independently a hydrogen or is selected from the group Z defined above, 1<_y<_10 (for example, 1<_y<_4), 1<_f<_8, 1<_g<_8, 0<_h<_4, and 0<_i<_4.
Heteroarylenedialkylene or heteroarylenedialkyl groups include those groups which have a heteroarylene group to which are bound two other alkylene groups, which may be the same or different, and which two alkylene groups are in turn bound to other moieties.
Examples of heteroarylenedialkylene or heteroarylenedialkyl groups include the following:
n Ri (~R2)f /. ~ ~ (~\ 2)g , wherein 0<h<3, and 0<i<3, and X = NR' (wherein R' is hydrogen, a Cl-C~ alkyl, CZ-C5 alkenyl, C2- -CS alkynyl, or aryl group), O, or S, 1<<f<_8, 1<_g<g, Rh~ CR2)f Rh R (CR2)f / \ (CR2)g (C\ 2)9 or X \
wherein 0<h<2, and X = NR' (wherein R' is hydrogen, a Cl-CS alkyl, CZ-C5 alkenyl, C2-C5 alkynyl, -or aryl group), O, or S, 1<_f<_8, 1<_g<g, Rh (CR2)f Rh\ \
\~~1 \
(C\R2)g (CR2)f N (CR2)9 N or ~ , wherein 0<1~3, 1<_f<_8, 1<g<_8,or Rh N
Rn~N~CR2)f \ w ~ ~R ~
\ 2~g ~CR2~f N OR2)g N or wherein 0<-h~2, wherein each R group is independently a hydrogen or is selected from the group Z defined above, 1_<f_<8, 1<g<_8, and h and i are as indicated.
An arylene group is an aromatic group which is capable of being connected covalently to other substituents through at least two positions, including the following examples:
Rh Rh ih ~ ~ ~ I ~ ~ \ \
/ /
> > > >
\ \
\ \ ~ \ \ / /
/ / , / / , or wherein each R group is independently a hydrogen or is selected from the group Z defined above, and 0<h<4; for~example:
OH
\
A heteroarylene group is a heteroaromatic group which is capable of being connected covalently to other substituents through at least two positions, including the following examples:
h _~ i X
wherein 0<h<3, and 0<_i<_3, and X = NR' (wherein R' is hydrogen, a CI-CS
alkyl, C2-CS alkenyl, C2-CS alkynyl, or aryl group), O, or S, Rn Rn /
/w X or wherein 0_<h<2, and X = NR' (wherein R' is hydrogen, a C1-CS alkyl, C2-CS
alkenyl, C2-CS
alkynyl, or aryl group), O, or S, R~\'~. Rn\ \
J
N or N , wherein 0<_h<_3, or R~\N~ Rn\Nw N or N
wherein 0<-h<-2, wherein each R group is independently a hydrogen or is selected from the group Z defined above, and h and i areas indicated; for example, the following groups:
O N
\ ;N / N\ p \ O
i N , , , , H3C CH3 CHs N ~ ~ I ~ N~~N
CH3 ~ O ~ O , or Likewise, the invention relates to the following heteroarylene groups Rn \ / i \ -I ' (CR2~f ~ )( ~ ~C\ 2~g wherein X = NR' (wherein R' is hydrogen, a Cl-CS alkyl, C2-CS alkenyl, CZ-CS
alkynyl, or aryl group), O, or S; 0_<f_<<8,'0_g<_8; and each R group is independently a hydrogen or is selected from the group Z defined above.
In general, the term "aryl" includes groups, including 5- and 6-membered single-ring aromatic groups that may include from zero to four heteroatoms, for example, groups derived from benzene, pyrrole, furan, thiophene, thiazole, isothiaozole, imidazole, triazole, tetrazole, pyrazole, oxazole, isooxazole, pyridine, pyrazine, pyridazine, and pyrimidine, and the like.
Furthermore, the term "aryl" includes multicyclic aryl groups, e.g., groups derived from tricyclic, bicyclic, e.g., naphthalene, benzoxazole, benzodioxazole, benzothiazole, benzoimidazole, benzothiophene, methylenedioxyphenyl, quinoline, isoquinoline, napthyridine, indole, benzofuran, purine, benzofuran, deazapurine, or indolizine.
Those aryl groups having heteroatoms in the ring structure may also be referred to as "aryl heterocycles," "heterocycles," "heteroaryls" or "heteroaromatics".
An aromatic ring can be substituted at one or more ring positions with such substituents as described above, as for example, halogen, hydroxyl, alkyl (e.g. tolyl), alkoxy, alkylcarbonyloxy, arylcarbonyloxy, alkoxycarbonyloxy, aryloxycarbonyloxy, carboxylate, alkylcarbonyl, alkylaminoacarbonyl, arylalkyl aminocarbonyl, alkenylaminocarbonyl, alkylcarbonyl, arylcarbonyl, arylalkylcarbonyl, alkenylcarbonyl, alkoxycarbonyl, aminocarbonyl, alkylthiocarbonyl, phosphate,;phosphonato, phosphinato, cyano, amino (including alkyl amino, dialkylamino, arylamino, diarylamino, and alkylarylamino), acylamino (including alkylcarbonylamino, arylcarbonylamino, carbamoyl and ureido), amidino, imino, sulfhydryl, alkylthio, arylthio, thiocarboxylate, sulfates, alkylsulfinyl,'sulfonato, sulfamoyl, sulfonamide, nitre, trifluoromethyl, cyano, azido, heterocyclyl, alkylaryl, or an aromatic or he'teroaromatic moiety.
Aryl groups can also be fused or bridged with alicyclic or heterocyclic rings which are not aromatic so as to form a polycycle (e.g., tetralin).
The term "heterocyclic" or "heterocycle" includes heteroaryls as well as any ring formed which incorporate a heteroatom or an atom which is not carbon. The ring may be saturated or unsaturated and may contain one or more double bonds. Examples of heterocyclic groups include pyridyl, furanyl, thiophenyl, morphelinyl, and indolyl groups. The term "heteroatom"
includes atoms of any element other than carbon or hydrogen. Heteroatoms may be nitrogen, oxygen, sulfur and phosphorus.
An "arylene" group is a divalent moiety derived from an aryl group.
Examples of heterocycles include, but are not limited to, acridinyl; azocinyl;
benzimidazolyl; benzofuranyl; benzothiofuranyl; benzothiophenyl; benzoxazolyl;
benzthiazolyl;
benztriazolyl; benztetrazolyl; benzisoxazolyl; benzisothiazolyl;
benzimidazolinyl; carbazolyl;
4aH-carbazolyl; carbolinyl; chromanyl; chromenyl; cinnolinyl;
decahydroquinolinyl; 2H,6H-1,5,2-dithiazinyl; dihydrofuro[2,3-b]tetrahydrofuran; furanyl; furazanyl;
imidazolidinyl;
imidazolinyl; imidazolyl; 1H-indazolyl; indolenyl; indolinyl; indolizinyl;
indolyl; 3H-indolyl;
isobenzofuranyl; isochromanyl; isoindazolyl; isoindolinyl; isoindolyl;
isoquinolinyl; isothiazolyl;
isoxazolyl; methylenedioxyphenyl; morpholinyl; naphthyridinyl;
octahydroisoquinolinyl;
oxadiazolyl; 1,2,3-oxadiazolyl; 1,2,4-oxadiazolyl; 1,2,5-oxadiazolyl; 1,3,4-oxadiazolyl;
oxazolidinyl; oxazolyl; oxazolidinyl; pyrimidinyl; phenanthridinyl;
phenanthrolinyl; phenazinyl;
phenothiazinyl; phenoxathiinyl; phenoxazinyl; phthalazinyl; piperazinyl;
piperidinyl;
piperidonyl; 4-piperidonyl; piperonyl; pteridinyl; purinyl; pyranyl;
pyrazinyl; pyrazolidinyl;
pyrazolinyl; pyrazolyl; pyridazinyl; pyridooxazole; pyridoimidazole;
pyridothiazole; pyridinyl;
pyridyl; pyrimidinyl; pyrrolidinyl; pyrrolinyl; 2H-pyrrolyl; pyrrolyl;
quinazolinyl; quinolinyl;
4H-quinolizinyl; quinoxalinyl; quinuclidinyl; tetrahydrofuranyl;
tetrahydroisoquinolinyl;
tetrahydroquinolinyl; tetrazolyl; 6H-1,2;5-thiadiazinyl; 1,2,3-thiadiazolyl;
1,2,4-thiadiazolyl;
1,2,5-thiadiazolyl; 1,3,4-thiadiazolyl; thianthrenyl; thiazolyl; thienyl;
thienothiazolyl;
thienooxazolyl; thienoimidazolyl; thiophenyl; triazinyl; 1,2,3-triazolyl;
1,2,4-triazolyl; 1,2,5-triazolyl; 1,3,4-triazolyl; and xanthenyl. Heterocycles include, but are not limited to, pyridinyl;
furanyl; thienyl; pyrrolyl; pyrazolyl; pyrrolidinyl; imidazolyl; indolyl;
benzimidazolyl; 1H-indazolyl; oxazolidinyl; benzotriazolyl; benzisoxazolyl; oxindolyl;
benzoxazolinyl; and isatinoyl groups. Also included are fused ring and spiro compounds containing, for example, the above heterocycles.
An oligoethereal group, such as an oligo(alkyleneoxide) group, includes polyethyleneglycol (PEG) and short chain analogs thereof including -[(CR2)SO]t(CR~)S-, wherein 1<t<_6 and 1_<s_<6, and each R group is independently a hydrogen or is selected from the group Z
defined above.
An arylene-di(oligoalkyleneoxide) group is an aryl group which has two oligoalkyleneoxide groups bound to it which in turn are bound to other moieties, and include the following examples:
L(CR2)S~lc(CR2)S ArY~-f(CR2)s~lt(CR2)s wherein "Aryl" is an arylene moiety, 1<t<_6, 0<s<6, and each R group is independently a hydrogen or is selected from the group Z defined above. Example arylene-di(oligoalkyleneoxide) groups include:
Rn L(CR2)s0]t(CR2)s / \ L(CR2)s0]t(CR2)s Rn L~R2)s0]t(CR2)s L(CR2)s0]t( \R2)s. or Rn \CR O] (CR ) L( 2)s t 2 s L(~ R2)s0]t(CR2)s wherein 1<-t<_6, 0<_s<_6, 0<_h<_4, and each R group is independently a hydrogen or is selected from the group Z defined above.
It will be understood that "substitution" or "substituted with" includes the implicit proviso that such substitution is in accordance with permitted valence of the substituted atom and the substituent, and that the substitution results in a stable compound, e.g., which does not spontaneously undergo transformation such as by rearrangement, cyclization, elimination, etc.
As used herein,, the term "substituted" is meant to include all permissible substituents of organic compounds. In a broad aspect, the permissible substituents include acyclic and cyclic, branched and unbranched, carbocyclic and heterocyclic, aromatic and nonaromatic substituents of organic compounds. The permissible substituents can be one or more and the same or different for appropriate organic compounds.
In some embodiments, a "substituent" may be, selected from the group consisting of, for example, halogeno, trifluoromethyl, nitro, cyano, Cl-C6 alkyl, CZ-C6 alkenyl, CZ-C~ alkynyl, Cl-C~ alkylcarbonyloxy, arylcarbonyloxy, Cl-C~ alkoxycarbonyloxy, aryloxycarbonyloxy, Cl-C6 alkylcarbonyl, Cl-C~ alkoxycarbonyl, Cl-C~ alkoxy, Cl-C~ alkylthio, arylthio, heterocyclyl, aralkyl, and aryl (including heteroaryl) groups.
It will be understood that "substitution" or "substituted with" includes the implicit proviso that such substitution is in accordance with permitted valence of the substituted atom and the substituent, and that the substitution results in a stable compound, e.g., which does not spontaneously undergo transformation such as by rearrangement, cyclization, elimination, etc.
As used herein, the term "substituted" is meant to include all permissible substituents of organic compounds. In a broad aspect, the permissible substituents include acyclic and cyclic, branched and unbranched, carbocyclic and heterocyclic, aromatic and nonaromatic substituents of organic compounds. The permissible substituents can be one or more and the same or different for appropriate organic compounds.
In some embodiments, a "substituent" may be, selected from the group consisting of, for example, halogeno, trifluoromethyl, nitro, cyano, Cl-C6 alkyl, C~-C~ alkenyl, CZ-C~ alkynyl, Cl-C~ alkylcarbonyloxy, arylcarbonyloxy, Cl-C6 alkoxycarbonyloxy, aryloxycarbonyloxy, Cl-C~ alkylcarbonyl, Cl-C6 alkoxycarbonyl, Cl-C6 alkoxy, Cl-C~ alkylthio, arylthio, heterocyclyl, aralkyl, and aryl (including heteroaryl) groups.
In some embodiments, the term "substituted" means that the moiety has substituents placed on the moiety other than hydrogen which allow the molecule to perform its intended function. Examples of substituents include moieties selected from straight or branched alkyl (for example, C1-CS), cycloalkyl (for example, C3-C8), alkoxy (for example, Cl-C6), thioalkyl (for example, C1-C6), alkenyl (for example, C2-C~), alkynyl (for example, CZ-C6), heterocyclic, carbocyclic, aryl (e.g., phenyl), aryloxy (e.g., phenoxy), aralkyl (e.g., benzyl), aryloxyalkyl (e.g., phenyloxyalkyl), arylacetamidoyl, alkylaryl, heteroaralkyl, alkylcarbonyl and arylcarbonyl or other such acyl group, heteroarylcarbonyl, or heteroaryl group, (CR'R")o_3NR'R" (e.g., -NHS), (CR'R")o_3CN (e.g., -CN), NO2, halogen (e.g., F, Cl, Br, or I), (CR'R")o_3C(halogen)3 (e.g., -CF3), (CR'R")o_3CH(halogen)2, (CR'R")o_3CH~(halogen), (CR'R")o_3CONR'R", (CR'R")o_3(CNH)NR'R", (CR'R")o_3S(O)1_2NR'R", (CR'R")o_3CH0, (CR'R")o_30(CR'R")o_3H, (CR'R")o-3S(O)o-3R' (e.g., -S03H), (CR'R")o-s0(CR'R")o-sH (e~g~, -CHaOCH3 and -OCH3), (CR'R")o_3S(CR'R")o_3H (e.g., -SH and -SCH3), (CR'R")o_30H (e.g., -OH), (CR'R")o_3COR', (CR'R")o_3(substituted or unsubstituted phenyl), (CR'R")o_3(C3-C$ cycloalkyl), (CR'R")o_3C02R' (e.g., -C02H), or (CR'R")o_30R' group, or the side chain of any naturally occurring amino acid;
wherein R' and R" are each independently hydrogen, a Cl-C5 alkyl, CZ-CS
alkenyl, C2-C5 alkynyl, or aryl group, or R' and R" taken together are a benzylidene group or a -(CHZ)ZO(CH2)a-group. For example, substitutions enhance the ability of the compounds of the invention to perform its intended function, e.g., inhibit formation of amyloid deposits. In some embodiments, a Z group may be a substituent as defined in this paragraph.
In one example group of compounds of the invention, m=1 and that n=0, 1, or 2.
In compounds of Formula I, for example, p=0, 1, or 2, and q=1. Molecules according to Formula I
may be symmetric, thus Ral=Ra2, Rbi=Rb2~ R~i=R~z~ m=q, n=p, and Yl=Y2.
Likewise, Rl=R' and Xl=XZ are examples of molecules of Formula I.
One group of compounds of the invention are those of Formula Ia:
~Ra2 N N
Rb2 N / / wN~
Rci \ ~ M \ ~ Rc2 i (Formula la) wherein M is Rh1 Rh2 X
wherein, in a one aspect, Ral and Rbl together, or Ra2 and Rb2 together, represent a C2 to C3 alkylene; R°1 and R°2 are H; Rhl is H; and Rhz is OCH3 or O(C6H4)R, wherein R is H or lower-alkyl, and X is O, NR' (wherein R' is hydrogen, a Cl-C5 alkyl, CZ-CS
alkenyl, CZ-C5 alkynyl, or aryl group), or S.
In another group of compounds of Formula Ia, Ral and Rbl together, or Ra2 and Rbz together, represent a CZ linear, saturated alkylene; R°1 and R°2 are -(Power alkyl)-OH; and Rhi and Rh2 are each H. The "lower alkyl" group of R°1 and R°Z may be ethylene.
In yet another group of compounds of Formula Ia, Ral and Rbl together, or Ra2 and Rb' together, represent a C4 alkylene; R°1 and R°2 are H, lower alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, hydroxyalkyl, aminoalkyl or alkylaminoalkyl; Rhl and Rh2 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, lower alkyl, halogen, alkoxy, aryloxy, or arylalkoxy.
In still yet another group of compounds of Formula Ia, Ral, Ra2, Rbi and Rb2 are H; R°i and R°Z are isopropyl or -(CH2)3N(CH3)2; and Rhl and Rh2 are H.
In a further group of compounds of Formula Ia, Ral and Rbl together, or Ra2 and Rba together, represent a phenylene group which is optionally substituted with up to three -CONHRdNReRf groups where Rd is lower alkyl and Re and Rf are each independently selected from the group consisting of H or lower alkyl; and R~l, R~2, R~'i, and Rh2 are H.
An example compound of Formula Ia has Rhl, Ri'z, Rby R°i, Rb2, and R°2 being H, and Rai and Ra2 groups being hydroxy or methoxy.
Another group of compounds are those of Formula Ib:
Ra1-N N-Ra2 / /
b1 \~\ ~ ~~ b2 R -N M \ N-R
' c1 i R R1 R2 R°2 (Forfraula Ib) wherein M is Rn1 Rn2 X
wherein X is O, NR' (wherein R' is hydrogen, a C1-CS alkyl, C2-CS alkenyl, C2-C5 alkynyl, or aryl group), or S; Rhl and Rh2 are each independently selected from the group consisting of H, loweralkyl, aryl, alkylaryl, aminoalkyl, aminoaryl, halogen, alkoxy, aryloxy, or oxyarylalkyl; Rl and R2 are each independently selected from the group consisting of H, loweralkyl, alkoxy, alkylaryl, aryl, aryloxy, aminoalkyl, aminoaryl, or halogen; and each Ral, Ra2, Rby and Rb'' group is independently selected from the group consisting of H, loweralkyl, alkoxyalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, aminoalkyl, alkylaminoalkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, hydroxy, or alkylaryl; or Ral and Rbl together, or Ra2 and Rb2 together, represent C2-Clo alkyl, hydroxyalkyl, or alkylene; and each R~l and R°z group is independently H, hydroxy, loweralkyl, alkoxyalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, aminoalkyl, alkylamino, alkylaminoalkyl, cycloalkyl, hydroxycycloalkyl, alkoxycycloalkyl, aryl, or alkylaryl.
Another group of compounds are those of Formula Ic:
~ -Ra2 l~Mw 2 \ ~ -Rb2 X X , Rc2 (Formula Ic) wherein M is Rn1 Rn2 X
wherein X is S, O, or NR' (wherein R' is hydrogen, a Cl-CS alkyl, C2-CS
alkenyl, C2-CS alkynyl, or aryl group); Rbi, Rbz, R°l, and R°Z are each independently selected from the group consisting of H, loweralkyl, alkoxy, alkoxyalkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, hydroxyalkyl, aminoalkyl or alkylaminoalkyl; Rl and R' are H, lower alkyl, alkoxy, alkoxyalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, aminoalkyl, alkylaminoalkyl or halogen; Ral and R~ are -OY, or Ral and Rbl together, or Ra2 and Rb' together represent R5 ~
i wherein R5 is YON
RcRbN/\
Y is H or lower alkyl; each of Xl and XZ are -(CH2)n-, where n is an integer from 0 to 2; and Rhi and Rh2 are each independently selected from the group consisting of H, lower alkyl, halogen, alkoxy, aryloxy, or oxyarylalkyl.
Yet another group of compounds are those of Formula Ic, wherein M is -(CH2)n where n is an integer from 2 to 16 (or 2 to 12, or 2 to 10); each of Xl and XZ is O, NH, or S; Ral, Ra2, Rby and Rb2 are H; or Ral and Rbl together, or Ra2 and Rb2 together represent -(CH2)m , wherein m is 2, 3, or 4; each of Rl and RZ are H, OCH3, NOZ or NH2;
R~i and R°Z are H, CH3 or CHZCH3.In another embodiment, when Xl is O or S, both Rl and R~l cannot be H; and when XZ is O or S, both RZ and R°2 cannot be H.
Another group of compounds are those of Formula Id:
Ra Rb \ ~b2 (Formula Id) wherein each Ral, Ra2, Rby and Rb2 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, loweralkyl, alkoxyalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, aminoalkyl, alkylaminoalkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, or alkylaryl; or two Ral and Rbi together, or Raz and Rb2 together represent C~-Clo alkylene; R°1 and R°Z are independently H, hydroxy, loweralkyl, alkoxyalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, aminoalkyl, alkylaminoalkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, or alkylaryl; and R' is H, loweralkyl, alkoxyalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, aminoalkyl, alkylaminoalkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, or alkylaryl.
Another group of compounds are those of Formula Ie:
Ra1-N
Rb1- ~~X1 (Formula Ie) wherein M is an alkylene group (e.g., CZ to Cl~), and Xl and X2 are oxygen.
In another group of compounds of Formula Ie, Ral and Rbl together, or Ra2 and Rbz together, represent a C2 linear, saturated alkylene; R°1 and R°Z
are H.
Another group of compounds of the invention are those of Formula lla:
i R1) n (For-rrrula IIa) wherein E is Rai-N . N N
Rb1-N N
c1 ' c1 ' c1 or R or wherein Y1, Y', Z, and R1 are as defined above; n is 0 - 4; example YZ groups are O, NH, S, a substituted or unsubstituted methylene group, or a direct bond; Z may be a hydrogen atom, or Z
may be alkyl, aryl, alkoxy, aryloxy, hydroxy, a substituted or unsubstituted amino, nitro, sulfo, or halogen group; Ral, Rby and R°1 are independently hydrogen, lower alkyl, aromatic, hydroxyl, or alkoxy; and B is a direct bond or a substituted or unsubstituted alkylene group containing from 1 to 16 carbon atoms, or a biphenylene group, or a combination biphenylene-alkylene group, the group -[(CH2)n0]~,(CH2)n where m is 1 to 6 and n is 2 to 6, or a heterocyclic group.
Compounds of Formula IIb are also within the invention:
NH
H2N ~ R
~UH2O
(Formula llb) wherein n = 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, or 10; and R = hydrogen, hydroxy, halogen, phenyl, biphenyl, naphthyl, alkoxy, ~carboxy, alkoxycarbonyl, aryloxycarbonyl, or aryloxy.
Another group of compounds are of Formula IIIa:
Ra1-N _ _ N_Ra2 b1_ \ ~ N ~ / _ b2 R N N R
'Rci N M N Rc2 H H (Formula Illa) wherein M is Rni Rn2 X
wherein X is S, O, or NR' (wherein R' is hydrogen, a Cl-CS alkyl, C2-C5 alkenyl, C2-C5 alkynyl, or aryl group); Ral, Ra2, Rby and Rb2 are each independently selected from the group consisting of H, lower alkyl, alkoxyalkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, alkylaryl, hydroxyalkyl, aminoalkyl, or alkylaminoalkyl; or Rai and Rbl together, or Ra2 and Rb2 together represent a CZ to Cl° alkyl, hydroxyalkyl, or alkylene; or Ral and Rbl together, or Ra2 and Rb2 together are:
~Rlo~ i n wherein n is a number from 1 to 3, and R1° is H or -CONHR11NR15Rls, wherein R11 is lower alkyl and Rls and Rl~ are each independently selected from the group consisting of H and lower alkyl; and R°1 and R°2 are H, hydroxy, lower alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, alkylaryl, alkoxyalkyl, hydroxycycloalkyl, alkoxycycloalkoxy, hydroxyalkyl, aminoalkyl or alkylaminoalkyl; and Rhi and Rh2 are each independently selected from the group consisting of H, lower alkyl, halogen, aryl, arylalkyl, aminoalkyl, aminoaryl, alkoxy, aryloxy, or oxyarylalkyl.
Yet another group of compounds are of Formula IIIb:
Ra1 ,Ra2 ~N
Rb1\ ~ ~b2 , Rc1 N' \
H (Formula IIIb) wherein each pair of Ral with Rbl and R~ with Rb2 together represent -(CHZ)m-wherein m is from two to four; R~l and R~2 are independently H or loweralkyl; and M, which may be substituted with a lower alkyl group, is selected from the group consisting of -CH=CH-CH2-CH?-, -CHZ-CH=CH-CHZ-, and -CH=CH-CH=CH-.
Another group of compounds are those of Formula IIIc:
Ra Rb1\ ~b2 (Formula Illc) wherein Rl and RZ are independently H or -CONHRSNR6R~, wherein RS is lower alkyl, R~ and R~ are each independently selected from the group consisting of H and lower alkyl; Ral, Ra2, Rby and Rb2 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, lower alkyl, alkoxyalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, aminoalkyl, alkylaminoalkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, or alkylaryl, or Ral and Rbl together, or Ra2 and Rb2 together represent C2-Clo alkylene; R°l and R°2 are independently H, hydroxy, lower alkyl, alkoxyalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, aminoalkyl, alkylaminoalkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, or alkylaryl; R~3 and R~ are independently H, hydroxy, loweralkyl, alkoxyalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, aminoalkyl, alkylaminoalkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, or alkylaryl; and R' is H, loweralkyl, alkoxyalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, aminoalkyl, alkylaminoalkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, alkylaryl, or halogen.
In another embodiment, the present invention relates to pharmaceutical compositions comprising compounds according to any of the Formulae herein for the treatment of an amyloid-related disease. The invention also pertains to the use of compounds in the manufacture of pharmaceutical compositions, as well as methods of manufacturing such pharmaceutical compositions. Such pharmaceutical compositions may be useful in the treatment or prevention of an amyloid-related disease.
The compositions of the invention may be supplied in a solution with an appropriate solvent or in a solvent-free form (e.g., lyophilized). In another aspect of the invention, the agents and buffers necessary for carrying out the methods of the invention may be packaged as a kit.
The kit may be commercially used according to the methods described herein and may include instructions for use in a method of the invention. Additional kit components may include acids, bases, buffering agents, inorganic salts, solvents, antioxidants, preservatives, or metal chelators.
The additional kit components are present as pure compositions, or as aqueous or organic solutions that incorporate one or more additional kit components. Any or all of the kit components optionally further comprise buffers.
The compositions of the invention may be administered therapeutically or prophylactically to treat diseases associated with amyloid-(3 fibril formation, aggregation, or deposition. The compositions of the invention may act to ameliorate the course of an amyloid-(3 related disease by a variety of mechanisms. In one embodiment, the pharmaceutical compositions disclosed herein prevent or inhibit amyloid protein assembly into insoluble fibrils which, in vivo, are deposited in various organs, or it favors plaque clearance or slows deposition in subjects already having deposits. In another embodiment, the pharmaceutical compositions may also prevent the amyloid protein, in its soluble, oligomeric form or in its fibrillar form, from binding or adhering to a cell surface and causing cell damage or toxicity. In yet another embodiment, the pharmaceutical compositions may block amyloid toxicity. In other embodiments, the compound may act by slowing the rate of amyloid-(3 fibril formation or deposition. In yet another embodiment, the compound may lessen the degree of amyloid-(3 deposition. Still other examples include inhibiting, reducing, or preventing amyloid-(3 fibril formation; inhibiting neurodegeneration or cellular toxicity induced by amyloid-(3; inhibiting amyloid-(3 induced inflammation; or enhancing the clearance of amyloid-(3 from the brain brain or enhancing its degradation rate in the brain or in the peripheral organs.
The compounds of the invention can be formulated to ensure proper distribution in vivo.
For example, the blood-brain barrier (BBB) excludes many highly hydrophilic compounds. To ensure that the more hydrophilic therapeutic compounds of the invention cross the BBB, they can be formulated, for example, in liposomes. For methods of manufacturing liposomes, see, e.g., U.S. Patent Nos. 4,522,811; 5,374,548; and 5,399,331. The liposomes may comprise one or more moieties which are selectively transported into specific cells or organs ("targeting moieties"), thus providing targeted drug delivery (see, e.g., V. V. Ranade (1989) J. Clin.
Pharmacol. 29:685).
Exemplary targeting moieties include folate or biotin (see, e.g., U.S. Patent No.
5,416,O1G to Low et al.); mannosides (Umezawa et al. (1988) Biochem. Biophys.
Res. Comrnun.
153:1038); antibodies (P. G. Bloeman et al. (1995) FEBS Lett. 357:140; M.
Owais et al. (.1995) Antimicrob. Agents Chemother. 39:180); surfactant protein A receptor (Briscoe et al. (1995) Am. J. Physiol. 1233:134); gp120 (Schreier et al. (1994) J. Biol. Chem.
269:9090); see also K.
Keinanen; M. L. Laukkanen (1994) FEBS Lett. 346:123; J. J. Killion; I. J.
Fidler (1994) Immunomethods 4:273. In an embodiment, the therapeutic compounds of the invention are formulated in liposomes; in another embodiment, the liposomes include a targeting moiety.
To ensure that compounds of the invention cross the BBB, they may be coupled to a BBB
transport vector (for review of BBB transport vectors and mechanisms, see Bickel, et cal., Adv.
Drug Delivery Reviews, vol. 46, pp. 247-279, 2001). Exemplary transport vectors include cationized albumin or the OX26 monoclonal antibody to the transfernn receptor;
these proteins undergo absorptive-mediated and receptor-mediated transcytosis through the BBB, respectively.
Examples of other BBB transport vectors that target receptor-mediated transport systems into the brain include factors such as insulin, insulin-like growth factors (IGF-I, IGF-II), angiotensin II, atrial and brain natriuretic peptide (ANP, BNP), interleukin I
(IL-1) and transferrin. Monoclonal antibodies to the receptors which bind these factors may also be used as BBB transport vectors. BBB transport vectors targeting mechanisms for absorptive-mediated transcytosis include cationic moieties such as canonized LDL, albumin or horseradish peroxidase coupled with polylysine, canonized albumin or canonized immunoglobulins. Small basic oligopeptides such as the dynorphin analogue E-2078 and the ACTH analogue ebiratide can also cross the brain via absorptive-mediated transcytosis and are potential transport vectors.
Other BBB transport vectors target systems for transporting nutrients into the brain.
Examples of such BBB transport vectors include hexose moieties, e.g. glucose, monocarboxylic acids, e.g. lactic acid, neutral amino acids, e.g. phenylalanine, amines, e.g.
choline, basic amino acids,:e.g. arginine, nucleosides, e.g. adenosine, purine bases, e.g. adenine, and thyroid hormone, e.g. triiodothyridine. Antibodies to the extracellular domain of nutrient transporters can also be used as transport vectors. Other possible vectors include angiotensin II and ANP, which may be involved in regulating BBB permeability.
In some cases, the bond linking the therapeutic compound to the transport vector may be cleaved following transport into the brain in order to liberate the biologically active compound.
Exemplary linkers include disulfide bonds, ester-based linkages, thioether linkages, amide bonds, acid-labile linkages, and Schiff base linkages. Avidin/biotin linkers, in which avidin is covalently coupled to the BBB drug transport vector, may also be used. Avidin itself may be a drug transport vector.
To administer the therapeutic compound by other than parenteral administration, it may be necessary to coat the compound with, or co-administer the compound with, a material to prevent its inactivation. For example, the therapeutic compound may be administered to a subject in an appropriate carrier, for example, liposomes, or a diluent.
Pharmaceutically acceptable diluents include saline and aqueous buffer solutions. Liposomes include water-in-oil-in-water CGF emulsions as well as conventional liposomes (Strejan et al., (1984) J. Neuroirnmuuol. 7:27).
The therapeutic compound may also be administered parenterally, intraperitoneally, intraspinally, or intracerebrally. Dispersions can be prepared in glycerol, liquid polyethylene glycols, and mixtures thereof and in oils. Under ordinary conditions of storage and use, these preparations may contain a preservative to prevent the growth of microorganisms.
Pharmaceutical compositions suitable for injectable use include sterile aqueous solutions (where water soluble) or dispersions and sterile powders for the extemporaneous preparation of sterile injectable solutions or dispersion. In all cases, the composition must be sterile and must be fluid to the extent that easy syringability exists. It must be stable under the conditions of manufacture and storage and must be preserved against the contaminating action of microorganisms such as bacteria and fungi.
The vehicle can be a solvent or dispersion medium containing, for example, water, ethanol, polyol (for example, glycerol, propylene glycol, and liquid polyethylene glycol, and the like), suitable mixtures thereof, and vegetable oils. The proper fluidity can be maintained, for example, by the use of a coating such as lecithin, by the maintenance of the required particle size in the case of dispersion and by the use of surfactants. Prevention of the action of microorganisms can be achieved by various antibacterial and antifungal agents, for example, parabens, chlorobutanol, phenol, ascorbic acid, thimerosal, and the like. In many cases, it will be preferable to include isotonic agents, for example, sugars, sodium chloride, or polyalcohols such as rnannitol and sorbitol, in the composition. Prolonged absorption of the injectable compositions can be 'brought about by including in the composition an agent which delays absorption, for example, aluminum monostearate or gelatin.
Sterile injectable solutions can be prepared by incorporating the therapeutic compound in the required amount in an appropriate solvent with one or a combination of ingredients enumerated above, as required, followed by filtered sterilization. Generally, dispersions are prepared by incorporating the therapeutic compound into a sterile vehicle which contains a basic dispersion medium and the required other ingredients from those enumerated above. In the case of sterile powders for the preparation of sterile injectable solutions, the methods of preparation are vacuum drying and freeze-drying which yields a powder of the active ingredient (i.e., the therapeutic compound) plus any additional desired ingredient from a previously sterile-filtered solution thereof.
The therapeutic compound can be orally administered, for example, with an inert diluent or an assimilable edible carrier. The therapeutic compound and other ingredients may also be enclosed in a hard or soft shell gelatin capsule, compressed into tablets, or incorporated directly into the subject's diet. For oral therapeutic administration, the therapeutic compound may be incorporated with excipients and used in the form of ingestible tablets, buccal tablets, troches, capsules, elixirs, suspensions, syrups, wafers, and the like. The percentage of the therapeutic compound in the compositions and preparations may, of course, be varied. The amount of the therapeutic compound in such therapeutically useful compositions is such that a suitable dosage will be obtained.
It is especially advantageous to formulate parenteral compositions in dosage unit form for ease of administration and uniformity of dosage. Dosage unit form as used herein refers to physically discrete units suited as unitary dosages for the subjects to be treated; each unit containing a predetermined quantity of therapeutic compound calculated to produce the desired therapeutic effect in association with the required pharmaceutical vehicle.
The specification for the dosage unit forms of the invention are dictated by and directly dependent on (a) the unique characteristics of the therapeutic compound and the particular therapeutic effect to be achieved, and (b) the limitations inherent in the art of compounding such a therapeutic compound for the treatment of amyloid deposition in subjects.
The present invention therefore includes pharmaceutical formulations comprising the compounds of the Formulae described herein, including pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, in pharmaceutically acceptable carriers for aerosol, oral and parenteral administration.
Also, the present invention includes such compounds, or salts thereof, which have been lyophilized and which may be reconstituted to form pharmaceutically acceptable formulations for administration, as by intravenous, intramuscular, or subcutaneous injection. Administration may also be intradermal or transdermal.
In accordance with the present invention, a compound of the Formulae described herein, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, may be administered orally or through inhalation as a solid, or may be administered intramuscularly or intravenously as a solution, suspension or emulsion. Alternatively, the compounds or salts may also be administered by inhalation, intravenously or intramuscularly as a liposomal suspension.
Pharmaceutical formulations are also provided which are suitable for administration as an aerosol, by inhalation. These formulations comprise a solution or suspension of the desired compound of any Formula herein, or a salt thereof, or a plurality of solid particles of the compound or salt. The desired formulation may be placed in a small chamber and nebulized.
Nebulization may be accomplished by compressed air or by ultrasonic energy to form a plurality of liquid droplets or solid particles comprising the compounds or salts. The liquid droplets or solid particles should have a particle size in the range of about 0.5 to about 5 microns. The solid particles can be obtained by processing the solid compound of any Formula described herein, or a salt thereof, in any appropriate manner known in the art, such as by micronization. Most preferably, the size of the solid particles or droplets will be from about 1 to about 2 microns. In this respect, commercial nebulizers are available to achieve this purpose.
Preferably, when the pharmaceutical formulation suitable for administration as an aerosol is in the form of a liquid, the formulation will comprise a water-soluble compound of any Formula described herein, or a salt thereof, in a carrier which comprises water. A surfactant may be present which lowers the surface tension of the formulation sufficiently to result in the formation of droplets within the desired size range when subjected to nebulization.
Active compounds are administered at a therapeutically effective dosage sufficient to inhibit amyloid deposition in a subject. A "therapeutically effective" dosage preferably inhibits amyloid deposition by at least about 20%, or by at least about 40%, or even by at least about 60%, or by at least about 80% relative to untreated subjects. In the case of an Alzheimer's patient, a "therapeutically effective" dosage stabilizes cognitive function or prevents a further decrease in cognitive function (i.e., preventing, slowing, or stopping disease progression). The present invention accordingly provides therapeutic drugs. By "therapeutic" or "drug" is meant an agent having a beneficial ameliorative or prophylactic effect on a specific disease or condition in a living human or non-human animal.
Furthermore, active compounds are administered at a therapeutically effective dosage sufficient to decrease deposition in a subject of amyloid protein, e.g., A[340 or A[342. A
therapeutically effective dosage inhibits amyloid deposition by, for example, at least about 15%, or by at least about 40%, or even by at least 60%, or at least by about 80%
relative to untreated , subjects:
In another embodiment, active compounds are administered at a therapeutically effective dosage sufficient to increase or enhance amyloid protein levels, e.g., A(340 or A(342, in the plasma or CSF of a subject. A therapeutically effective dosage increases the concentration by, for example, at least about 15%, or by at least about 40%, or even by at least 60%, or at least by about 80% relative to untreated subjects.
In another embodiment, active compounds are administered at a therapeutically effective dosage sufficient to decrease or reduce amyloid protein levels, e.g., A[340 or A[342, in the plasma or CSF of a subject. A therapeutically effective dosage decreases the concentration by, for example, at least about 15%, or by at least about 40%, or even by at least 60%, or at least by about 80% relative to untreated subjects.
In yet another embodiment, active compounds are administered at a therapeutically effective dosage sufficient to improve ADAS-cog (Alzheimer's Disease Assessment Scale-cognitive subscale) test scores by, e.g., at least about 1 point, at least about 2 points, at least about 3 points, at least about 4 points, at least about 5 points, at least about 10 points, at least about 12 points, at least about 15 points, or at least about 20 points relative to untreated subjects.
(ADAS-cog; Rosen, et al., 1984, Arra. J. Psychiatry 141:1356-1364).
The ability of a compound to inhibit amyloid deposition can be evaluated in an animal model system that may be predictive of efficacy in inhibiting amyloid deposition in human diseases, such as a transgenic mouse expressing human APP or other relevant animal models where A(3 deposition is seen. Likewise, the ability of a compound to prevent or reduce cognitive impairment in a model system may be indicative of efficacy in humans.
Alternatively, the ability of a compound can be evaluated by examining the ability of the compound to inhibit amyloid fibril formation ifz vitro, e.g., using a fibrillogenesis assay including a ThT, CD, or EM assay as described in, e.g., WO 2003/017,994. Also the binding of a compound to amyloid fibrils may be measured using a MS assay as described herein.
The present invention is also related to prodrugs of the compounds of the Formulae disclosed herein. Prodrugs are compounds which are converted ifz vivo to active forms (see, e.g., R.B. Silverman, 1992, "The Organic Chemistry of Drug Design and Drug Action,"
Academic Press, Chp. 8). Prodrugs can be used to alter the biodistribution (e.g., to allow compounds which would not typically enter the reactive site of the protease) or the pharmacokinetics for a particular compound. For example, a carboxylic acid group, can be esterified, e.g., with a methyl group or an ethyl group to yield an ester. When the ester is administered to a subject, the ester is cleaved, enzymatically or non-enzymatically, reductively, oxidatively, or hydrolytically, to reveal the anionic group. An anionic group can be esterified with moieties (e.g., acyloxymethyl esters) which are cleaved to reveal an intermediate compound which subsequently decomposes to yield the active compound. The prodrug moieties may be metabolized izz vivo by esterases or by other mechanisms to carboxylic acids.
Examples of prodrugs and their uses are well known in the art (See, e.g., Berge et al.
(1977) "Pharmaceutical Salts", J. Plzarm. Sci. 66:1-19). The prodrugs can be prepared izz situ during the final isolation and purification of the compounds, or by separately reacting the purified compound in its free acid form with a suitable derivatizing agent.
Carboxylic acids can be converted into esters via treatment with an alcohol in the presence of a catalyst.
Examples of cleavable carboxylic acid prodrug moieties include substituted and unsubstituted, branched or unbranched lower alkyl ester moieties, (e.g., ethyl esters, propyl esters, butyl esters, pentyl esters, cyclopentyl esters, hexyl esters, cyclohexyl esters), lower alkenyl esters, dilower alkyl-amino lower-alkyl esters (e.g., dimethylaminoethyl ester), acylamino lower alkyl esters, acyloxy lower alkyl esters (e.g., pivaloyloxymethyl ester), aryl esters (phenyl ester), aryl-lower alkyl esters (e.g., benzyl ester), substituted (e.g., with methyl, halo, or methoxy substituents) aryl and aryl-lower alkyl esters, amides, lower-alkyl amides, dilower alkyl amides, and hydroxy amides.
Certain embodiments of the present compounds can contain a basic functional group, such as amino or alkylamino, and are, thus, capable of forming pharmaceutically acceptable salts with pharmaceutically acceptable acids. The term "pharmaceutically acceptable salts" in this respect, refers to the relatively non-toxic, inorganic and organic acid addition salts of compounds of the present invention. These salts can be prepared in situ during the final isolation and purification of the compounds of the invention, or by separately reacting a purified compound of the invention in its free base form with a suitable organic or inorganic acid, and isolating the salt thus formed.
Representative salts include the hydrohalide (including hydrobromide and hydrochloride), sulfate, bisulfate, phosphate, nitrate, acetate, valerate, oleate, palmitate, stearate, laurate, benzoate, lactate, phosphate, tosylate, citrate, maleate, fumarate, succinate, tartrate, napthylate, mesylate, glucoheptonate, lactobionate, 2-hydroxyethylsulfonate, and laurylsulphonate salts and the like. (See, e.g., Berge et al. (1977) "Pharmaceutical Salts", J.
Pharm. Sci. 66:1-19).
15, ' In other cases, the compounds of the present invention may contain one or more acidic functional groups and, thus, are capable of forming pharmaceutically acceptable salts with pharmaceutically acceptable bases. The term "pharmaceutically acceptable salts" in these instances refers to the relatively non-toxic, inorganic and organic base addition salts of compounds of the present invention.
These salts can likewise be prepared in situ during the final isolation and purification of the compounds, or by separately reacting the purified compound in its free acid form with a suitable base, such as the hydroxide, carbonate or bicarbonate of a pharmaceutically acceptable metal cation, with ammonia, or with a pharmaceutically acceptable organic primary, secondary or tertiary amine. Representative alkali or alkaline earth salts include the lithium, sodium, potassium, calcium, magnesium, and aluminum salts and the like. Representative organic amines useful for the formation of base addition salts include ethylamine, diethylamine, ethylenediamine, ethanolamine, diethanolamine, piperazine and the like.
Some selected compounds of the present invention are illustrated in Table 2, below.
Although particular salts are depicted (such as the hydrochloride), the free base or non-salt form, as well as other pharmaceutically acceptable salts are within the present invention.
Those skilled in the art will recognize, or be able to ascertain using no more than routine experimentation, many equivalents to the specific embodiments and methods described herein.
Such equivalents are intended to be encompassed by the scope of the following claims. All patents, patent applications, and literature references cited herein are hereby expressly incorporated by reference in their entirety. This invention is further illustrated by the following examples, which should not be construed as limiting.
Examules The synthesis of amidine compounds of the invention is described in U.S.
Patent Nos.
5,428,051, 4,963,589, 5,202,320, 5,935,982, 5,521,189, 5,686,456, 5,627,184, 5,622,955, 5,606,058, 5,668,167, 5,667,975, 6,025,398, 6,214,883, 5,817,687, 5,792,782, 5,939,440, 6,017,941, 5,972,969, 6,046,226, 6,294,565 (B1), 6,156,779, 6,326,395, 6,008,247, 6,127,554, 6,172,104, 4,940,723, 5,206,236, 5,843,980, 4,933,347, 5,668,166, 5,817,686, 5,723,495, 4,619,942, 5,792,782, 5,639,755, 5,643,935, 5,602,172, 5,594,138, and 5,578,631. Additional synthesis protocols may be found in PCT Patent Application Publication No. WO
2003/017,994.
Many of the compounds may also be purchased from Sigma-Aldrich Co. (Milwaukee, USA).
The compounds may also be synthesized according to art-recognized techniques.
In general, the compounds of the present invention may be prepared by the methods illustrated in the general reaction schemes as, for example, described below, or by modifications thereof, using readily available starting materials, reagents and conventional synthesis , procedures. In these reactions, it is also possible to make use of variants which are in themselves known, but are not mentioned here. Functional and structural equivalents of the compounds described herein and which have the same general properties (e.g., functioning as anti-amyloid compounds), wherein one or more simple variations of substituents are made which do not adversely affect the essential nature or the utility of the compound.
The compounds of the present invention may be readily prepared in accordance with the synthesis schemes and protocols described herein, as illustrated in the specific procedures provided. However, those skilled in the art will recognize that other synthetic pathways for forming the compounds of this invention may be used, and that the following is provided merely by way of example, and is not limiting to the present invention. See, e.g., "Comprehensive Organic Transformations" by R. Larock, VCH Publishers (1989). It will be further recognized that various protecting and deprotecting strategies will be employed that are standard in the art ' (See, e.g., "Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis" by Greene and Wuts).
Those skilled in the relevant arts will recognize that the selection of any particular protecting group (e.g., amine and carboxyl protecting groups) will depend on the stability of the protected moiety with regards to the subsequent reaction conditions and will understand the appropriate selections.
Further illustrating the knowledge of those skilled in the art is the following sampling of the extensive chemical literature: "Chemistry of the Amino Acids" by J.P.
Greenstein and M. Winitz, John Wiley & Sons, Inc., New York (1961); "Comprehensive Organic Transformations" by R. Larock, VCH Publishers (1989); T.D. Ocain, et al., J.
Med. Chem. 31, 2193-99 (1988); E.M. Gordon, et al., J. Med. Chem. 31, 2199-10 (1988);
"Practice of Peptide Synthesis" by M. Bodansky and A. Bodanszky, Springer-Verlag, New York (1984);
"Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis" by T. Greene and P. Wuts (1991); "Asymmetric Synthesis:
Construction of Chiral Molecules Using Amino Acids" by G.M. Coppola and H.F.
Schuster, John Wiley & Sons, Inc., New York (1987); "The Chemical Synthesis of Peptides"
by J. Jones, Oxford University Press, New York (1991); and "Introduction of Peptide Chemistry" by P.D. Bailey, John Wiley & Sons, Inc., New York (1992).
Test compounds were purchased from commercial sources or synthesized and screened by mass spectroscopy ("MS") assay, which gives data on the ability of compounds to bind to an amyloid protein.
Samples were prepared as aqueous solutions containing 20% ethanol, 200 ~,M of a test compound and 20 N.M of solubilized A(340. The pH value of each sample was adjusted to 7.4 (~0.2) by addition of 0.1% aqueous sodium hydroxide. The solutions were then analyzed by electrospray ionization mass spectroscopy using a Waters ZQ 4000 mass spectrometer. Samples were introduced by direct infusion at a flow-rate of 25 p.L/min within 2 hr.
after sample preparation. The source temperature was kept at 70 °C and the cone voltage was 20 V for all the analysis. Data were processed using Masslynx 3.5 software. The MS assay gives data on the ability of compounds to bind to A(3, whereas the ThT, EM and CD assays give data on inhibition of fibrillogenesis.
Some selected compounds of the present invention are presented in Table 2 below.
Although particular salts are depicted (such as the hydrochloride), the free base and other pharmaceutically acceptable salts, as well as the non-salt forms, are within the present invention.
Table 2 Structures and Activities of Some Compounds of the Invention in Soluble Af3 Assavs Code MS
Structure and Name No. Assay NH
I \ ~NH ~NHz 145 +
Br N-(6-aminoheptyl)-4-bromobenzamidine, trifluoroacetic acid salt NH CFgCOZH O
~NH HN ( \
/ 146 +
Br Br 4-bromo-N-{7-[(4-bromobenzimidoyl)-amino]-heptyl}-benzamide, trifluoroacetic acid salt \ O
~OH
HzN I / N.H
HON 2[CF3COzH] 147 -N-hydroxy-4-(9-hydroxyaminononyloxy)-benzamidine, trifluoroacetic acid salt O O
I \ ~NH HN I \ ' Et0 / / NHz 148 +
N-[7-(4-carbamimidoylbenzoylamino)-heptyl]
terephthalamic acid ethyl ester, trifluoroacetic acid salt O ~ NH
Et0 ~NHz \ I NH HN \ I
v 149 +
CF3C0?H ~ O
N-[9-(4-carbamimidoyl-benzoylamino)-nonyl]
terephthalamic acid ethyl ester, trifluoroacetic acid salt Table 2, Continued Structure and Name Coda MS
No. Assay NH ~ NH
\ ,H H I \
150 +
Br ~,[CF3COzH] Br 4,4'-(pentamethylenediamidino)di(p-bromobenzene), trifluoroacetic acid salt Br / I ~ / I Br \ NH HN \ 151 +
NH NH 2[CF3C02H]
4,4'-(nonamethylenediamidino)di(p-bromobenzene), trifluoroacetic acid salt .
\ I NH HN \ I
NH NH
2[CF3COzH]
4,4'-(nonamethylenediamidino)di(p-methoxybenzene), trifluoroacetic acid salt H
\ I NON \
N J NH CF3COZH 153 +
4-methoxy-N-{2-[2-(4-methoxyphenyl)-4,5-dihydroimidazol-1-y1]-ethyl}-benzamidine, trifluoroacetic acid salt 2[HCI] NH ~ NH
I\ ~N N I\
/ H H '\~ 154 +
Me0 OMe 4,4'-(pentamethylenediamidino)di(p-methoxybenzene), hydrochloride salt -GO-Table 2, Continued Structure and Name Coda MS
No. Assay NH
/ ( ~NH2 O O ~ O
/ I H~N~H I ~ 155 -H2N ~ / NH2 NH NH
2,2'-(p-amidinophenylcarboxamido) N,N-diethyl-p-amidinobenzamide O O
H H
{4-[5-(p=aminophenoxy)-pentyloxy]-phenyl}-(4,5-dihydro 1H-imidazol-2-yl)-amine, trifluoroacetic acid salt S~N NHS
H H
H2N / 2[CF3C02H] / NHZ 158 -NH NH
4,4'-(nonamethylenedisulfamyl)di(amidinobenzene), trifluoroacetic acid salt NHZ
HN
HN ~ \ NHZ
O NH 159 nd 2[CF3C02H] HN
O
3,3'-(pentamethylenediaminocarbonyl)di(amidinobenzene), trifluoroacetic acid salt Table 2, Continued Code MS
Structure and Name No. Assay HN O NH / \ NHZ
2~CFgC02H] 160 nd O NH
4,4'-(tetramethylenediaminocarbonyl)di(amidinobenzene), trifluoroacetic acid salt In each indicated assay, "+" = achve; "- = inactive; "nd" = not determined.
The present invention also relates to novel compounds and the synthesis thereof.
Accordingly, the following examples are presented to illustrate how some of those compounds may be prepared.
General Aspects Chemicals were purchased from Aldrich. The compounds were identified and characterized according to methods well known in the art, and the chemical structures depicted herein are consistent with those findings. Analytical thin-layer chromatography (TLC) was performed on silica gel 60 F2s4 plastic-backed plates. Solvents were reagent grade unless otherwise specified. The 1H (500 MHz) and 13C (125 MHz) were recorded on a Varian Inova 500. The chemical shifts are reported on the 8 scales in parts per million (ppm). The infra-red (IR) spectra were carried out on a Perkin-Elmer Spectra One spectrometer (neat compound on NaCI plate).
Preparation of the starting material for cofrzpourids #145, #146, #150, and #1 Sl NH. HCI
CN
\ I HC1, EtOH
gr 1,4-dioxane gr \
A cold solution (0 °C) of 4-bromobenzonitrile (1 g, 5.5 mrnol) in ethanol (25 mL) was saturated with dry HCl(g). The mixture was then stirred at room temperature for 18 hours, after which FT-IR showed complete disappearance of the nitrite. The solution was concentrated to dryness, and further dried in vacuo. The ethyl 4-bromobenzimidate hydrochloride thus obtained was used in the synthesis of compounds 145, 146, 150, and 151.
Compoufzd #145 and 146 CF3COpH
/ p~ / ~NH NHz 1) 1,7-diaminoheptane, EtOH
B 2) RP-Prep HPLC Br CF3C02H NH + O
/ ~ ~NH HN ~~
B ~ ~ Br A solution of 1,7-diaminoheptane (257 mg, 1.97 mmol) in ethanol (10 mL) was added to a suspension of the ethyl 4-bromobenzimidate hydrochloride (1.21 g, 4.57 mmol) in ethanol (5 mL). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 24h. The mixture was concentrated to dryness. The crude products were separated by preparative RP-HPLC (Vydac C18, 215 nm, 50 mL/min, '0 % to 90 % MeCN in HZO containing 0.1 % TFA) to give compound # 145 as a waxy solid (29.2 mg, 0.054 mmol, 3% yield) and compound #146 as a waxy solid (18.7 mg, 0.031 mmol, 1.6 % yield).
Cofnpound #147 o NC ~ I Br 1) Na2C03, NH20H.HC1 I OH
H20, EtOH, D H2 ~ ~H
2) Preparative HPLC
N
HO~
A mixture of 9-(4-cyanophenoxy)heptylbromide (181 mg, 0.5 mmol), sodium carbonate (180 mg, 1.7 mmol) and hydroxylamine hydrochloride (280 mg, 4 mmol) in 80 %
ethanol (10 mL) was heated at reflux for 2 h. The mixture was cooled to room temperature.
A solid precipitated and was removed by filtration. The filtrate was concentrated to dryness under reduced pressure. The crude product was purified by preparative RP-HPLC (Vydac C18, 215 nm, 50 mL/min, 0 % to 90 % MeCN in H20 containing 0.1 % TFA) and lyophilized to give the title compound as a clear oil (48.8 mg, 0.091 mmol, 18 % yield).
Conzpound #14~
I
ci ~ o 0 H N'J// H N' NC~
Et3N, ~ I H
DMF NC CN
Step 1: To a cold solution (0 °C) of 1,7-diaminopentane (248 mg, 1.9 mmol) and triethylamine (0.65 mL, 4.6 mmol) in DMF (8 mL) was added 4-cyanobenzoyl chloride (685 mg, 4.1 mmol). The mixture was stirred overnight at room temperature, and then diluted with water.
The beige solid that precipitated was collected by filtration and dried in vacuo, giving the corresponding amide (0.64 g, 1.65 mmol, 87 % yield).
0 0 ~ o N
H H - 1) HCI, EtOH Et0 I 'H H ~\ ~ ' 2) (NHy)C03, EtOH ~ '~NHZ
3) Preparative HPL IIC
Step 2: A suspension of 1,7-bis-(4-cyanobenzamido)heptane (389 mg, 1 mmol) in a mixture of absolute ethanol (12 mL) and 1,4-dioxane (16 mL), was cooled to 0 °C, saturated with dry HCI, and the resulting mixture was stirred for 4 days at room temperature.
The solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure. A brownish solid was obtained. A mixture of the solid and ammonium carbonate (2 g, 20 mmol) in ethanol (25 mL) was stirred overnight at room temperature. Then, the mixture was filtered. The filtrate was concentrated to dryness. The crude product was purified by preparative RP-HPLC (Vydac C18, 215 nm, 50 mL/min, 0 %
to 90 %
MeCN in H20 containing 0.1 % TFA) and lyophilized to give the title compound as a white solid (79.9 mg, 0.141 mmol, 14 % yield).
Compoufzd #149 O
I ~C~+ ~ NC \ ~ ~ CN
NC I / N N
NH2 NH2 Et3N I H H I
DMF O O
Step 1: To a cold solution (0 °C) of 1,9-diaminononane (296 mg, 1.9 mmol) and triethylamine (0.65 mL, 4.6 mmol) in DMF (8 mL) was added 4-cyanobenzoyl chloride (685 mg, 4.1 mmol). The mixture was stirred overnight at room temperature, and then diluted with water.
The beige solid that precipitated was collected by filtration and dried ifz vacuo, giving the corresponding amide (0.64 g, 1.54 mmol, 81 % yield).
NC ~ ~ ~ CN O NH
N I Et ~ ~ NH2 / I I /
I H H I 1) HCI, EtOH / N I /
O O 2) (NH4)C03, EtOH p H H p CF3C02H
3) Preparative HPLC
Step 2: A suspension of 1,9-bis-(4-cyanobenzamido)nonane (417 mg, 1 mmol), in a mixture of absolute ethanol (12 mL) and 1,4-dioxane (16 mL), was cooled to 0 °C, saturated with dry HCI, and the resulting mixture was stirred for 4 days at room temperature.
The solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure. A brownish solid was obtained. A mixture of the solid and ammonium carbonate (2 g, 20 mmol) in ethanol (25 inL) was stirred overnight at room temperature. Then, the mixture was filtered. The filtrate was concentrated to dryness. The crude product was purified by preparative RP-HPLC (Vydac C18, 215 nm, 50 mL/min, 0 %
to 90 %
MeCN in H20 containing 0.1 % TFA) and lyophilized to give the title compound as a white solid (96.5 mg, 0.132 mmol, 16 % yield).
Conzpoufzd #1 SO
NH HCI CF3COZH NH~ NH CF3COZH
/ O~ + H ~NH --> / \ /
2 1)Na2C03,EtOH I H H
2) Prep RP-HPLC B ~ ~ Br Sodium carbonate (1.3 g) was loaded into a dry 25 mL round bottom flask. The 1,5-diaminopentane (0.65 mmol, 0.077mL) was added, followed by the ethyl 4-bromobenzimidate hydrochloride (465 mg, 1.7 mmol) and finally the ethanol (10 mL). The mixture was stirred vigorously at room temperature for 22 hours then filtered to remove solids.
The solids were washed with methanol (20 mL). The filtrate was concentrated to dryness under reduced pressure.
The crude product was purified by preparative RP-HPLC (Vydac C18, 215 nm, 50 mL/min, 0 %
to 90 % MeCN in H20 containing 0.1 % TFA) and lyophilized to give the title compound as a white solid (246.6 mg, 0.355 mmol, 54 % yield).
Compomad #151 NH HCI
v O~ Br I ~ ~ I ~ Br Br ~ + NH NH ~ / NH HN
2 1)Na2C03, EtOH
2) Prep RP-HPLC NH NH
CF3C02H CF3CO~H
Sodium carbonate (1.3 g) was loaded into a dry 25 mL round bottom flask. The 1,9-diaminononatane (0.68 mmol, 108 mg) was added, followed by ethyl 4-bromobenzimidate hydrochloride (500 mg, 1.89 mmol) and finally the ethanol (14 mL). The mixture was stirred vigorously at room temperature for 22 hours then filtered to remove solids.
The solids were washed with methanol (20 mL). The filtrate was concentrated to dryness under reduced pressure.
The crude product was purified by preparative RP-HPLC (Vydac C18, 215 nm, 50 mL/min, 0 %
to 90 % MeCN in H20 containing 0.1 % TFA) and lyophilized to give the title compound as a white solid(231.3 mg, 0.308 mmol, 47 % yield).
Preparation of the starting material for compouf2ds #152, #153, arad # 154 CN ~ NH HCI
HCI, EtOH ~ I O
Me0 ~ 1,4-dioxane Me A cold solution (0 °C) of 4-methoxybenzonitrile (1.29 g, 9.59 mmol) in ethanol (30 mL) was saturated with dry HChg). The mixture was then stirred at room temperature for 2 days, after which FT-IR showed complete disappearance of the nitrite. The solution was concentrated to dryness, and further dried ifz vacuo. The ethyl 4-methoxybenzimidate hydrochloride thus obtained was used in the synthesis of compounds 152, 153 and 154.
-GG-Compound # 152 NH HCI
v O~ CH30 ~ ~ OCH3 Me ~ NHz NH2 1)Na2C~ I / NH HN
2) Prep RP-HPLC NH NH
Sodium carbonate (1.50 g) was loaded into a dry 25 mL round bottom flask. The 1,7-diaminoheptane (1 mmol, 159 mg) was added, followed by the ethyl 4-methoxybenzimidate hydrochloride (550 mg, 2.50 mmol) and finally the ethanol (10 mL). The mixture was stirred vigorously at room temperature for a day, and then solids were removed by filtration. The solids were washed with methanol (20 mL). The filtrate was concentrated to dryness under reduced pressure. The crude product was purified by preparative RP-HPLC (Vydac C18, 215 nm, 50 mL/min, 0 % to 90 % MeCN in H20 containing 0.1 % TFA) and lyophilized to give the title compound as a white solid (249.3 mg, 0.382 mmol, 38 % yield).
Cozzz»ouyzd # 153 NH HCI C
H2N~~NHz Me ~ + H
1)Na2C03, EtOH
2) Prep RP-HPLC
Sodium carbonate (1.45 g) was loaded into a dry ~25 mL round bottom flask. The diethylenetriamine (1 mmol, 0.090 mL) was added, followed by the ethyl 4-methoxybenzimidate hydrochloride (430 mg, 2.0 mmol) and finally the ethanol (10 mL). The mixture was stirred vigorously at room temperature for a day, and then solids were removed by filtration. The solids were washed with methanol (20 mL). The filtrate was concentrated to dryness under reduced pressure. The crude product was purified by preparative RP-HPLC (Vydac C18, 215 nm, 50 mLlmin, 0 % to 90 % MeCN in H20 containing 0.1 % TFA) and lyophilized to give the title compound as a white solid (177.4 mg, 0.306 mmol, 31 % yield).
Compound # 154 NH HCI HCI NH NH HCI
O~ N"N
~ + Hz~NH2 -~ / I
Me0' J 1 ) Na2C03, EtOH ~ ~ H H
2) Prep RP-HPLC Me0 OMe 2) HCi~aq,~, acetone Sodium carbonate (1.45 g) was loaded into a dry 25 mL round bottom flask. The 1,5-diaminopentane (0.84 mmol, 0.10 mL) was added, followed by the ethyl 4-methoxybenzimidate hydrochloride (400 mg, 2.23 mmol) and finally the ethanol (10 mL). The mixture was stirred vigorously at room temperature for a day, and then solids were removed by filtration. The solids were washed with methanol (20 mL). The filtrate was concentrated to dryness under reduced pressure. The crude product was purified by preparative RP-HPLC (Vydac C18, 215 nm, 50 mL/min, 0 % to 90 % MeCN in HZO containing 0.1 % TFA). It still contained traces of impurities after two purifications by preparative HPLC. The Product was recrystallized from 0.5 mL of 2 N HCl in acetone (4.5 mL). The crystals slowly formed at -20 °C. The crystals were collected by filtration, rinsed with acetone and dried in vacuo. The title compound was obtained as a white solid (37.6 mg, 0.085 mmol, 10 % yield).
Compound # 1 SS
CN
CI HZN~~NHz NC ~ H 1) ESN, DMF, 0 °C to r.t. O O
2) Water / ~~
NC ~ I H H ~ I CN
Step 1: To a cold solution (0 °C) of diethylenetriamine (0.110 mL, 1.0 mmol) and triethylamine (0.41 mL, 3.0 mmol) in DMF (5.5 mL) was added 4-cyanobenzoyl chloride (365 mg, 2.2 mmol). The mixture was stirred overnight for 4 hours, and then diluted with water (40 mL). The aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate (4 x 25 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with water (2 x 10 mL), brine (1 x 15 mL) then dried over magnesium sulfate. The solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure and the residue was dried in-vacuo to give the compound as a tan solid (296.7 mg, O.G05 mmol, 61 % yield).
\ CN
O O ~ ~ O
1) HCI, EtOH
NG \ \ CN 2) ~NH4)zC03, EtOH
3) Prep. RP-HPLC ~N~
Step 2: A suspension of the crude tris-nitrite (296.7 mg, 0.605 rnmol) in a mixture of absolute ethanol (10 mL) and 1,4-dioxane (5 mL), was cooled to 0 °C, saturated with dry HCI, and the resulting mixture was stirred for one day at room temperature. The volume of the solution was reduced to about 4 mL and ether was added. The crude amidate was collected by filtration and dried ifz vacuo. A mixture of the solid and ammonium carbonate (1.20 g, 12.0 mmol) in ethanol (10 mL) was stirred overnight at room temperature. The mixture was filtered, then the filtrate was concentrated to dryness. The crude product was purified by preparative RP-HPLC (Vydac C18, 215 nm, 50 mL/min, 0 % to 90 % MeCN in H20 containing 0.1 %
TFA). A
white solid formed upon concentration of the preparative HPLC fractions. The solid was collected by filtration and dried in vacuo. The title compound was obtained as a white solid (129.1 mg, 0.146 mmol, 24 % yield).
Compouh.d #156 o-~cH2)s- cF3co2 ~ o-~cH~s-o N
o \ I \ ~ No ~I \ I \
2 2 1) H2, Pt02, EtOH, EtOAc ~~ ~N~
2) 1,4-dioxane, NMM H 1 CF CO H
H a 2 C~- ,_ NH ~Br The 1,5-bis(4-nitrophenoxy)pentane (176 mg, 0.508 mmol) was reduced under HZ
(55 psi) with platinum (IV) oxide (14 mg) in a mixture of ethanol (3 mL) and ethyl acetate (3 mL) for 4 hours. The mixture was filtered over Celite and the pad was washed with methanol (5 rnL}. The filtrate was concentrated to dryness under reduced pressure and the residue was dried ifz vacuo for 30 minutes. The residue was then dissolved in a mixture of 1,4-dioxane (5 mL) and dichloromethane (1.5 mL). N-Methylmorpholine (0.13 mL, 1.13 mmol) was added, followed by the 1-(4,5-dihydro-1H-imidazol-2-yl)-3,5-dimethyl-1H-pyrazole hydrobromide (270 mg, 1.08 mmol). The suspension was stirred for a day at room temperature.
Dichloromethane was evaporated and the mixture was heated by an oil bath at 60 °C for 2 days.
The reaction was monitored by mass spectrometry. The solids were removed by filtration and the filtrate was acidified with 2 N HCl (2 mL) then concentrated to dryness under reduced pressure. The crude product was purified by preparative RP-HPLC (Vydac C18, 215 nm, 50 mL/min, 0 % to 90 % MeCN in H20 containing 0.1 % TFA). The title compound was isolated as an oil (25.1 mg, 0.043 mmol, 8.5 % yield).
Cof~zpourzd # 158 o~ ~o SCI O~ i0 O~ i0 + H2N-(CH2)s-NHa -~ \ SAN-(CH2)s'N~S
NC ~ 1 ) Et3N, DMF I ~ / H H ~
0 °C to r.t. NC CN
2) Water Step 1: To a cold solution (0 °C) of 1,9-diaminononane (480 mg, 3.0 mmol) and triethylamine (2.05 mL, 14.5 mmol) in DMF (9.0 mL) was added 4-cyanobenzenesulfonyl chloride (1.25 g, 6.3 mmol). The mixture was stirred overnight for 4 hours, and then diluted with water (40 mL). The beige solid that precipitated was collected by filtration and dried in vacuo, giving the corresponding sulfonamide (1.28 g, 2.62 mmol, 87 % yield).
o~ ~o o~ ~o o~ ~o o ~o SAN-(CH~9 r>'S a ~ ~N-~cH~s-L~S s NC I ~ H H ~ I CN t) HCI, EtOH HZ I / H H ~ I NHZ
2) NHdOA°, EtOH
3) Prep. RP-HPLC NH CF3COZH CF3COZH NH
Step 2: A suspension of 1,9-bis(4-cyanobenzesulfonamidoamido)nonane (318 mg, 0.651 mmol), in a mixture of absolute ethanol (10.0 mL) and 1,4-dioxane (4.0 mL), was cooled to 0 °C, saturated with dry HCI, and the resulting mixture was stirred 24 hours at room temperature. The solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure. A tan solid was obtained. A
mixture of the solid and ammonium acetate (1.05 g, 13.6 mmol) in ethanol (10 mL) was stirred 24 hours at room temperature. The mixture had turned to a gel. Addition of methanol (10 mL) produced a solution.
The addition of concentrated HCl (1.5 mL) precipitated some of the ammonium chloride. The mixture was filtered, then filtrate was concentrated to dryness and dried ifz vacuo. The crude product was purified by preparative RP-HPLC (Vydac C18, 215 nm, 50 mL/min, 0 %
to 90 %
MeCN in H20 containing 0.1 % TFA) and lyophilized to give the title compound as a white solid (205.2 mg, 0.273 mmol, 42 % yield).
Compound # 159 NC I NC CN
I + H2 NHz I I I
Et3N ~ H H
DMF
Step 1: To a cold solution (0 °C) of 1,5-diaminopentane (0.35 mL, 3 mmol) and triethylamine (0.49 mL, 3.5 mmol) in DMF (6 mL) was added 3-cyanobenzoyl chloride (550 mg, 3.3 mmol). The mixture was stirred overnight at room temperature, and then diluted with water (40 mL). The beige solid that precipitated was collected by filtration and dried in vacuo, giving the corresponding amide, 500 mg, 1.39 mmol, 90 % yield.
O O
NC / ~ N I / ~ CN
H C2i H2oN402 F ~ 1 ) HCI, EtOH
360.42 2) (NH4)2C03, EtOH
360.158626 3) Preparative HPLC
NH O O NH
H2 ~~ ~ I I ~ ~ ~NH2 H H
C25H28F6N6~6 622.52 622.197452 Step 2: A suspension of 1,5-bis-(3-cyanobenzamido)pentane (480 mg, 1.33 mmol), in a mixture of absolute ethanol (lOmL) and 1,4-dioxane (10 mL), was cooled to 0 °C, saturated with dry HCI, and the resulting mixture was stirred for a days at room temperature.
The solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure. A brownish solid was obtained. A mixture of the solid and ammonium carbonate (2.55 g, 20 mmol) and 4A molecular sieves (175 mg) in ethanol (20 mL) was stirred overnight at room temperature. Then, the mixture was filtered, the solids were rinsed with methanol (2 x 10 mL). TFA (1.5 mL) was added and the filtrate was concentrated to dryness. The crude product was purified by preparative RP-HPLC (Vydac C18, 215 nm, 50 mL/min, 0 % to 90 % MeCN in H20 containing 0.1 % TFA) and lyophilized to give the title compound as a white solid, 180.2 mg, 0.289 mmol, 25 % yield.
Compound # 160 O O H I \ CN
/ /
/ CI + Ha NC \ I ~NHz Et3N NC \ H O
DMF
Step l: To a cold solution (0 °C) of 1,4-diaminobutane (0.3 mL, 3 mmol) and triethylamine (0.49 mL, 3.5 mmol) in DMF (9 mL) was added 4-cyanobenzoyl chloride (550 mg, 3.3 mmol). The mixture was stirred overnight at room temperature, and then diluted with water (20 mL). The beige solid that precipitated was collected by filtration and dried in vacuo, giving the corresponding amide, 0.48 g, 1.39 mmol, 90 % yield.
O H ~ ~ CN
N
1) HCI, EtOH
H O 2) (NH4)2C03, EtOH
NC ~ 3) Preparative HPLC
Step 2: A suspension of 1,4-bis-(4-cyanobenzamido)butane (460 mg, 1.33 mmol), in a mixture of absolute ethanol (lOmL) and 1,4-dioxane (10 mL), was cooled to 0 °C, saturated with dry HCI, and the resulting mixture was stirred for a week at room temperature with 3 saturation with HCI.. The solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure. A brownish solid was obtained.
A mixture of the solid and ammonium carbonate (2.55 g, 20 mmol) and 4~
molecular sieves (175 mg) in ethanol (20 mL) was stirred overnight at room temperature. Then, the mixture was concentrated to dryness. The crude product was re-suspended in water and the suspension centrifuged. The supernatant was purified by preparative RP-HPLC (Vydac C18, 215 nm, 50 mL/min, 0 % to 90 % MeCN in H20 containing 0.1 % TFA) and lyophilized to give the title compound as a white solid, 191 mg, 0.307 mmol, 23 % yield.
Claims (26)
1. A method of treating or preventing an amyloid-related disease in a subject comprising administering to a subject a therapeutically effective amount of a compound, wherein said compound is selected from the group consisting of N-(6-aminoheptyl)-4-bromobenzamidine (compound #145), 4-bromo-N-{7-[(4-bromobenzimidoyl)-amino]-heptyl}-benzamide (compound#146), N-hydroxy-4-(9-hydroxyaminononyloxy)-benzamidine (compound #147), N-[7-(4-carbamimidoylbenzoylamino)-heptyl]-terephthalamic acid ethyl ester (compound #148), N-[9-(4-carbamimidoyl-benzoylamino)-nonyl]-terephthalamic acid ethyl ester (compound #149), 4,4'-(pentamethylenediamidino)di(p-bromobenzene)(compound #150), 4,4'-(nonamethylenediamidino)di(p-bromobenzene)(compound #151), 4,4'-(nonamethylenediamidino)di(p-methoxybenzene)(compound #152), 4-methoxy-N-{2-[2-(4-methoxyphenyl)-4,5-dihydroimidazol-1-yl]-ethyl}-benzamidine (compound #153), 4,4'-(pentamethylenediamidino)di(p-methoxybenzene)(compound #154),
2,2'-(p-amidinophenylcarboxamido)-N,N-diethyl-p-amidinobenzamide (compound #155), {4-[5-(p-aminophenoxy)-pentyloxy]-phenyl}-(4,5-dihydro-1H-imidazol-2-yl)-amine (compound #156), 4,4'-(nonamethylenedisulfamyl)di(amidinobenzene)(compound #158),
3,3'-(pentamethylenediaminocarbonyl)di(amidinobenzene)(compound #159),
4,4'-(tetramethylenediaminocarbonyl)di(amidinobenzene)(compound #160), and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
2. The method according to claim 1, wherein said subject is in need of treating or preventing of said amyloid-related disease.
3. The method according to any one of claims 1-2, wherein said amyloid-related disease is associated with IAPP.
4. The method according to any one of claims 1-2, wherein said amyloid-related disease is associated with .beta.-amyloid.
2. The method according to claim 1, wherein said subject is in need of treating or preventing of said amyloid-related disease.
3. The method according to any one of claims 1-2, wherein said amyloid-related disease is associated with IAPP.
4. The method according to any one of claims 1-2, wherein said amyloid-related disease is associated with .beta.-amyloid.
5. The method according to any one of claims 1-4, wherein said amyloid-related disease is, Alzheimer's disease, Down's syndrome, type II diabetes, Mild Cognitive Impairment, age-related macular degeneration, or cerebral amyloid angiopathy.
6. The method according to any one of claims 1-5, wherein said compound is adapted to be administered orally.
7. The method according to claim 2, where said subject is a human.
8. A chemical compound having the following structure:
and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
9. A chemical compound having the following structure:
and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
10. A chemical compound having the following structure:
and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
11. A chemical compound having the following structure:
and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
12. A chemical compound having the following structure:
and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
13. A chemical compound having the following structure:
and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
14. A chemical compound having the following structure:
and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
15. A chemical compound having the following structure:
and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
16. A chemical compound having the following structure:
and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
17. A chemical compound having the following structure:
and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
18. A chemical compound having the following structure:
and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
19. A chemical compound having the following structure:
and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
20. A chemical compound having the following structure:
and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
21. A chemical compound having the following structure:
and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
22. A chemical compound having the following structure:
and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
23. A pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound according to any one of claims 8-22.
24. The composition according to claim 23, further comprising a pharmaceutically acceptable vehicle.
25. A pharmaceutical composition for the treatment or prevention of an amyloid-related disease comprising a therapeutically effective amount of a compound according to any one of claims 8-22.
26. The composition according to claim 25, wherein said amyloid-related disease is Alzheimer's disease, Down's syndrome, type II diabetes, Mild Cognitive Impairment, age-related macular degeneration, or cerebral amyloid angiopathy.
Applications Claiming Priority (1)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
PCT/IB2004/000617 WO2005079780A1 (en) | 2004-01-23 | 2004-01-23 | Amidine derivatives for treating amyloidosis |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
CA2552094A1 true CA2552094A1 (en) | 2005-09-01 |
Family
ID=34878564
Family Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
CA002552094A Abandoned CA2552094A1 (en) | 2004-01-23 | 2004-01-23 | Amidine derivatives for treating amyloidosis |
Country Status (5)
Country | Link |
---|---|
EP (1) | EP1715857A1 (en) |
JP (1) | JP2007518786A (en) |
AU (1) | AU2004316081A1 (en) |
CA (1) | CA2552094A1 (en) |
WO (1) | WO2005079780A1 (en) |
Families Citing this family (3)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US20090298934A1 (en) * | 2006-03-27 | 2009-12-03 | Government Of The Us, As Represented By The Secret | Diamidine Inhibitors of TDP1 |
JP5160764B2 (en) | 2006-10-13 | 2013-03-13 | 全薬工業株式会社 | Antidepressant, brain protectant, amyloid β deposition inhibitor or aging inhibitor containing a heterocyclic compound having a specific structure |
CN111448181B (en) * | 2017-11-16 | 2023-05-19 | 蒙特多力士有限公司 | Monoamidine and diamidine endonuclease-exonuclease inhibitors and methods of inhibiting endonuclease activity |
Family Cites Families (2)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
BR0212078A (en) * | 2001-08-31 | 2004-09-28 | Neurochem Int Ltd | Method of treating or preventing an amyloid-related disease in a patient, pharmaceutical composition, chemical compound, and use of a compound. |
AU2003251418A1 (en) * | 2002-06-07 | 2003-12-22 | Robert J. Chalifour | Amidine derivatives for treating amyloidosis |
-
2004
- 2004-01-23 EP EP04704686A patent/EP1715857A1/en not_active Withdrawn
- 2004-01-23 AU AU2004316081A patent/AU2004316081A1/en not_active Abandoned
- 2004-01-23 CA CA002552094A patent/CA2552094A1/en not_active Abandoned
- 2004-01-23 JP JP2006550316A patent/JP2007518786A/en not_active Withdrawn
- 2004-01-23 WO PCT/IB2004/000617 patent/WO2005079780A1/en not_active Application Discontinuation
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
WO2005079780A1 (en) | 2005-09-01 |
JP2007518786A (en) | 2007-07-12 |
EP1715857A1 (en) | 2006-11-02 |
AU2004316081A1 (en) | 2005-09-01 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
MXPA04001153A (en) | Amidine derivatives for treating amyloidosis. | |
US20060167057A1 (en) | Compounds for the treatment of CNS and amyloid associated diseases | |
US7262223B2 (en) | Amidine derivatives for treating amyloidosis | |
AU670232B2 (en) | Substituted guanidines and derivatives thereof as modulators of neurotransmitter release and novel methodology for identifying neurotransmitter release blockers | |
US20040248876A1 (en) | Methods and compounds for inhibiting amyloid deposits | |
NO335084B1 (en) | Compounds and Preparations and Their Use for the Treatment of Amyloid-Related Diseases | |
CA2182731A1 (en) | Compositions and methods for advanced glycosylation endproduct-mediated modulation of amyloidosis | |
PT97770B (en) | METHOD FOR THE TREATMENT OF PSYCHOTIC MENTAL DISEASE WITH SUBSTITUTED UANIDINES HAVING HIGH CONNECTION TO THE SIGMA RECEPTOR | |
US7253306B2 (en) | Pharmaceutical drug candidates and methods for preparation thereof | |
US20230390309A1 (en) | Tetracycline derivatives for treating neurodegenerative or neuroinflammatory diseases | |
WO2003063880A1 (en) | Disruption of islet amyloid by polycyclic compounds | |
CA2552094A1 (en) | Amidine derivatives for treating amyloidosis | |
CA2488493A1 (en) | Amidine derivatives for treating amyloidosis | |
US20110021813A1 (en) | Pharmaceutical drug candidates and methods for preparation thereof | |
US20210268016A1 (en) | Methods and compositions for the treatment of amyloid-related disorders | |
JP2007526228A (en) | Methods and compositions for the treatment of amyloid-related diseases and epilepsy-related diseases | |
WO2002024204A2 (en) | Treatment of diabetes mellitus by inhibition of mitochondrial calcium/sodium antiporter | |
JP2004525906A (en) | Aryl N-cyanoguanidines and related methods | |
ES2279346T3 (en) | MEDICINES CONTAINING SUBSTITUTED 2-ARYLAMINOACETIC ACID COMPOUNDS AND / OR SUBSTITUTED 2-HETEROARYLAMINOACETIC ACID COMPOUNDS. | |
AU2002325117A1 (en) | Amidine derivatives for treating amyloidosis | |
IL297706A (en) | Use of dopamine d3 partial agonists for treating central nervous system disorders |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
FZDE | Dead |